Nettoyage Machine Refrige E-2883 CIP 800L

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 520

CIP 800L - Cleaning in Place Unit

Machine No. : 5810541 / E-2883


Specification No.: 969953-30
Voltage : 3 Phase / 380-415VAC / 50Hz

Technical Documentation
Table of Contents

1. COMPLIANCE DECLARATIONS
1.1 EC declaration
2. GENERAL INFORMATION
2.1 Module datasheet - CIP 800L
3. PROCESS INFORMATION
3.1 P&ID - 61299651 R14
4. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
4.1 Operating and maintenance manual
4.2 Cleaning liquids
5. ITEM LIST
5.1 Equipment list - 9661868707 R04
5.2 Instrument list - 9660005450 R04
5.3 Valve list - 9660004594 R09
6. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
6.1 GA drawing - 61299653 R14
6.2 Dimension drawing - 61299652 R14
7. ELECTRICAL AUTOMATION DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS
7.1 Electrical drawing - 9681546953 R06
8. COMPONENT DETAILS, INCLUDING DATA SHEETS
8.1 Immersion heater - Jevi A/S
8.2 Centrifugal pump - ESHE 40 - Lowara
8.3 Hose - UPE 63 - Parker
8.4 Y filter - 7023 - Kieselmann
8.5 Butterfly valve - LKB 2 - Alfa Laval
8.6 Ball valve - Unison
8.7 Check valve - LKC2 - Alfa Laval
8.8 Thermometer - TM55.01 - Wika
8.9 Pressure indicator - GFS - Aschroft/Mass
8.10 Universal spanner - Alfa Laval
9. SPARES AND OPTIONALS
10. DECOMMISSIONING
11. CONTACT ALFA LAVAL SERVICE
1. Compliance Declarations
1.1 EC declaration

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


EC Declaration of Conformity for Machinery
We:

Alfa Laval India Private Limited


India Customer Center, Mumbai – Pune Road,
Dapodi, Pune 411012, India

Declares that machinery


Type : CIP800L
Serial number : 5810541
Part number : 969953-30

Complies with the requirement of the following EC directives

Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC,

Following harmonized standards has been applied at the design of the machinery:
 2006/42/EC Machinery
 2014/30/EU Electromagnetic compatibility
 2014/35/EU Low voltage
Following other technical standards and specifications has been applied at the design of the machinery:
EN 292–½ Safety of machinery – Basic concepts – General principles
EN 294 Safety of machinery – Safe distances to avoid reaching of dangerous areas with arms
EN 60204-1 Electricity
EN 418–½ Safety of machinery – Safety stop devices
EN 1672-2 Machines for Food Industry – Basic concept and hygienic requirements
The technical file for the machinery is compiled and retained by the authorized person Soren Svendsen,
Governance and Best Practice Manager, PTD E&S Management, Alfa Laval Copenhagen A/S Maskinvej
5 - DK-2860 Søborg - Denmark.
By reasoned request all relevant technical documentation will be sent by post to national authorities.

Atul Inamdar,

Product responsible in Engineering & Supply for CIP modules.


2. General Information
2.1 Module datasheet - CIP 800L

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Document No. 9661863537
Revision No.01

CIP Module Data Sheet


Module Type : CIP 800L

Machine No.: 5810541 Date of issue: 2023-08-02


Specification number: 969953-30
Process liquid: Chemical Cleaning Agent
Power supply: 3 Phase / 380-415VAC / 50Hz
Application: Cleaning in place of Heat Exchangers

Tank & Trolleys


Material of construction: AISI 304
Tank Capacity 800L

Pump
Type: Centrifugal
Capacity 41.2 M3/hr
Motor KW 5.5
Wetted parts material SS316

Hoses
Hose Type Chemical hoses Inner layer black UPE with outer Green
smooth layer EPDM
Hose lengths/QTY 4 meters DN 65 Size/3 Pcs
End connection DIN 11851 Union

Valves
Material AISI 304
Type Butterfly Valves Manual Operation

Spanner
Type: Universal Spanner for ISO/DIN union
Article number 69696
Number of Spanner One 01

Heater
Type: Immersion heater
Kw 12 kW each
Number of heaters Four

Control Panel
Pump & Heater Control Panel – Drawing no. 96815469_53

Documentation
English Hardcopy + 1USB

Page 1/1
Classified by Alfa Laval as: Business
3. Process Information
3.1 P&ID - 61299651 R14

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


4. Operating and Maintenance Manuals
4.1 Operating and maintenance manual
4.2 Cleaning liquids

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Document No: 130022
Revision No: R13
Manufacturing Numbers :969953-00, 969953-10, 969953-01,
969953-11, 969953-30, 969953-31, 969954-00, 969954-10,
969954-01, 969954-11, 969954-14, 969955-00, 969955-01 Instruction Manual
Published by
Alfa Laval India Private Limited
Office No. 301/401 - Global Port Building
S. No. 45/1-10, Mumbai-Banglore Highway,
Mumbai-Banglore Highway,
+91 20 6734 1100

The original instructions are in English

© Alfa Laval India Private Limited


This document and its contents is owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB and protected by laws governing intellectual property and thereto related rights. It is the responsibility of the user of this
document to comply with all applicable intellectual property laws. Without limiting any rights related to this document, no part of this document may be copied, reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without the expressed permission or authorized by Alfa Laval India Private Limited
will enforce its rights related to this document to the fullest extent of the law, including the seeking of criminal prosecution.
Index

1 Introduction......................................................................................... 5
2 Field of Application ............................................................................ 6
3 Safety Instructions and Warning ..................................................... 7
3.1 General Safety Regulations ...................................................................... 8

3.2 Safety Regulations during Installation........................................................ 10

3.3 Safety Regulations during Operation and Maintenance .................................... 10

3.4 Noise Emission................................................................................... 11

3.5 Modifications and Reconstruction ............................................................. 11

4 Installation and Commissioning Guidelines ................................ 12


4.1 Unpacking ........................................................................................ 12

4.2 Lifting Instructions ............................................................................... 14

4.3 Installation ........................................................................................ 16

4.3.1 Electrical Installation ................................................................... 17

4.3.2 Mechanical Installation ................................................................. 17

4.4 Pre Commissioning and Commissioning Instructions ...................................... 18

4.4.1 Pre Commissioning ..................................................................... 18

4.4.2 Completion and Start-Up .............................................................. 21

5 Storage Guidelines.......................................................................... 22
6 General Technical Data .................................................................. 23
6.1 Component list ................................................................................... 23

7 Operating Instructions .................................................................... 24


7.1 Operating Precautions .......................................................................... 24

7.2 Operating Principle .............................................................................. 24

7.2.1 Start-up preparation .................................................................... 25

7.2.2 General Operating procedure ......................................................... 29

7.2.2.1 Operation of valves ......................................................... 29

7.2.2.2 Recommendations & Calculations ....................................... 30

7.3 Operating procedures ........................................................................... 31

EN-130022-R13
Index

7.3.1 Mixing and pre-heating of cleaning liquids .......................................... 31

7.3.1.1 Start up and filling ........................................................... 33

7.3.1.2 Cleaning agent filling and monitoring .................................... 33

7.3.2 CIP-cleaning of the heat exchanger .................................................. 34

7.3.3 Reverse flow ............................................................................. 35

7.3.4 Neutralization ............................................................................ 36

7.3.5 Use of pump for emptying HE back to CIP tank .................................... 37

7.3.6 Use of pump for draining externally .................................................. 38

7.3.7 Self Draining ............................................................................. 39

7.3.8 Self draining of the heat exchanger only ............................................ 39

7.3.9 Disconnecting the CIP-unit ........................................................... 39

8 Maintenance..................................................................................... 41
8.1 Introduction ....................................................................................... 41

8.2 Control Panel ..................................................................................... 41

8.3 Maintenance Interval ............................................................................ 42

9 Trouble Shooting ............................................................................. 43


10 Spare Parts ...................................................................................... 44
10.1 Ordering Spare Parts ............................................................................ 44

10.2 Alfa Laval Service................................................................................ 47

11 Revision History ............................................................................... 48

EN-130022-R13
1 Introduction
• Alfa Laval CIP module has been designed as a portable cleaning unit specifically, for use in confined
areas of service around a Plate Heat Exchanger.
• The unit is thus equipped with a tank for mixing and storage of liquids during the Cleaning in place of
Plate Heat Exchangers. The unit is further equipped with internal heating system, pump for
circulation of cleaning liquid and valves to support and facilitate running different programs of
cleaning in place.
• The unit can be started and operated from a built-in electrical control panel.
• The unit is provided with different built-in safety arrangements and devices for safe operation. These
are never to be put out of function.

These instructions give safety precautions and requirements


which are to be followed in order to avoid any harm to persons,
damage to CIP module or Heat Exchanger.

EN-130022-R13 5
2 Field of Application
The CIP module is suitable for cleaning of compact heat exchangers like Gasketed, Welded & Brazed
plate heat exchangers, Spiral heat exchangers and Compact tubular heat exchanger.
Cleaning-In-Place unit has been designed as -
• An easy & convenient transportable cleaning unit.
• Remove scaling without damaging the plates or gaskets.
• Increase the lifetime of heat exchanger.
Field of Application

6 EN-130022-R13
3 Safety Instructions and Warning
The following symbols in this manual point out safety precautions. It means your attention is needed
and your safety is involved.
https://www.alfalaval.com/service-and-support/safety-data-sheets/

This symbol is used to indicate the presence of a hazard, which


can or will cause severe personal injury, if the warning is
ignored.

Certain passages of the text will be marked with a caution


mark. This mark indicates the presence of hazard, which will or
can cause property damage if the instructions are not
observed.

This type of instruction indicates a situation, which, if not


avoided, could result in damage to the equipment.

Safety Sign

Always use eye protection - Safety Glasses

Always use protective hand wear - Safety Gloves

Always use protective foot wear - Safety Shoes

EN-130022-R13 7
3. Safety Instructions and Warning

Warning Sign

General warning

Dangerous electrical voltage

Caustic agents

Hot surface
Safety Instructions and Warning

In case sign(s) is not found on the equipment or sign(s) is dam-


aged new ones must be ordered.

3.1 General Safety Regulations


The following general safety rules must be followed on every occasion:
• The installation and operating manual contains vital information that must be considered during all
handling of the CIP unit. All personnel who are in contact with the equipment must read the
operating and installation manual. The operating manual should be kept available near the
equipment.
• If the safety regulations are not followed, there is a risk of injuries as well as damage to the
machinery and the surrounding environment. If these safety regulations have not been followed,
Alfa Laval cannot be claimed responsible.

8 EN-130022-R13
3. Safety Instructions and Warning

• The CIP unit must never be used when there is a risk for poisonous or
lethal fumes or vapors to be released from the fouled equipment during CIP
cleaning. When connected to the equipment to be cleaned, the CIP unit is
being part of an open system why any fumes or vapors being released will
be released out into the atmosphere through mainly the tank.
• When any risk of dangerous vapor or gas in the CIP cleaning system, gas
detector and protective breathing equipment must be worn.
• In case of brief exposure or low pollution use respiratory filter device. In
case of intensive or longer exposure use self-contained respiratory
protective device.

NOISE HAZARDS
• Use ear protection in noisy environments.

CRUSH HAZARD
• Do not work under hanging load.
• Wear head protection during installation and maintenance of the
equipment.

CUT HAZARD
• Wear gloves when handling machined parts.

Drains and vents


• Make sure that the vent outlets and drains are not blocked.

EN-130022-R13 9
3. Safety Instructions and Warning

3.2 Safety Regulations during Installation


• Read and follow the Operator’s manual before attempting to install or operate the modules and
supporting equipment.
• Do not operate the system before installation is complete.
• Install all equipment in accordance with requirements of the Local Electrical Authority.
• Ensure power is OFF before installation, inspection, assembling and disassembling.
• Ensure all pipe lines, Hoses and PHE are de-pressurized and emptied before installation,
inspection, assembling and disassembling.
• The safety functions of the premises must be checked before the first start.
• Only authorized and qualified personnel should carry out the installation.
• All work on the machinery must be performed when it is not in operation and the main power supply
is switched off.
• All local regulations regarding transport and lifting must be followed at all times.

3.3 Safety Regulations during Operation and Maintenance


• Never put hands, other parts of your body or foreign objects into the machinery without making sure
the main supply has been switched off.
• Do not attempt to do any kind of maintenance work on the unit itself until the system has come to
complete stop and check that the main power is SHUT OFF.
• For inspection and maintenance of any component: Strictly follow the corresponding technical
documentation.

High Temperature
Safety Instructions and Warning

• When parts of the some equipment comes in contact with hot process
liquid, can cause grave burns if touched.
• Be careful when working near pipes, valves and the equipment.
• Hot machine parts occur during operation of the plant, and then the user
must ensure that these cannot be touched by accident.

Chemicals
• Safety precautions for use of chemicals: Use eye protection and gloves;
Avoid skin and eye contact and contact with clothes.
• Clean empty chemicals containers before disposal.
• Chemicals are hazardous; Material Safety Data Sheets should be read
carefully before handling chemicals.
• Make sure to locate eye shower and emergency shower before start of
handling corrosive chemicals!

• NEVER neglect red signal or alarm. Find out what caused


the alarm and remedy it before the alarm is reset.

10 EN-130022-R13
3. Safety Instructions and Warning

3.4 Noise Emission


• Noise emission corresponds to the values for the pump mounted.
• The mean sound pressure levels (Lp) measured as Curve A (ISO 1680 standard).
• The noise values were measured with 50 Hz and 60 Hz motor running idle with a tolerance of 3 dB
(A).
• LpA<70 dBA

3.5 Modifications and Reconstruction


• Please note that the machinery must not be altered or modified in any way if not directly approved
by Alfa Laval.
• Use of original spare parts and accessories guarantee a safe operation. Use of parts from other
manufacturers can lead to premature failure of the machinery, also there could be personal safety
issue, also cause damage to the machine, surrounding area and jeopardize the warranty.

EN-130022-R13 11
4 Installation and Commissioning
Guidelines
4.1 Unpacking
When unpacking, take care not to damage the CIP unit by considering below:

THIS WAY UP
Position: Near left hand upper corner
4 Sides

FRAGILE / HANDLE WITH CARE


Position: Near left hand upper corner
4 Sides

KEEP DRY
Position: Near right hand upper corner
Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

4 Sides

CENTRE OF GRAVITY
Position: Relating to the real position of the centre of gravity
5 Sides (Top and 4 Sides)

SLING HERE
Position: Where slings shall be placed for lifting
2 Sides minimum

OPEN THIS SIDE FIRST


Position: On the side that should be opened first

12 EN-130022-R13
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

Reception on Site and Unpacking


• To avoid the risk of damaging the equipment, the crates must be opened
and unpacked carefully and if possible in the presence of an Alfa Laval
representative.
• Check the delivery for any kind of damage. Make sure that the CIP-unit
with accessories is complete according to packing list and orders.
• If during the inspection of the delivered components there are found
damaged or missing items, it shall be reported to Alfa Laval immediately
after the delivery has taken place.
• Check the tank. The inlets and the outlets must be free from possible
packing materials.
• Alfa Laval can instruct how to repair possible damages or how to replace
missing items.
• Alfa Laval will not be responsible for incorrect unpacking & handling of CIP
unit.
• Ensure that all packing materials have been removed from the wooden
box before starting the installation.
• This manual includes unpacking and lifting instructions for CIP unit which
should be followed carefully to avoid damage or injuries.

EN-130022-R13 13
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

4.2 Lifting Instructions

Always use approved equipment for the lifting.


Refer to dimensional drawing for the specific CIP unit for the
weight of the equipment.
When lifting a CIP unit, use certified and approved slings and
makes sure that the CIP unit is prevented from tilting or
rotating.
CIP unit must be completely empty during lifting or transporta-
tion in order to avoid unstable lifts and damage to CIP unit.
Minimum Load Capacity recommended for each lifting sling is
745 lbs. or 370 Kgs.
Follow local safety precautions/guidelines while lifting CIP
units.
For capacity of lifting slings, please Refer PHE manual.

CIP 800L / 1800L / 2800L Lifting Using Fork Lift


Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

Lifting should be done by using a forklift. Alfa Laval recommends using forklift
for lifting of CIP modules.
• Two channels are provided at the bottom of the module frame to fix forks of
the lift.
• These channels are provided below the tank location.
• Expand forklift after putting into slot to get fitted in the slot provided. This
will help to lock forklift in the space.
• Check balancing of the unit, & gradually start lifting CIP unit.
Maximum lift height recommended is 200 mm from ground. Potential crush-
ing risk in case the CIP unit is lifted higher than approx. 200 mm from ground
level.

The CIP unit can be lifted or moved by using Slings. if sufficient area is not available for forklift, then
operator can use Slings.

14 EN-130022-R13
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

CIP 800L/1800L/2800L Lifting Using Slings


• Place lifting slings around CIP unit as shown in the drawing. Slings must
only be fitted in these lifting lugs/hooks as fitted on the unit.
• Place first sling through provision (hook/lug) given on top of control panel
support frame.
• Insert second and third sling through provision (hook/lug) given on tank top
side corners.
• Slings must not touch tank surface or piping.
• Make sure the lifting hook will be positioned straight above the Centre of
Gravity (CoG) of CIP unit. CoG of unit lies nearby tank. Refer to adjacent
drawing.
• Start to lift very slowly. Be careful to see how CIP Unit / Module balance.
If not in balance, release lifting device and adjust length of slings such that
sling to load angle is maintained for each sling as per drawing.

EN-130022-R13 15
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

4.3 Installation
Proper CIP module installation is as important to total performance as the manufacturing process and
materials used.
The quality control measures taken in the manufacturing plant, which ensure high quality that meets or
exceeds current performance standards, can be nullified if any step in the installation process is
performed improperly. Poor installation not only can affect cleaning performance, but also safe,
smooth operation of moving parts. Indeed, aside from seal failures, over 80% of service problems
result from poor installation practices.

For details on Dimensions, Connections, Service area etc. Al-


ways refer the order specific dimension drawing and General
Arrangement (GA) layout.

The CIP unit is delivered as complete machine ready to bring into service.
• Check and assemble the hoses carefully between CIP-unit and heat
exchanger. Please make sure the CIP module is in horizontal direction.
Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

• All electrical installations must be done in accordance with local


regulations. A certified electrician should carry out this job.
• During working on the electrical installations, the main power supply must
be shut off at all times.
• Check the phase connection on switchboard according to electrical wiring
diagram. Refer to Troubleshooting section.
• Make sure that the hoses are not sharp bended, kinked, deformed and
kept away from vehicle movement.
• Always route the hoses parallel to avoid bending.
• Check that the grounding of the module is connected to the both earthing
points according to the supplied drawings and documentation.
• For ATEX classification refer, Appendix A.

16 EN-130022-R13
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

4.3.1 Electrical Installation


All electrical installations must be done in accordance with local regulations. A professional electrician
should carry out this job.
Apart from the fact that the electrical installation must be effected in a safe, proper and approved way,
the different methods of how to regulate the equipment should be considered.
Please refer to Section 7.2.1 ‘Start-up preparation’ in the below sections and decide how to adapt the
electrical installation to the means of operating the machinery.
During working on the electrical installations, the main power supply must be shut off at all times.
• The power supply is in accordance with the technical data for the unit. (Refer the type tag on the
motor and heater)
• That electrical hooks-up are connected correctly.

Failure to comply with electrical regulations can cause risk


of death by touching electrified module.

4.3.2 Mechanical Installation


The CIP system should be placed in such a way that suitable space for maintenance and repair is
obtained. The layout drawing of the system shows the general dimensions of the system. Always
contact local Alfa Laval representative to guide the customer through all the installation details. The
CIP chemical hoses are supplied along with the module. For installation of hoses, please refer Piping
and instrumentation diagram "P&ID".

Special adaptations or arrangements for connecting the CIP


module with the PHE could be necessary to manufacture during
installation of the system. These arrangements are not included
in the standard scope of supply.

EN-130022-R13 17
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

4.4 Pre Commissioning and Commissioning Instructions


4.4.1 Pre Commissioning

Operators must read and understand the “Commissioning Instructions”, “System Oper-
ating Instructions”, and the Operating Instructions of the respective equipment before
start-up of the system.

The system must be commissioned before putting into operation.


It is the responsibility of customer or of by the customer appointed responsible for the
commissioning, to ensure that any person involved with the commissioning and opera-
Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

tion of this system is sufficiently skilled, has the appropriate experience or has received
adequate training.
Operators must read and understand the “Commissioning Instructions”, “System Oper-
ating Instructions”, and the Operating Instructions of the respective equipment before
start-up of the system.

Before start-up please connect power supply cable from cus-


tomer panel to the socket located on CIP module.

Pre-commissioning is the phase where a system or unit is prepared for the commissioning. The
purpose of the pre-commissioning is to verify and check if all parameters necessary for the operation
are in accordance with the specifications.

18 EN-130022-R13
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

Before commissioning or start-up ensure that below procedures are checked.


• Position the shut-off valves close to the connecting pipe to reduce the CIP fluid amount equally. as
shown in below figure.

• If PHE does not have CIP connection available, then welding connection can be used to connect the
CIP module with the PHE, as shown in below figure.
• Detail A & detail B below are the welding connection that either can be ordered along with the
module or as an after sales spare part.

EN-130022-R13 19
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

• Please check the PHE venting possibility for filling/draining of liquid. If not, spool piece is supplied
along with the module and this should be mounted at highest possible position of PHE connection.

1 Mechanical Completion
• Mechanical Completion is the checking and testing of equipment and construction to confirm that
the installation is in accordance with drawings and specifications and ready for commissioning in
a safe manner and in compliance with project requirements.
• Connect hoses to in and out of CIP module and respective PHE connections.
Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

• Check hoses are not lying on any sharp edge and no obstacles are in between.
• Fill the CIP tank with water. The used amount shall be 100% of the calculated cleaning liquid
volume.
• Dry run of heater will damage heater and may be injuries to operator.
• Having verified the total volume needed, 90% of this volume shall be used as water part in
cleaning process. Refer section 7.2.2.2.

2 Electrical Connections
• Customer need to make provision for cable and plugs to arrange for the electrical supply to CIP
module.
• CIP module has no PLC or automated valves.
• Connect electrical socket to side arm of control panel. (Refer below image)

20 EN-130022-R13
4. Installation and Commissioning Guidelines

4.4.2 Completion and Start-Up


For general start-up of the CIP module please refer to the “Operating Instructions” of the
documentation and check below points:
• Check that all hose connections have been made according to the supplied drawings and
documentation.
• Check each hose connection for leakages.
• Check that the grounding of the module is connected to the both earthing points according to the
supplied drawings and documentation.
• Check that all electrical connections have been made according to the supplied electrical
documentation.
• Check that CIP frame is installed properly according to the supplied drawings and documentation.
• Check position of all valves.
• Check that the works without any uncommon noises.
• Check that the power supply has the right voltage (V) according to motor label, hertz (Hz) according
to separator label to the wiring diagram and the instruction manual.
• Refer the cleaning instructions for preparation of CIP.
• When cleaning a plate heat exchanger it is important to dimension the tank capacity required and
cleaning agents needed for the job.
• Make sure that 500 mm space is available for easy operation and maintenance of CIP module.
• Make sure that there is sufficient space in the tanks to accommodate the whole volume of the liquid
needed to circulate for the cleaning process; but also room for adding additional cleaning agent to
maintain the strength and effective cleaning.
• When operator abort the cleaning process all of the liquid taken out of the heat exchanger and
connecting pipes and hoses, shall have room in the tanks. To avoid the flooding the floor with the
cleaning agent, please use proper draining.

EN-130022-R13 21
5 Storage Guidelines
Unless otherwise agreed, Alfa Laval delivers the equipment ready to be put in service upon arrival and
after installation.
If it is necessary to store equipment for a longer period, certain precautions should be made in order to
protect and prevent unnecessary wear of the equipment.
Often the best solution is to leave the equipment in the packing until installation will occur. In this case
Alfa Laval should be informed and proper type of packing should be ordered.
• Do not store the liquid more than a week in CIP tank. Drain and rinse all other equipment after
finished CIP cleaning.
• Store hoses and other accessories in dry area protected from physical damage after disconnecting
it from CIP-unit

• There should not be any ozone producing equipment in the


storage room, like operating electric motors or arc welding.
Ozone destroys many rubber materials.
• Do not store organic solvents or acids in the storage room.
• Do not store the module in wet area.
• Avoid heat and ultraviolet radiation.

Outdoor storage should be avoided. The precautions men-


tioned above should be taken as far as possible. The need for
protection against the climate is more important in this case.
Storage Guidelines

22 EN-130022-R13
6 General Technical Data
6.1 Component list
Refer the component list in Technical documentation.

EN-130022-R13 23
7 Operating Instructions
7.1 Operating Precautions

Operator should take the following precautions before operating an unit:


• Check the power supply is in accordance with the technical data and make sure that
electrical hooks-up are connected correctly.
• Pump should rotate as indicated with the arrow on the housing of the pump.
• Never start the pump or heater without liquids in the tank.
• The cleaning liquid to be used is in accordance with the cleaning procedure to be
carried out. (Refer section “Cleaning liquids procedure and ordering”)
• Check the temperature during the operation. It should not exceed 85°C.
• To set the desire temperature, open the heater cover & adjust the temperature
accordingly. (Make sure power supply is off during this procedure)
• Check that all valves are in correct position when starting the unit and the drain valve
V11 and V07 on the unit should be closed.
• The heat exchanger should not be under pressure when starting the process.
• The heat exchanger should be isolated from the normal system.

7.2 Operating Principle


Alfa Laval CIP units includes following operations, mainly -
• Shut off and drain the heat exchange to be cleaned.
• Connect the CIP unit to the heat exchanger.
It is essential that the
• Lower heat exchanger port is connected to hose S02
• Upper heat exchanger port to hose S01
Please refer Piping and instrumentation diagram "P&ID". in Technical dossier section 3.
Operating Instructions

• Fill tank/tanks with water: 90 % of total cleaning volume, calculated as per section 7.2.2.2, step 2.
Use correct volume - do not overfill!

• To avoid risk of overflow, additional tanks (B02 or/and B03)


shall not be engaged in circulation. When in operation, the
main volume of the liquid is to be in the Heat Exchanger and
a minor part of it in the main tank B01 for heating and
circulation.
• Pump the water volume into the Heat Exchanger - if CIP unit
is 2800 or 1800 litre version, start emptying tank B03, then
B02 and finally B01. Recirculate/clean only using tank B01,
inlet and outlet valves for B03 and B02 shall be closed.
• Use only water to check for leakages to avoid accidents,

24 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

• Mix the cleaning agent with water in the tank and heat it up to specified temperature.
• Circulates the cleaning solution for specified time.
• Drain the cleaning solution as per any of the options 6.3.5 – 6.3.8 and rinse the system with clean
water.
• Disconnect the CIP unit.

CIP equipment must never be left unattended. In case of power


failure, valves V03, V04 and V08 must be closed to avoid un-
controlled back flow from the heat exchanger. This is especially
important when multiple tanks are used since a power failure
and free draining to a single tank causes a major risk of
overflow.

7.2.1 Start-up preparation


• Make sure the heater is in Off-position before connecting the power.
• Turn the main switch (BLACK button) to ON position to activate the electrical panel.

CIP 800L, 1800L and CIP 2800L

EN-130022-R13 25
7. Operating Instructions

Pump
Push the GREEN button on the panel to start the pump.

Check the direction of rotation of the motor fan. The pump


should rotate clockwise as viewed from the rear end of the mo-
tor. (Refer indication label)
If it is incorrect: switch 2 phases.
Operating Instructions

26 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

Heater
Start the heater by turning the GREEN knob to the Position 1, if the unit is equipped with ONE , TWO
or FOUR internal heating system as shown in below figures.

Unit equipped with ONE internal heating system

Unit equipped with TWO internal heating system

EN-130022-R13 27
7. Operating Instructions

Unit equipped with FOUR internal heating system

Check that the thermostat is in the correct position. To set the desire temperature, open the heater
cover and adjust the temperature accordingly. (Make sure power supply is off during this procedure).
The most effective cleaning interval is between 50-70°C.
Check the temperature during the operation. It should never exceed 85°C.
The thermostat incorporated in the heater regulates itself. The safety thermostat (in the heater) will
switch off the heater, in case of over temperature.
Operating Instructions

28 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

Tank
The volume of each tank is 1000 liters. The CIP unit has an effective volume of 800L & 1800L & 2800L
respectively.

Never fill the tanks above these limit volumes.

7.2.2 General Operating procedure

7.2.2.1 Operation of valves


Pull the handles outwards while rotating them.
When valve V05 is in a position between “Open valve” and “Closed valve”, the flow is reduced. To
operate this valve, turn the handle and then rotate it.
This unit is supplied with a valves arrangement.
It is essential that the
• Lower heat exchanger port is connected to hose S02
• Upper heat exchanger port to hose S01
Please refer Piping and instrumentation diagram "P&ID"

EN-130022-R13 29
7. Operating Instructions

7.2.2.2 Recommendations & Calculations


The operation of valves can be done while the CIP-pump is in operation, whenever the flow is in
circulation.
After starting the pump, set Valve V19 at the pressure side to reduced flow.
STEP 1
Drain out the fluid from the heat exchanger.
Assemble the hoses between the CIP unit and the heat exchanger.
STEP 2
Fill the tank with required volume of water via the filling pipe (use hot water if available maximum 85°
C).
For correct volume you need to calculate the total volume.

vWater= vTotal x (1-Part cleaning liquid)

vTotal = vHE + vPiping + vHoses+ vPump &tank heater

vTotal =required volume (including cleaning liquids)


vHE = Volume in heat exchanger for the side that will be cleaned.

For Plate heat exchanger = (volume per channel) x No of plates / 2

vPump & heater =Min. volume for CIP 800L & 1800L in order not to dry out the pump and the heater, in
closed circuit, excluding HE is approx. 96 litres.
Vhoses = There are 2 hoses of 4m long and DN65
diameter connecting from CIP module to HE.
The total volume for 2 hoses = Approx. 27 liters for all modules
The piping volume can vary depending on heat exchanger pipe diameter and pipe length between the
valve isolating HE from the system to the frame plate.
Operating Instructions

Instructions for the use of cleaning chemicals


Mixing ratio = 1 part Cleaning liquid to 9 parts of water
If the total volume is 120 litres then

vWater = 120 x (90/100) = 108 litre

vCleaning liquid = 120 x (10/100) = 12 litre

Add calculated amount of cleaning liquids, see calculation above. (For the different cleaning liquids
mixing ratio, see section “ The Alfa Laval Cleaning In Place Procedures for Plate Heat Exchangers”
STEP 3
Connect power supply to the panel.
Check if phase control lamp is on. If not, change 2 wires.

30 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

7.3 Operating procedures


7.3.1 Mixing and pre-heating of cleaning liquids

Turn the valves to position as per below description. Assemble the hoses according to
Piping and instrumentation diagram "P&ID”. S01 must be connected to HE lower port
and S02 must be connected to HE upper port.

• Fill tank/tanks with water: 90 % of total cleaning volume, calculated as per section 7.2.2.2, step 2.

• To avoid risk of overflow, additional tanks (B02 or/and B03)


shall not be engaged in circulation. When in operation, the
main volume of the liquid is to be in the Heat Exchanger and
a minor part of it in the main tank B01 for heating and
circulation.
• Pump the water volume into the Heat Exchanger - if CIP unit
is 2800 or 1800 litre version, start emptying tank B03, then
B02 and finally B01. Recirculate/clean only using tank B01,
inlet and outlet valves for B03 and B02 shall be closed.
• Use only water to check for leakages to avoid accidents,

Valve tag number Status

V01 Open

V02 Closed

V03 Closed

V04 Open

V05 & V19 Open

V08 Closed

V11 Closed

The operation of valves can be done while the CIP-pump is in operation, whenever the flow is always
in circulation.
Start the pump with the GREEN push button on the panel.
Select desired temperature on the heater (recommended interval is 50-70°C) and start the heater with
the GREEN knob.

EN-130022-R13 31
7. Operating Instructions

Below heating times are not including the effect of the material in the heat exchanger, this differs per
content and temperature of “other” side of heat exchanger and ambient temperature. Figures are for
liquid and CIP unit only.
To heat up 800 litres from 20°C to 70°C will take approximately 4 hours with 12 kW,
2 hours with 24 kW and 1 hour with 48 kW.
To heat up 1800 litres from 20°C to 70°C will take approximately 4 hours with 24 kW and 2 hours with
48 kW.
To heat up 2800 litres from 20°C to 70°C will take approximately 3.5 hours with 48 kW.

CIP equipment must never be left unattended. In case of power


failure, valves V01, V02 and V08 must be closed to avoid un-
controlled back flow from the heat exchanger. This is especially
important when multiple tanks are used since a power failure
and free draining to a single tank causes a major risk of
overflow.
Operating Instructions

32 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.1.1 Start up and filling


1 Startup the pump and fill up the PHE with 90 % water.
2 Make sure that all connections are tight and check for any kind of leakages.
3 Secure connections with a strap or lock to avoid accidental release.
4 Secure the heaters are submerged to avoid overheating.

7.3.1.2 Cleaning agent filling and monitoring


1 When water reaches at 40 – 50 °C then start adding cleaning agent.
2 Monitor any change in color of cleaning liquid and change in pH level to see that cleaning liquid has
an effect on fouling in the unit.

EN-130022-R13 33
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.2 CIP-cleaning of the heat exchanger


Turn the valves to position according to below description. Assemble the hoses according to Piping
and instrumentation diagram "P&ID”. S01 must be connected to HE lower port and S02 must be
connected to HE upper port.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Open

V02 Closed

V03 Closed

V04 Open

V05 & V19 Open

V08 Closed

V11 Closed

Regulate the flow with V19 if necessary. (Closing V19 slightly giving small back pressure will help to
avoid cavitation of pump)
For CIP 1800L and CIP 2800L Only recirculate through the main tank B01.
When the cleaning is finished: Close the valve V03, V19 and V01 to stop the pump and switch off the
heaters. Now the liquid remain in the heat exchanger and subsequent cleaning steps can be engaged.

CIP equipment must never be left unattended. In case of power


failure, valves V01, V02 and V08 must be closed to avoid un-
Operating Instructions

controlled back flow from the heat exchanger. This is especially


important when multiple tanks are used since a power failure
and free draining to a single tank causes a major risk of
overflow.

34 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.3 Reverse flow


If your heat exchanger is fitted with only one grouping, (see the heat exchanger drawing) go to
“Neutralization”
If your heat exchanger is fitted with multi pass grouping it is necessary to change the flow direction
after half of the recommended operation time specified in the CIP-cleaning.
Turn the valves to position according to below description. Assemble the hoses according to Piping
and Instrumentation diagram "P&ID”. S01 must be connected to HE lower port and S02 must be
connected to HE upper port.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Closed

V02 Open

V03 Open

V04 Closed

V05 &V19 Open

V08 Closed

V11 Closed

Regulate the flow with V19 if necessary.


When the cleaning is finished: Stop the pump and switch off the heaters.

CIP equipment must never be left unattended. In case of power


failure, valves V01, V02 and V08 must be closed to avoid un-
controlled back flow from the heat exchanger. This is especially
important when multiple tanks are used since a power failure
and free draining to a single tank causes a major risk of
overflow.

EN-130022-R13 35
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.4 Neutralization
Some Cleaning liquids require neutralization prior to disposal. (Refer section 5.7.1 from The Alfa Laval
Cleaning In Place Procedures for Plate Heat Exchangers manual.)
If the cleaning liquid is to be re-used do not neutralize it.
The neutralization process is done by adding the neutralization liquid to the cleaning liquid in
accordance with the separate instruction for neutralization liquids.
Stop pump and heater before adding the neutralization liquid. Turn the valves to position according to
below description. Assemble the hoses according to Piping and Instrumentation diagram "P&ID”. S01
must be connected to HE lower port and S02 must be connected to HE upper port.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Open

V02 Closed

V03 Closed

V04 Open

V05 & V19 Open

V08 Closed

V11 Closed

Start the pump.


The circulation of the fluid is maintained until the “used” cleaning liquid has obtained a pH value of 6.5
to 7.5. The neutralization process may take about 1 hour to complete.
Operating Instructions

CIP equipment must never be left unattended. In case of power


failure, valves V01, V02 and V08 must be closed to avoid un-
controlled back flow from the heat exchanger. This is especially
important when multiple tanks are used since a power failure
and free draining to a single tank causes a major risk of
overflow.

36 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.5 Use of pump for emptying HE back to CIP tank


• To let air into the system, a spool piece with two valves are provided along with module. Install the
spool piece on nozzle or pipe of heat exchanger above the highest point of fluid level in the HE to
avoid it getting filled with fluid and allow air to get in.
OR
• If current HE pipe system any valve is available above the highest point of fluid level in the HE in
open it to allow air enter into system
• Close valve V01, V02, V19, V06, V07 and V11 (See P & I Diagram).
• Make sure that V03, V04, V08 and V09 are open to allow liquid to drain from heat exchanger.
• Engage pump to collect the CIP liquid in the CIP tank or tanks
• In case of CIP 1800L and 2800L make sure that tank interconnection valves are open and keep
control over filling rate of each tank to avoid overflow.
• Fluid evacuation times vary greatly depending on HE size. Larger units (containing 800L or more)
produce ample head pressure to aid. Smaller units sometimes require valve throttling with V03 to
create back pressure on the tank return valve to avoid pump cavitation.
• Turn the valves to position according to below description. Assemble the hoses according to Piping
and Instrumentation diagram "P&ID”. S01 must be connected to HE lower port and S02 must be
connected to HE upper port.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Open

V02 Open

V03 Closed

V04 Closed

V05 Open

V08 Closed

V11 Closed

V19 Open

EN-130022-R13 37
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.6 Use of pump for draining externally


• Add extra hose at valve V11 and put other end of hose at draining point or as per customer
requirement. (Note that this hose is not scope of supply along with module due to variety of different
draining possibilities at different customers)
• To let air into the system, a spool piece with two valves are provided along with module. Install the
spool piece on nozzle or pipe of heat exchanger above the highest point of fluid level in the HE to
avoid it getting filled with fluid and allow air to get in.
OR
• If current HE pipe system any valve is available above the highest point of fluid level in the HE in
open it to allow air enter into system
• Close valve V01, V02, V04, V06, V07 and V19 (See P & I Diagram).
• Make sure that V03, V05, V08, V09 and V11 are open, it will allow to flow CIP return from heat
exchanger.
• Start pump. Check and throttle valve V08 if required to remove vacuum
• Fluid evacuation times vary greatly depending on HE size. Larger units (containing 800L or more)
produce ample head pressure to aid. Smaller units sometimes require valve throttling with V03 to
create back pressure on the tank return valve to avoid pump cavitation.
• Drain the heat exchanger
Turn the valves to position according to below description. Assemble the hoses according to Piping
and Instrumentation diagram "P&ID”. S01 must be connected to HE lower port and S02 must be
connected to HE upper port.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Closed

V02 Closed

V03 Open
Operating Instructions

V04 Closed

V05 Open

V08 Open

V11 Open

V19 Open

38 EN-130022-R13
7. Operating Instructions

7.3.7 Self Draining


If for some reason, active draining with pump is not applicable, it is possible to self-drain the system
with gravity only.
• Connect the drain of the CIP tank/tanks to a suitable barrel.
• Open V01-V05 and V07 valves on the CIP unit.
• Open the outlet valve V06 on the tank together with valve (V07 and V17 in case more than one tank,
see Piping and Instrumentation diagram "P&ID”) and drain the unit completely.
• Close all valves after the draining.

7.3.8 Self draining of the heat exchanger only


• Close all valves.
• At the CIP unit, disconnect the hose that is fitted to the lower connection on the heat exchanger. Be
careful since CIP liquid might escape from hose end.
• Place the end of the hose in a barrel or other collection vessel.
• Open valve V19 and V04 to let air in.
• Drain the heat exchanger

7.3.9 Disconnecting the CIP-unit


STEP 1 -
When disconnecting the hoses from the CIP-unit, inspect them for visible damages. Avoid damaging
the electrical cables, or the inlets and outlets of the unit.
STEP 2 -
Turn the valves to position according to below.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Open

V02 Open

V03 Closed

V04 Closed

V05 & V19 Closed

V08 Closed

V11 Closed

Fill the tank to 1/3 with fresh water. Start the pump for about 3 minutes. Stop the pump.

EN-130022-R13 39
7. Operating Instructions

STEP 3 – Draining CIP unit


When opening valve V11, if there is no hose connected to this valve, make sure that a collection
vessel is placed below to avoid spillage of residual liquid
Turn the valves to position according to below description. After securing tank drainage, open V06 and
drain the unit.

Valve tag number Status

V01 Open

V02 Open

V03 Open

V04 Open

V05 & V19 Closed

V08 Open

V11 Open
Operating Instructions

40 EN-130022-R13
8 Maintenance
8.1 Introduction
The CIP unit only requires very little maintenance. However, following the maintenance instructions
will ensure performance and availability.

Always follow recommendations on maintenance and service


specified in the specific manuals for each component.

After disconnecting the CIP-unit -


• Flush the hoses manually with fresh water.
• Store hoses and other accessories in a dry area protected from physical damage.
• Open V06 and rinse the tanks with fresh water.
• Check internally the strainer from time to time (F01).

8.2 Control Panel


Switch off the main power supply to the control panel prior to opening the panel. For control panels
with more than one CIP unit control.
Turn the GREEN knob to 0 positions on panel, to switch off the heater.
Push the stop button (RED) on the control panel, to stop the pump.
Turn the Main switch to OFF position to disconnect the CIP unit from power supply.

Ensure that the main power source is switched off before at-
tempting to disconnect the control panel.

EN-130022-R13 41
8. Maintenance

8.3 Maintenance Interval


The CIP unit should be opened once a year for inspection, ease of operation, and checking its
condition by a skilled / certified technician under the supervision of maintenance manager
• Check operation and condition of the all valve.
• When disconnecting the hoses from CIP unit, inspect them for visible damages.
• Avoid damaging the electrical cables or inlets & outlets of the unit.
• Check the conditions of pump seal.
• Heating elements are to be checked for its conditions.
Maintenance

42 EN-130022-R13
9 Trouble Shooting
Problem Indication Possible Cause Remedy

Leakage In main flanges. Insufficiently Tighten.


(inlet and outlet) tightened.

Damaged gaskets. Open and check, change


and repair if necessary.

Valve leakage. Incorrect assembly or Remove valve and check


damaged rubber seat. the rubber seat or foreign
Valve body cracked or particle or misalignment, if
Broken. not, reassemble valve. If
valve body cracked or bro-
ken, replace the valve with
new valve.

Shaft seal leakage Dry run of pump Replace: All wearing parts
Incorrect rubber (see drawing /parts list)
grade Select a different rubber
Abrasive particles in gradeSelect stationary and
the liquid rotatingseal ring in Silicon
Carbide/Silicon Carbide

Pump cavitation Pressure reduction. Low inlet pressure- Increase the inlet pressur-
(At times to zero) High liquid eIncrease the liquid level
temperature Reduce the liquid
temperature

Overloaded Pumping of viscous Change impellerHigher


motor liquidsPumping of counter pressure(throttling)
liquids with high den-
sityLow outlet pres-
sure(counter
pressure)

CIP unit does not No indication. No power supply. Check external power
operate. source & turn on the main
power switch.

CIP unit clogged. High pressure drop CIP unit blocked with Shut down the CIP unit,
Decreased water too much debris. open end cover and clean
flow. the CIP unit manually.
See “Maintenance interval”

EN-130022-R13 43
10 Spare Parts
For every CIP unit delivered a number of spare parts are available. Please refer to the CIP unit
specification delivered with the given CIP unit.

10.1 Ordering Spare Parts

After sales Spare Parts (2012 onwards)

After Sales spare parts cannot be ordered directly in this tool.


For DC Lund or DC Kolding articles use your normal channel like e.g. One 4 All.
For AMM Pune articles - please send mail to [email protected]

CIP series 20 –
40 liters Spare item Article number DC Location

For CIP 20/ Cillit CIP 20 pump 32840106-01 DC Lund


SEK 28
(32840005-01/ CIP 20 set of connections 32840107-01 DC Lund
32840005-02)
CIP 20 hose 5.3 M 32840001-06 DC Lund

CIP 20 fittings 32840109-01 DC Lund

CIP 20 multifunctional 32840110-01 DC Lund


valve

For CIP 40, 50 CIP 40 pump 50 Hz 32840106-02 DC Lund


Hz/KalkEx Mobil
60 (32840000- CIP 40 multifunctional 32840417-01 DC Lund
01/ 32840000- valve
02)
CIP 40 set of hoses, 5.3 M 32840100-07 DC Lund

CIP 40 set of connections 32840107-02 DC Lund

For CIP 40, 60 CIP 40 multifunctional 32840417-01 DC Lund


Hz / (32840436- valve
01)
CIP 40 set of hoses, 5.3 M 32840100-07 DC Lund
Spare Parts

CIP 40 set of connections 32840107-02 DC Lund

CIP series 100 –


2800 liters Spare item Article number DC Location

Heater Heater 400 V ,50 Hz, 400 9680219580 DC Lund


mm, 6 kW -23264619

44 EN-130022-R13
10. Spare Parts

After sales Spare Parts (2012 onwards)

Heater 440 V, 60 Hz, 400 9680219719 DC Lund


mm, 6 kW -23267235

Heater 400 V, 50 Hz, 400 9680219720 DC Lund


mm, 12 kW -23263570

Heater 440 V, 60 Hz, 400 9680219721 DC Lund


mm, 12 kW -23264018

Heater 400 V, 50 Hz, 800 9680219722 DC Lund


mm, 12 kW -23266730

Heater 440 V, 60 Hz, 800 9680219723 DC Lund


mm, 12 kW -23263899

Pump Pump for CIP 100L— 104606705 DC Lund


400V/ 440V,50Hz

Pump for CIP 100L—400V/ 104606704 DC Lund


440V,60Hz

Pump for CIP 200L and 9680219726 DC Lund


400L– 400V/ 440V, 50Hz
PLEASE OBSERVE! For
units from Dec 2014 and
onwards.

Pump for CIP 200L and 9680219729 DC Lund


400L— 400V/ 440V, 60Hz
PLEASE OBSERVE! For
units from Feb 2015 and
onwards.

Pump for CIP 800L/1800L/ 9680219730 DC Lund


2800L— 400V/ 440V,50Hz

Pump for CIP 800L /1800L/ 9680219732 DC Lund


2800L—400V/ 440V,60Hz

Hose Hose DN25 - 4 m long with 4444540175 AMM Pune


2 female + nut DIN 11851

Hose DN25 - 8 m long with 4444540246 AMM Pune


2 female + nut DIN 11851

Hose DN25 - 12 m long 4444540177 AMM Pune


with 2 female + nut DIN
11851

Hose DN40 - 4 m long with 4444540002-L AMM Pune


2 female + nut DIN 11851

EN-130022-R13 45
10. Spare Parts

After sales Spare Parts (2012 onwards)

Hose DN40 - 8 m long with 4444540166 AMM Pune


2 female + nut DIN 11851

Hose DN40 - 12 m long 4444540026-L AMM Pune


with 2 female + nut DIN
11851

Hose DN65 - 4 m long with 4444540003-L AMM Pune


2 female + nut DIN 11851

Hose DN65 - 8 m long with 4444540004 AMM Pune


2 female + nut DIN 11851

Hose DN65 - 12 m long 4444540049-L AMM Pune


with 2 female + nut DIN
11851

Welding piece Welding piece>=DN25 for 9662002450 AMM Pune


CIP 100L

Welding piece<=DN25 for 9662002453 AMM Pune


CIP 100L

Welding piece>=DN40 for 61299672 AMM Pune


CIP 200L/400L/600L

Welding piece<=DN40 for 61299672-1 AMM Pune


CIP 200L/400L/600L

Welding piece>DN65 for 61299678-00 AMM Pune


CIP 800L/1800L/2800L

Welding piece< DN65 for 61299678-01 AMM Pune


CIP 800L/1800L/2800L

Manometer 0 to 10 Bar (g) 4414220011 AMM Pune

Thermometer 0 to 100 deg C for CIP 4414220152 AMM Pune


200L/400L

0 to 100 deg C for 800L/ 4414220154 AMM Pune


1800L/2800L
Spare Parts

Spanner DN25 Spanner 9611980118 DC Kolding

DN40 Spanner 9611980119 DC Kolding

DN65 Spanner 9611980123 DC Kolding

DIN 11851 DIN 11851 Connector (DIN 9662002456 AMM Pune


Connector 11851 DN25 (M)-BSP
1"(F))

46 EN-130022-R13
10. Spare Parts

After sales Spare Parts (2012 onwards)

DIN 11851 Connector (DIN 9662002455 AMM Pune


11851 DN25 (F)-BSP
1"(M))

DIN 11851 Connector (DIN 9660004265 AMM Pune


11851 DN40 (M)-BSP
1"(F))

DIN 11851 Connector (DIN 9660004277 AMM Pune


11851 DN40 (F)-BSP
1"(M))

DIN 11851 Connector (DIN 9660004276 AMM Pune


11851 DN65 (M)-BSP
1"(F))

DIN 11851 Connector (DIN 9660004275 AMM Pune


11851 DN65 (F)-BSP
1"(M))

Butterfly valve DN25 Butterfly Valve 9612075015 DC Kolding

DN40 Butterfly Valve 9612075117 DC Kolding

DN65 Butterfly Valve 9612075119 DC Kolding

If you experience difficulties in ordering After Sales spare parts please contact:
• DC Lund: Place a ticket in Service Now BTHD – Distribution Centers & Logistic - Lund
Quotes.
• DC Kolding: Place a ticket in Service Now BTHD - Distribution Centers & Logistic -
Kolding Quotes.
• AMM Pune: Please send a mail to Girish Deshmukh with copy to Yashad Shivbhakta.

10.2 Alfa Laval Service


Please contact your local Alfa Laval agent for Parts and service questions.

EN-130022-R13 47
11 Revision History
Revision Details Date
Number

R13 Migrated the content into Arbortext and 01/02/2022


updated the manual to the latest
standard

R12 Updated the serial no. on the cover 05/06/2021


page

R11 Valve illustrations updated 08/12/2020

R10 Models 969955-30 and 969955-31 15/10/2020


added

R09 Pictures adjusted 13/02/2020

R08 New valve V19 added on the PHE 25/02/2019


outlet

R07 Comments updated 10/3/2017

R06 Comments updated 4/3/2017

R05 Comments updated 14/11/2016

R04 Comments updated, 25/09/2016


EC Declaration added

R03 Change in section 3 and 6. 04/04/2016

R02 Lifting drawing & instruction added 16/05/2014

R01 Comments updated 24/07/2013


Revision History

48 EN-130022-R13
1. Cleaning Liquids

Cleaning liquid Description


AlfaCaus A strong alkaline liquid, for removing paint, fat, oil and
biological deposits.
AlfaPhos An acidic cleaning liquid with a corrosion inhibitor for
removing metallic oxides, rust, lime and other inorganic scale.
AlfaNeutra A strong alkaline liquid for neutralization of AlfaPhos before
drainage.
Alfa P-Scale An acidic cleaning powder with a corrosion inhibitor
particularly effective for removing of calcium carbonate and
other inorganic scale.
Alfa P-Neutra An alkaline powder for neutralization of used Alfa P-Scale
prior to disposal.
AlfaAdd A neutral cleaning strengtheners to be used with AlfaPhos,
AlfaCaus and Alfa P-Scale. Provides better cleaning results
on oily, fatty surfaces and where biological growth occurs.
AlfaAdd also reduces any foaming.
Alpacon Descalant An acidic, water based, non-hazardous cleaning agent
designed for removal of scale, magnetite, algae, humus,
mussels, shellfish, lime and rust. Containing BIOGEN
ACTIVE, a biological mixture made from renew-able
materials, as an active ingredient.
Alpacon Degreaser A neutral degreaser to be used with Alpacon Descalant.
Effectively removes oil, fat or grease layers, but also
reduces foaming. Containing BIOGEN ACTIVE, a biological
mixture made from renewable materials, as an active
i di t
Procedures and ordering information

Insert the Product Data leaflet for each cleaning liquid mentioned above.

• AlfaCaus
• AlfaPhos
• AlfaNeutra
• Alfa P-Scale
• Alfa P-Neutra
• AlfaAdd
• Alpacon Descalant
• Alpacon Degreaser
2. Environmental Regulations

As a rule, cleaning solutions are strong alkaline or acidic liquids. Alkalinity or acidity of
the cleaning solution is reduced during the cleaning process, but the solutions are still
strong acids or alkalis.

In several cases, industrial plants (particularly chemical plants) have waste treatment
utilities that are capable of handling CIP effluent. This simplifies the
CIP process since neutralization is not necessary.

However, the situation gets more complicated when waste treatment utilities are not
available for treatment of CIP waste. In these cases, the used cleaning solution must
be neutralized to a pH of 6-8 in the CIP equipment prior to the discharge.

This neutralization may be performed either directly in the circulation tank following each
cleaning procedure with immediate discharge or in a separate storage tank.

After neutralization, most cleaning solutions may be released into public waters under
the condition that the fouling deposits do not contain heavy metals or other toxic
compounds. We recommend the neutralized chemicals be analyzed for any type of
hazardous compounds that were removed from the system.

Check with your local authority for regulation of waste water disposal.

When ordering of cleaning liquids see: www.alfalaval.com

Contact your local Alfa Laval Representative


AlfaCaus
Cleaning agent for heat exchangers

A problem frequently encountered in almost all applications is


the build-up of deposits on heat transfer surfaces. Alfa Laval
supplies a wide range of cleaning agents suitable for removing
most of these troublesome deposits. These cleaning agents
have been specifically developed for use in heat exchangers.
The time-consuming work of opening plate heat exchangers
can thus often be avoided by using an Alfa Laval Cleaning in
Place (CIP) unit.

All Alfa Laval cleaning agents have been tested in Alfa Laval’s
own laboratories. Provided the recommended instructions are
adhered to, Alfa Laval guarantees that these cleaning agents
do not damage plates, gaskets or glue.

Concept
An Alfa Laval CIP unit is connected to the heat exchanger,
and AlfaCaus is mixed with water in the CIP unit. This mixture
is then heated, and circulated through the heat exchanger,
which is cleaned within a couple of hours.

AlfaCaus is a strong alkaline cleaning liquid with a caustic


soda base. It is specifically designed for the removal of
biological matter, fat, oil and other organic deposits from heat
exchangers and related equipment. AlfaCaus can be mixed with AlfaAdd (0.5–1 vol% to total
diluted solution) to provide better cleaning results on oily and
Features and benefits fatty surfaces and where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd
• Easily biodegradable. also reduces any foaming.
• Tested in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories, which means that
Alfa Laval guarantees that plates, gaskets or glue are not * Water must be added first.
damaged.
• Can be used in combination with AlfaAdd, which provides ** The pH level must never be less than 12 during the clean-
even better cleaning results on oily and fatty surfaces and ing process. To increase the pH level, more AlfaCaus must be
where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd also reduces any added to the solution.
foaming.
*** Depends on the amount of fouling present in the heat
Instructions for use exchanger, the size of the heat exchanger, the cleaning
The normal mixing ratio for biological matter, fat, oil and other temperature and the concentration of the cleaning liquid.
organic deposits is 1 part AlfaCaus to 9 parts of water.* **

The recommended cleaning temperature is 50–70° C (122–


158° F).

The recommended cleaning time is 2–6 hours.***


Ordering information
Supplied in 25 or 200 litre (6.5 or 52.5 US gallons) plastic
container.

Art. no. 31801-2612-6 23 kg (~20 l)

Art. no. 31801-2617-2 233 kg (~200 l)

Technical specification (physical and chemical properties)


Physical state Liquid
Colour Yellow
Odour Odourless
pH >12
Density at 20°C (g/ml) 1.15–1.35
Storability 1 year in closed, original containers (0-40°C)

PPS00002EN 1308 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries
are continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
AlfaPhos
Cleaning agent for heat exchangers

A problem frequently encountered in almost all applications is


the build-up of deposits on heat transfer surfaces. Alfa Laval
supplies a wide range of cleaning agents suitable for removing
most of these troublesome deposits. These cleaning agents
have been specifically developed for use in heat exchangers.
The time-consuming work of opening plate heat exchangers
can thus often be avoided by using an Alfa Laval Cleaning in
Place (CIP) unit.

All Alfa Laval cleaning agents have been tested in Alfa Laval’s
own laboratories. Provided the recommended instructions are
adhered to, Alfa Laval guarantees that these cleaning agents
do not damage plates, gaskets or glue.

Concept
An Alfa Laval CIP unit is connected to the heat exchanger,
and AlfaPhos is mixed with water in the CIP unit. This mixture
is then heated, and circulated through the heat exchanger,
which is cleaned within a couple of hours.

AlfaPhos is an acidic cleaning liquid with a phosphoric acid


base. It is specifically designed for the removal of metallic
oxides, rust, calcium carbonate and other inorganic scale. Instructions for use
The normal mixing ratio for calcium carbonate and other inor-
AlfaNeutra can be used for the neutralization of used AlfaPhos ganic scale is 1 part AlfaPhos to 9 parts of water.* **
prior to disposal.
The normal mixing ratio for metallic oxides and rust is 1 part
Features and benefits AlfaPhos to 4 parts of water.* **
• Easily biodegradable.
• Tested in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories, which means that The recommended cleaning temperature is 50–70°C (122–
Alfa Laval guarantees that plates, gaskets or glue are not 158°F).
damaged.
• Can be used in combination with AlfaAdd, which provides The recommended cleaning time is 2–6 hours.***
even better cleaning results on oily and fatty surfaces and
where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd also reduces any AlfaPhos can be mixed with AlfaAdd (0.5–1 vol% to total
foaming. diluted solution) to provide better cleaning results on oily and
• AlfaPhos inhibit the corrosion (passivation) of metal surfaces fatty surfaces and where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd
in heat exchangers and related equipment. also reduces any foaming.

AlfaNeutra is used after cleaning is completed in order to neu-


tralize the solution to be disposed of. AlfaNeutra is added until
the pH level of the disposal solution reaches 6–8.****
* Water must be added first.

** The pH level must never be more than 2.5 during the clean-
ing process. To lower the pH level, more AlfaPhos must be
added to the solution.

*** Depends on the amount of fouling present in the heat


exchanger, the size of the heat exchanger, the cleaning tem-
perature and the concentration of the cleaning liquid.

**** There is a risk of chemical precipitation in the tank if neu-


tralization is carried out too rapidly, or if too much AlfaNeutra
is used.

Ordering Information
Supplied in a red 25 litre or a blue 200 litre (6.5 or 52.5 US
gallons) plastic container or in a white 1000 litre container.

Art. no. 31801-2612-5 31 kg (~20 l)

Art. no. 31801-2617-1 312 kg (~200 l)

Art. no. 31801-2619-2 1560 kg (~1000 l)

Technical specification (physical and chemical properties)


Physical state Liquid
Colour Clear, colourless
Odour Odourless
pH 1.5 ± 0.5
Density at 20°C (g/ml) 1.55 ± 0.05
Storability 1 year in closed, original containers (0–40°C)

PPS00032EN 1308 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our web site.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
AlfaNeutra
Cleaning agent for heat exchangers

A problem frequently encountered in almost all applications is


the build-up of deposits on heat transfer surfaces. Alfa Laval
supplies a wide range of cleaning agents suitable for removing
most of these troublesome deposits. These cleaning agents
have been specifically developed for use in heat exchangers.
The time-consuming work of opening plate heat exchangers
can thus often be avoided by using an Alfa Laval Cleaning in
Place (CIP) unit.

All Alfa Laval cleaning agents have been tested in Alfa Laval’s
own laboratories. Provided the recommended instructions are
adhered to, Alfa Laval guarantees that these cleaning agents
do not damage plates, gaskets or glue.

Concept
An Alfa Laval CIP unit is connected to the heat exchanger,
and Alfa Laval cleaning agents are mixed with water in the
CIP unit. This mixture is then heated, and circulated through
the heat exchanger, which is cleaned within a couple of hours.

AlfaNeutra is a strong alkaline cleaning liquid that is


specifically designed for the neutralization of used AlfaPhos
prior to disposal.
Ordering information
Features and benefits Supplied in 25 litre (6.5 US gallons) plastic container.
• AlfaNeutra consists of inorganic substances, which are not
biodegradable, but will react to harmless salts during the Art. no. 31801-2612-4 25 kg (~20 l)
neutralization.
• Tested in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories, which means that Technical specification (physical and chemical properties)
Alfa Laval guarantees that plates, gaskets or glue are not Physical state Liquid
damaged. Colour Clear, colourless
Odour Odourless
Instructions for use pH 12.5 ± 0.5
AlfaNeutra is gradually added to the AlfaPhos solution until Density at 20°C (g/ml) 1.28 ± 0.05
the pH level reaches 6–8.* Storability 1 year in closed, original containers (0-40°C)

* There is a risk of chemical precipitation in the tank if


neutralization is carried out too rapidly, or if too much
AlfaNeutra is used.
PPS00005EN 1308 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries
are continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
Alfa P-Scale
Cleaning agent for heat exchangers

A problem frequently encountered in almost all applications is Alfa P-Scale is an acidic cleaning powder with a sulphamic
the build-up of deposits on heat transfer surfaces. Alfa Laval acid base and a corrosion inhibitor. It is particularly effective
supplies a wide range of cleaning agents suitable for removing for removing calcium carbonate and other inorganic scale.
most of these troublesome deposits. These cleaning agents
have been specifically developed for use in heat exchangers. Features and benefits
The time-consuming work of opening plate heat exchangers • Alfa P-Scale is a powder, which makes it easy to transport
can thus often be avoided by using an Alfa Laval Cleaning in • Tested in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories, which means that
Place (CIP) unit. Alfa Laval guarantees that plates, gaskets or glue are not
damaged
All Alfa Laval cleaning agents have been developed and tested • Can be used in combination with AlfaAdd, which provides
in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories. Provided the recommended even better cleaning results on oily and fatty surfaces and
instructions are adhered to, Alfa Laval guarantees that these where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd also reduces any
cleaning agents do not damage plates, gaskets or glue. foaming.

Concept
An Alfa Laval CIP unit is connected to the heat exchanger,
and Alfa P-Scale is mixed with water in the CIP unit. This
mixture is then heated, and circulated through the heat
exchanger, which is cleaned within a couple of hours.
Instructions for use Ordering information
The normal mixing ratio for calcium carbonate and other Supplied in 5 x 1 kg bags in cardboard box.
inorganic scale is 1 kg powder to 20L of water.*
Art. no. 32840-0060-2 5 x 1 kg
The recommended cleaning temperature is 40–60°C
(104–140°F). (Minimum order quantity 16 boxes.)

The recommended cleaning time is 2–6 hours.** Technical specification (physical and chemical properties)
Physical state Solid
Alfa P-Scale can be mixed with AlfaAdd (0.5–1 vol% to total Colour White
diluted solution) to provide better cleaning results on oily and Odour Almost odourless
fatty surfaces and where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd pH 1–1.5 at 5%
also reduces any foaming. Density at 20°C (kg/m3) 650–750

Alfa P-Neutra is used after cleaning is completed in order to


neutralize the solution to be disposed of. Alfa P-Neutra is
added until the pH level of the disposal solution reaches
6–8.***

* The pH level must never exceed 2.5 during the cleaning


process. To lower the pH level, more Alfa P-Scale must be
added to the solution.

** Depends on the amount of fouling present in the heat


exchanger, the size of the heat exchanger, the cleaning
temperature and the concentration of the cleaning liquid.

*** There is a risk of chemical precipitation in the tank if


neutralization is carried out too rapidly, or if too much
Alfa P-Neutra is used.

PPS 00007 EN 0206 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries
are continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
Alfa P-Neutra
Cleaning agent for heat exchangers

A problem frequently encountered in almost all applications is Alfa P-Neutra is an alkaline powder that is specifically
the build-up of deposits on heat transfer surfaces. Alfa Laval designed for the neutralization of used Alfa P-Scale prior to
supplies a wide range of cleaning agents suitable for removing disposal.
most of these troublesome deposits. These cleaning agents
have been specifically developed for use in heat exchangers. Features and benefits
The time-consuming work of opening plate heat exchangers • Alfa P-Scale is a powder, which makes it easy to transport
can thus often be avoided by using an Alfa Laval Cleaning in • Tested in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories, which means that
Place (CIP) unit. Alfa Laval guarantees that plates, gaskets or glue are not
damaged.
All Alfa Laval cleaning agents have been developed and tested
in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories. Provided the recommended Instructions for use
instructions are adhered to, Alfa Laval guarantees that these Alfa P-Neutra is gradually added to Alfa P-Scale until the
cleaning agents do not damage plates, gaskets or glue. solution reach a pH level of 6–8 (usually 300 g Alfa P-Neutra
(1 bag) to 1 kg Alfa P-Scale (1 bag).*
Concept
An Alfa Laval CIP unit is connected to the heat exchanger, * There is a risk of chemical precipitation in the tank if
and Alfa P-Neutra is mixed with water in the CIP unit. This neutralization is carried out too rapidly, or if too much
mixture is then heated, and circulated through the heat Alfa P-Neutra is used.
exchanger, which is cleaned within a couple of hours.
Ordering information
Supplied in 5 x 300 g bags in cardboard box.

Art. no. 32840-0060-1 5 x 300 g

(Minimum order quantity 35 boxes.)

Technical specification (physical and chemical properties)


Physical state Fine granules
Colour White
Odour Odourless
pH Mild alkaline
Density at 20°C (kg/m3) 200

PPS 00008 EN 0206 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries
are continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
AlfaAdd
Cleaning agent for heat exchangers

A problem frequently encountered in almost all applications is


the build-up of deposits on heat transfer surfaces. Alfa Laval
supplies a wide range of cleaning agents suitable for removing
most of these troublesome deposits. These cleaning agents
have been specifically developed for use in heat exchangers.
The time-consuming work of opening plate heat exchangers
can thus often be avoided by using an Alfa Laval Cleaning in
Place (CIP) unit.

All Alfa Laval cleaning agents have been tested in Alfa Laval's
own laboratories. Provided the recommended instructions are
adhered to, Alfa Laval guarantees that these cleaning agents
do not damage plates, gaskets or glue.

Concept
An Alfa Laval CIP unit is connected to the heat exchanger,
and AlfaPhos, AlfaCaus or Alfa P-Scale are mixed with water
in the CIP unit. AlfaAdd is then added, and the mixture is
heated and circulated through the heat exchanger, which is
cleaned within a couple of hours.

AlfaAdd is made from an advanced formula consisting of


different surface active agents. It is a neutral cleaning
strengthener designed to be used with AlfaPhos, AlfaCaus Instructions for use
and Alfa P-Scale. Add just 0.5–1 vol% to the total diluted The normal mixing ratio is 1 part AlfaAdd to 99 parts of total
cleaning solution to provide better cleaning results on oily and diluted cleaning solution.
fatty surfaces and where biological growth occurs. AlfaAdd
also reduces any foaming. The recommended cleaning temperature is 40–70°C
(104–158°F).
Features and benefits
• AlfaAdd is not a hazardous substance, so there are no Ordering information
transport restrictions Supplied in 25 litre (6.5 US gallons) plastic container.
• Tested in Alfa Laval’s own laboratories, which means that
Alfa Laval guarantees that plates, gaskets or glue are not Art. no. 32840-0190-1 25 kg (~25 l)
damaged
• Can be used in combination with AlfaPhos, AlfaCaus and Technical specification (physical and chemical properties)
Alfa P-Scale. AlfaAdd provides even better cleaning results Physical state Liquid
on oily and fatty surfaces and where biological growth Colour White
occurs. AlfaAdd also reduces any foaming Odour Odourless
• Cost effective, as only 0.5–1 vol% is required. pH (10g/l / undiluted) 5.6 / 6
Density at 20°C (g/ml) 1.15–1.35
Storability 1 year in closed, original containers (0-40°C)
PPS 00006 EN 0209 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries
are continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
ALPACON DESCALANT
Cleaning agent for plate heat exchangers and centrifugal separators

ALPACON DESCALANT is a highly efficient non-hazardous


water-based cleaning agent containing BIOGEN ACTIVE®,
a biological mixture made from renewable materials, as an
active ingredient.

Concept
ALPACON DESCALANT is a cleaning agent designed for
the removal of scale, magnetite, algae, humus, mussels,
shellfish, lime, rust and other deposits in water systems
such as pipes, plate heat exchangers and centrifugal
separators.

It can be used for Cleaning in Place (CIP) processes and for


manual cleaning.

Features and benefits


• Contains no solvents and no inorganic acids.

• Water-based and non-flammable.

• Not aggressive to steel, aluminium, copper or brass.

• Not injurious to health.

• No transport restrictions.

• Environmentally friendly. Contains BIOGEN ACTIVE®,


a unique raw material based on fermented whey.
Biologically degradable.

• Tested and documented in the Harmonized Offshore


Chemical Notification Format (HOCNF) and environ-
mentally acceptable according to the guidelines of the
Norwegian Pollution Control Authority.

• Efficient cleaning results in man-hour savings.

Contains BIOGEN
ACTIVE®, a unique
raw material based
on natural lactic acid.
Readily biologically
degradable!
Instructions for use Transport & storage information
Recommended mixing ratio is 1 part of ALPACON ALPACON DESCALANT is not classified as a hazardous
DESCALANT to 7 parts of water. substance under current transport regulations.

For best performance, mix the solution thoroughly ALPACON DESCALANT can be ordered in 12 or 25 litre
before use. plastic cans, 200 litre steel barrels or 1000 litre plastic
containers.
Recommended cleaning temperature is 50–70°C.
Higher temperatures increase cleaning efficiency. Storage should be done at 0–50°C.

Normal cleaning time is 3 to 6 hours. Can be frozen and thawed without impairing performance.

The best way of controlling the cleaning process is to Check the product visually after 3 years and verify that pH
continuously monitor pH in the recirculated liquid. In general is within the prescribed limits.
the cleaning procedure will increase the pH, which will
stabilise in a few hours.
Regulatory information
If the pH stabilizes in less than 1 hour, the deposits are Symbols: Xi Irritating
probably covered with oil or grease. R-phrases: R36 Irritating to eyes
S-phrases: S25 Avoid contact with eyes
To remove oil or grease deposits, it is recommended to add
ALPACON DEGREASER to the cleaning solution. Part no.
12 litre plastic can 585828-01
If the pH rises above 3.5 (often due to large lime deposits), 25 litre plastic can 1796404-13
an additional amount of ALPACON DESCALANT must be 200 litre steel barrel 1796404-15
added. 1000 litre plastic container 1796404-19

Technical data
Appearance: Transparent liquid, light pink
Odour: Weak
pH value: 1.3±0.3
Solubility: Water-soluble

Content
Fermented whey
Fruit acids
Water

EPS00002EN 0808 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our web site.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
ALPACON DEGREASER
All-round cleaning agent

All-round cleaning agent for machinery, floors, surfaces,


piping and other components that have been contaminated
with oil, grease or wax.

ALPACON DEGREASER is a highly efficient non-hazardous


water-based all-round cleaning agent containing BIOGEN
ACTIVE®, a biological mixture made from renewable materials,
as an active ingredient.

Concept
On ships, e.g. in the engine rooms, and in many land-based
industries machinery, floors, piping and other surfaces and
components can easily become heavily contaminated with
deposits of oil, grease or wax.

The contaminants can easily be removed with ALPACON


DEGREASER, which unlike other cleaning agents is not
solvent-based and therefore not injurious to health and
requires no special protective equipment.

ALPACON DEGREASER can also be used to prevent foaming


in Cleaning in Place (CIP) processes during the cleaning of
fuel and lube oil separators or plate heat exchangers when
added to ALPACON MULTICIP or ALPACON DESCALANT.

Features and benefits


• Oil, grease and wax deposits are removed effectively in a
single operation. Can also be used in concentrated form.

• Not aggressive to steel, aluminium, copper or brass.


Contains no solvents and no inorganic acids.

• Water-based and non-flammable. No transport restrictions.

• Can be used to prevent foaming in Cleaning in Place


processes when added to ALPACON MULTICIP or
ALPACON DESCALANT.

• Environmentally friendly. Contains BIOGEN ACTIVE®, Part No. 25 l plastic can:


a unique raw material based on fermented whey. 1796405-14
Biologically degradable.
Part No. 200 l steel barrel:
Contains BIOGEN
• Not injurious to health.Efficient cleaning results in man-hour 1796405-17 ACTIVE®, a unique
raw material based
savings. Part No. 1000 l plastic container: on natural lactic acid.
1796405-20 Readily biologically
• Unusually effective also in low temperatures (>0°C). degradable!
Instructions for use Transport & storage information
Shake or stir the ALPACON DEGREASER vigorously before ALPACON DEGREASER is not classified as a hazardous
mixing with water. substance under current transport regulations.

The recommended mixing ratio is 1 part of ALPACON ALPACON DEGREASER can be ordered in 25 litre plastic
DEGREASER to 4–20 parts of water depending on the cans or 200 litre steel barrels.
character of the deposit. For best performance, mix the
ALPACON DEGREASER cleaning solution thoroughly Storage should be done at 0–50°C.
before use.
Can be frozen and thawed without impairing performance.
For direct application in heavily contaminated areas,
ALPACON DEGREASER can also be applied in concentrated Check the product visually after 3 years and verify that pH
form. Scrub off with a brush or cloth. is within the prescribed limits.

To prevent foaming during Cleaning in Place (CIP), a small


amount of ALPACON DEGREASER can be added to the Regulatory information
diluted ALPACON MULTICIP or ALPACON DESCALANT Symbols: Xi Irritating
before cleaning. R-phrases: R36 Irritating to eyes
S-phrases: S25 Avoid contact with eyes
Foam formation tends to decrease with increasing
temperatures.

Recommended cleaning temperatures, °C


Fuel oil: 60
Lube oils: 45–60
Vegetable oil: 45–60
Hydraulic oil: 25–60
Wax: 60

If used in concentrated form: 20–25


Higher temperatures increase cleaning efficiency.

Technical data
Appearance: Light yellow liquid
Odour: Weak
pH value: 6.9±0.2
Solubility: Water-soluble

Content
Fermented whey
Surfactants
Water

EPS00001EN 0304 Alfa Laval reserves the right to change specifications without prior notification.

How to contact Alfa Laval


Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our web site.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to
access the information direct.
5. Item List

5.1 Equipment list - 9661868707 R04


5.2 Instrument list - 9660005450 R04
5.3 Valve list - 9660004594 R09

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Manufacturing no.: 969953 30
Serial no:581XXX
Project-title: CIP 800L

Equipment List

Object details Sizing Data Power data Material Mechanical Product connection
Item no Object description Manufacturer Part Number Order No Remarks
Type \ Seal \ Impeller Capacity \ Pressure \ Speed Voltage\ Type \ Hz \ Conn Product \ Gasket \ shaft Norm \ Conn \ Bore

Square CIP Tank 1000 l, For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval
2 mm, AISI 304 , with man representative
B01 --- --- \ - \ - Alfa Laval 9699 53 30 09 1.000 L \0 barg \ - \ \ \ \ AISI 304 \ EPDM \ DIN 11851 \ DN65
hole and drain valve

Immersion heater - For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval
3 x 400V, 12 kW , representative
W01 --- \ - \ - JEVI A/S 9699 53 30 12 -\ \- 400 V \ 3/N/PE ~ \ 50 Hz \ 12,00 kW \ 316L \ --- \ 2'' RG
plug 2" RG , length=800 mm
with temp. regulator
Immersion heater - For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval
3 x 400V, 12 kW , representative
W02 --- \ - \ - JEVI A/S 9699 53 30 12 -\ \- 400 V \ 3/N/PE ~ \ 50 Hz \ 12,00 kW \ 316L \ --- \ 2'' RG
plug 2" RG , length=800 mm
with temp. regulator
Immersion heater - For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval
3 x 400V, 12 kW , representative
W03 --- \ - \ - JEVI A/S 9699 53 30 12 -\ \- 400 V \ 3/N/PE ~ \ 50 Hz \ 12,00 kW \ 316L \ --- \ 2'' RG
plug 2" RG , length=800 mm
with temp. regulator
W04 Immersion heater - For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval
3 x 400V, 12 kW , representative
--- \ - \ - JEVI A/S 9699 53 30 12 -\ \- 400 V \ 3/N/PE ~ \ 50 Hz \ 12,00 kW \ 316L \ --- \ 2'' RG
plug 2" RG , length=800 mm
with temp. regulator
Centrifugal pump For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval
04 P01 ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA LOWARA 102200210 41.2 m3/h \ 3,0 bar \ 2900 rpm 400 V \ 3/N/PE ~ \ 50 Hz \ 5,5 kW \ 316 AISI \ V-FPM \ 316 AISI Close coupled \ DN65 inlet \ DN40 outlet
ESHE 40-200/55 representative
For spare parts contact, your local Alfa Laval
Inner layer : black smooth UPE , Textile lies, representative
high tesile steel wire helix and anti static wire.
Hose-1 UPE 063 High MW
S01 UPE HIGH MW- 63 \ - \ - PARKER/DUNLOP 9699 53 30 11 - \ 16 barg \ - \ \ \ \ DIN 11851 \ DN 65 - 2 x (liners + nuts)
LENGTH 4000 mm Outer layer : Green EPDM, Chemical, Ozone
and weather resistant Rubber

For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval


Inner layer : black smooth UPE , Textile lies, representative
high tesile steel wire helix and anti static wire.
Hose-2 UPE 063 High MW
S02 UPE HIGH MW- 63 \ - \ - PARKER/DUNLOP 9699 53 30 11 - \ 16 barg \ - \ \ \ \ DIN 11851 \ DN 65 - 2 x (liners + nuts)
LENGTH 4000 mm Outer layer : Green EPDM, Chemical, Ozone
and weather resistant Rubber

For spare parts contact ,your local Alfa Laval


Inner layer : black smooth UPE , Textile lies, representative
high tesile steel wire helix and anti static wire.
Hose-2 UPE 063 High MW
UPE HIGH MW- 63 \ - \ - PARKER/DUNLOP 9699 53 30 11 - \ 16 barg \ - \ \ \ \ DIN 11851 \ DN 65 - 2 x (liners + nuts)
LENGTH 4000 mm Outer layer : Green EPDM, Chemical, Ozone
S03 and weather resistant Rubber

For spare parts contact , your local Alfa Laval


F01 Y Filter, 2 mm perforation 7023 Kieselmann 9699 53 30 21 304 DIN 405 \ DN65
representative
For spare parts order, contact your local Alfa
NA Spanner Universal Spanner Alfa Laval 69696 - \ \- \ \ \ \ AISI 304 \ \ \ ---
Laval representative.

Created: INPUAKU/ 25-05-2023 P&ID No.(s) : Document name: EQL list for CIP 800L Sheet:
Checked: INPUAKU/ 25-05-2023 Document No. 9661868707 Revision: R04 1/1
61299651
Approved: INPUAKU/ 25-05-2023

Copyright. © All rights reserved Issued for: Standard design

Classified by Alfa Laval as: Business


Manufacturing No.: 969953 00 / 969953 01 / 969953 10 / 969953 11/969953-
30/969953-31
969954 00 / 969954 01 / 969954 10 / 969954 11
969955 00 / 969955 01
Serial no. :5810XXX
Project-title: CIP 800 / CIP1800L / CIP2800L

Instrument List

Object details Power details Material


Item no Object description Manufacturer output signal(s) Range Mechanical connection remarks
Type Voltage \ Type \ Hz \ Power \ Conn Product \ Gasket

For spare parts order, contact your local Alfa Laval


BSP 1/2“ Male
PG01 04 Pressure indicator Dial Size 63mm MASS/ASCHROFT (0-10 )bar SS representative

Bottom entry/ R5502/Bi metal


Mechanical Gauge/NBR gasket
For spare parts order, contact your local Alfa Laval
Thermometer without Case dia : 100 mm BSP 1/2“ Male
WIKA ( 0-100 ) °C SS representative
TI01 thermo well Stem insertion Length : 63 mm EN13190
Stem dia : 8 mm

Created: INPUAKU/ 25-05-2023 P&ID Nr(s) : Document name: Inst list for CIP 800L/1800L/2800L Sheet:
Checked: INPUAKU / 25-05-2023 1/1
Document No. 9660005450 Revision: 04
Approved: INPUAKU / 25-05-2023 61299651 Rev Description – PID number revised
03

Copyright. © All rights reserved Issued for: Standard design


Manufacturing no.:969953 10/969953-30/969953-31
Serial no: 581XXXX
Project-title: CIP 800L

Valve List

Object details
Actuator details Power details Material
Item no Object description Type \ Act Type \ Manufacturer Part Number Order No Mechanical Product connection Remarks
Restpos. \ Pneum. conn. Voltage \ Type \ Hz \ Power \ Conn Product \ Other \ Gasket
Diameter

9612075019 +
V01 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld\ DN65 Handle pos A
9612045101
9612075019 +
V02 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld\ DN65 Handle pos B
9612 523703
9612075019 +
V03 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld\ DN65 Handle pos B
9612 523703
9612075019+
V04 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld \ DN65 Handle pos A
9612045101
9612075119+
V05 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ regulating handle Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld/DIN Male P. \ DN65 Handle used for flow regulation
9612047402
9612075019 +
V06 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld/DIN Male P. \ DN65 Handle pos A
9612045101

09 V07 Ball valve ½” one piece design Unison 9699 53 00 22 --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304L \ EPDM 1/2”thread With locking handle
9612075019 +
V08 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld\ DN65 Handle pos A
9612045101
V09 Ball Valve One piece Unison Ball Valve -015 --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM 1“BSP threaded both ends\DN25 Handle used for flow regulation
V10 Check valve LKC 2\-----\DIN tube Alfa Laval 9612220047 --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304L \ EPDM Welding ends\DN25 --- \ ---
9612075119+
V11 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ Manual 2 pos Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld/DIN Male P. \ DN65 Handle pos B
9612 523703
9612075119+
V19 Butterfly valve LKB 2 \ --- \ regulating handle Alfa Laval --- \ --- --- \ --- \ --- \ --- \ --- AISI 304 \ EPDM DIN Weld/DIN Male P. \ DN65 Handle used for flow regulation
9612047402

Created: INPUAKU/ 25-05-2023 P&ID No.(s) : Document name: VAL list for CIP 800L/1800L/2800L Sheet:
Checked: INPUAKU / 25-05-2023 1/1
Document No.9660004594 Revision: R09
Approved: INPUAKU / 25-05-2023 61299651

Copyright. © All rights reserved Issued for: Standard design

Classified by Alfa Laval as: Business


6. Mechanical Engineering Drawings
6.1 GA drawing - 61299653 R14
6.2 Dimension drawing - 61299652 R14

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


6 5 4 3 2 1

6 8

D D
VALVE CLUSTER

10
ELECTRIC PANEL
CIP TANK
1000L B01 B01
PHE

PHE
7

1897
9

3 W03 W02 W01 W04

1089
1054
P01

929
DRAIN
C C

517
2325 1282

2164

1656

839
638
This document may constitute a contractual obligation on

B B
the part of Alfa Laval AB only to the extent expressly

188

CIP TANK
349

1000L
505

PUMP
agreed upon.

1263

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm

14 PIPING UPDATED. 03-01-2022 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA


504 190 1081
This document and its contents are the exclusive property

transmitted or communicated to a third party, nor used for

13 FRAME AND PIPING UPDATED. 21-07-2021 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA


12 HEATER ADDED. OPTIONAL NOTE REMOVED. 30-11-2020 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA
of Alfa Laval AB, and may not be copied, reproduced,

A 11 PIPING UPDATED. 21-01-2019 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA A


Rev
Revision text Date Drawn Checked Approved
No
Title
any purpose without written permission

GENERAL ASSEMBLY
LAYOUT FOR CIP800L
Proj. No Proj. Type Proj. Name
---- SMG CIP (PHE)
NOTE: Location
ISO
Size
A1
Dimensions without tolerances:

LOOSE SUPPLY MANDATORY ALONG WITH ALL MODULES. Alfa Laval Copenhagen A/S Method E ISO 2768-M or ISO 13920-B
Scale
Date Drawn 1:10 Drawing No Rev

05-07-2012 INPAVBR
Sheet
1 /1 61299653 14
6 5 4 3 2 (Inventor made) C:\Users\inpaapr\vault\01. Projects\R&D\32401 SMG\CIP Module Updation\CIP800L\Drawings\New\61299653.idw
6 5 4 3 2 1

D D

VALVE CLUSTER

CIP TANK ELECTRIC PANEL


PHE 1000L B01
B01

PHE

2070
1897
W03 W02 W01 W04
HEATER

1089
1054
P01

929
DRAIN
C C

517
2325 1282

2164

1656

839

638
This document may constitute a contractual obligation on

B B
CIP TANK
the part of Alfa Laval AB only to the extent expressly

349

1000L
505

PUMP

NOTE:
1263
agreed upon.

LOOSE SUPPLY MANDATORY ALONG WITH ALL MODULES.

NOTES:
1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
2) TOTAL WEIGHT: 470 Kg.(Including Hoses 4 meter, 2 Pcs.)
3) GLASS BEAD SHOT BLASTING : AL 2062 610 - 0

504 190 1081


14 PIPING UPDATED. 03-01-2022 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA
This document and its contents are the exclusive property

13 FRAME AND PIPING UPDATED. 21-07-2021 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA


transmitted or communicated to a third party, nor used for

12 HEATER ADDED. OPTIONAL NOTE REMOVED. 01-12-2020 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA


of Alfa Laval AB, and may not be copied, reproduced,

A 11 TEMPERATURE GAUGE LOCATION CHANGED 13-06-2017 INPAAPR INPAYSA INPAYSA A


Rev
Revision text Date Drawn Checked Approved
No
Title
any purpose without written permission

DIMENSION DRAWING
FOR CIP800L
Proj. No Proj. Type Proj. Name
---- SMG CIP (PHE)
Location Size Dimensions without tolerances:
Alfa Laval Copenhagen A/S
ISO A1
Method E Scale ISO 2768-M or ISO 13920-B
Date Drawn 1:10 Drawing No Rev

05-07-2012 INPAVBR
Sheet
1 /1 61299652 14
6 5 4 3 2 (Inventor made) C:\Users\inpaapr\vault\01. Projects\R&D\32401 SMG\CIP Module Updation\CIP800L\Drawings\New\61299652.idw
7. Electrical Automation Drawings and Documents
7.1 Electrical drawing - 9681546953 R06

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

ALC_F26_GAST_R11
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Alfa Laval India Pvt. Ltd.


Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

Office No. 301/401 - Global Port Building - S. No. 45/1- 10-


Mumbai Banglore Highway. -Baner, Pune 411045- India
B
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

Title : Electrical Wiring Diagram for Standard CIP Module


to the extent expressly agreed upon.

Project Description : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz


C
Customer :-
Project No.: : Standard Module

Norm / Standards : IEC 60204 - 1 Type Of Enclosure : MS Painted RAL 7035


D : CE
Compliance Fabrication Year :

Rated Voltage : 3x 400/460V AC Degree Of Protection : IP55

Phase : 3 PH EMC - Environment : -


and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

Frequency : 50/60 Hz Max. Ambient Temperature : 28-35°C


E
Rated Current : 125A Panel Dimension H x W x D (mm) : 760 H x 760 W x 210 D
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

Full load Current : 70.67A Incoming Cables : From Side

Protection Device : SWITCH DISCONNECTOR Outgoing Cables : From Bottom

Earth System : TN-S Other Comments : -


F
Rated Control Voltage : 230V AC Reference Drawing No. : -

Rated Short-Circuit current : 10kA

Printed Date : 26-May-21 Drawing Revision Issue :- R06/ As Release


G

2
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: =
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA +
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Title page / cover sheet Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 1
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Page Distribution Scheme


ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
(&) GR (General Reports) Page Nos.
CIP_2800L_new

Title Page 1
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

Page Distribution Scheme 2


Form :

Table of Contents 3

B
Revision Overview 5 ... 11
Structure indentifier overview 12
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

(=) P1 (Plant/Section)
+CP (Panel/MCC/Section) (&) SCH
C Wire Colour code 1
Component Marking & Abbrevation 2
Name plate Details 3
Single Line Diagram 10...19
Panel Layouts (Panel GA, Internal & Bottom Layout) 20...29
D Power & Control Wiring (Mains / Incomer Schematic 30.......
Control wiring / Safety relay) .........49
DOL / Star Delta / VFD Schematic 50...249
Network / PLC Overview / CPU / PLC / IM 250 .........
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

Power Supply Schematic / Ethernet Switch / ................


E
eWon & HMI Wiring .......... 289
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

IO Cards Overview ( AI/AO/DI/DO) 290 ... 349


Field Wiring Including Spare ( AI/AO/DI/DO) 350 ... 549
Pneumatic Manifold Schematic 550 .... 580

F
(=) P1 (Plant/Section)
+CP (Panel/MCC/Section) (&) PR
Cable Overview 400 .... 499
Cable Connection Diagram 600 .... 699
G Part List 700 .... 799

1 3
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: =
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA +
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Page Distribution scheme Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 2
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Table of contents
ALC_F06_001_R11

Page Page Description Modified Date Edited By Rev. Index No.


ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

&GR/1 Title page / cover sheet 21-Jan-21 INPUAJAA

&GR/2 Page Distribution scheme 21-Jan-21 INPUAJAA


Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

&GR/3 Table of contents 26-May-21 INPUADRA


Form :

=P1+CP&SCH/1 Wire Colour / Wire Code 22-Jan-21 INPUAJAA


B
=P1+CP&SCH/2 Component Marking & Abbreviations 21-Jan-21 INPUAJAA

=P1+CP&SCH/3 Name plates 26-May-21 INPUADRA


This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

=P1+CP&SCH/10 Single Line Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA


to the extent expressly agreed upon.

=P1+CP&SCH/11 Single Line Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/20 Panel Overall Layout 26-May-21 INPUADRA


C
=P1+CP&SCH/21 Panel Internal Layout 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/22 Panel Bottom Layout 24-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/30 Main Incomer Schematic 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/31 Transformer Wiring Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA

D =P1+CP&SCH/50 Circulation Pump Wiring Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/51 Heating Element 1 Wiring Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/52 Heating Element 2 Wiring Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&SCH/53 Heating Element 3 Wiring Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA


and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

=P1+CP&SCH/54 Heating Element 4 Wiring Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA


E =P1+CP&PR/400 Cable Overview 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&PR/600 Cable Connection Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA


party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

=P1+CP&PR/601 Cable Connection Diagram 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&PR/700 Parts List 26-May-21 INPUADRA

=P1+CP&PR/701 Parts List 26-May-21 INPUADRA


F
=P1+CP&PR/702 Parts List 26-May-21 INPUADRA

2 =P1+CP&SCH/1
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: =
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA +
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Table of contents Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 3
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Wire colour code & Terminal Table


ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Wire Colour: EN 60204-1:2006 / IEC 60204-1:2005


Wire Code: IEC 60757
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

Table A Table B
Form :

Application Wire Colour Wire Code mm² Comments Power Circuit wire Sizes

B VFD: Use Motor Cable with screen Current Wire Size


AC Power Circuits - Phase Black BK Min 1.5
after inverter
≤ 16A 2.5 mm²
AC Power Circuits - Neutral Light Blue LBU Min 1.5
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

17. . ≤ 25A 4 mm²


DC Link Power Circuits- (+,-) Black or Grey BK Min 1.5 E.g. :- VFD DC link
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

26. . ≤ 32A 6 mm²


AC Control Circuits - Phase Red RD Min 0.5/0.75 mm² 33. . ≤ 48A 10 mm²
C Red with White 49. . ≤ 64A 16 mm²
AC Control Circuits - Neutral RD w/WH STRP Min 0.5/0.75 mm²
Stripe
65. . ≤ 85A 25 mm²
DC Control Circuits - Signal Blue BU Min 0.5/0.75 mm²
86. . ≤ 104A 35 mm²
DC Control Circuits - +24Vdc White WH Min 1.5 mm²
105. . ≤ 130A 50 mm²
Blue with White BU w/WH STRP
DC Control Circuits - 0Vdc Min 0.5/0.75 mm²
Stripe
D Analog Circuits - AI/AO
Pink Table C
PK Min 0.5/0.75 mm²
(mA,V,Ohm)
Orange Remember: Terminal Strip Type
Interlock Control Circuit-AC/DC OG Min 0.5/0.75 mm²
Permanent Warning Label(s)
Protective Conductor - PE/FE Green/Yellow GNYE Min 0.5/0.75 mm² 3 Phase Main incoming supply Terminals X1
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third

3 Phase out going Terminals X2


This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

E
110/220/230VAC Supply. (Control Voltage) X3
24VDC (DC Control Voltage) X4
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

Emergency stop Terminals X5


Control Sig. DI/DO, AI/AO X6

F
Note :- 1. Color Identification using combination of those colors listed above may be used.
2. For safety reasons, the colour GREEN or the colour YELLOW should not be used
except in the bicolour combination GREEN-and-YELLOW

=+&GR/3 2
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Wire Colour / Wire Code Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 1
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Component Labelling Component Abbreviation


ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Component Description
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

Example: Contactor 19K4 Type


Form :

(19) Page No.


(K) Component type A EQUIPMENT GROUP : AMPLIFIER, PLC, ...
B INSTRUMENT / TRANSMITTER
(4) Column No. B
C CONDENSER / CAPACITOR
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

E LIGHTING EQUIPMENT, HEATING EQUIPMENT


A1 13 11
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

F PROTECTION : CIRCUIT BREAKER, FUSE,


19 K 4 19K4 19K4 THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
A2 14 12

G GENERATOR, POWER SUPPLY'S,...


C
H SIGNALLING DEVICE

K CONTACTOR
KA AUX. RELAY
CODES FOR L SIGNAL INDUCTOR
INTERNAL WIRING FOR COMPONENTS M MOTORS
(DEVICE FERRULING)
P ENCLOSURE & COMPONENT MOUNTING PLATE
D

U1 Q POWER SWITCH GEAR : LOAD SWITCH BREAKER


MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER,...
2
R RESITOR, RHEOSTAT, ...
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS :


This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

S
U1:2 / X1:1

TARGET SWITCH, PUSH BUTTON, LIMIT SWITCH, .....


E 35
SOURCE T TRANSFORMER,....
MAX
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

U TRANSDUCER : ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY


25U1:2 / 25G1:25 FREQUENCY CONTROLLER, SOFTSTARTER, TRANSDUCER,..
Arial -3mm font height V RECTIFIER, ZENER, DIODE, TRANSDUCER ETC. ...

X TERMINAL BLOCKS, CONNECTORS, SOCKET,...


30
X1:1 / U1:2

F
TARGET Y ELECTRICAL CONTROLLED MECHANICAL DEVICE :
VALVE, BRAKE,...
25U1:2 / 25G1:25
SOURCE Z FEEDBACK SENSOR FROM VALVE
1
Arial Narrow -3mm font height
X1:
FERRUL SIZE & FONT
CROSS FERRULING (Yellow Ferrule with Black Letters)
G SYSTEM

1 3
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Date Project No. : Standard Module Component Marking & 96815469_53_0_0_B01 Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - Abbreviations 24 2
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

ENGRAVED PLATES :
THE ENGRAVED PLATES ARE FIXED WITH DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
1: Panel Identification: 3: Engraved Plates To Control Panel
CIP_2800L_new

DIM: 175(H) X 120(W) mm


Material : SS, DIM: 50(H) X 35(W)mm START PUMP STOP PUMP PHASE CONTROL OVERLOAD
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

Characters: Black & White Background Material : SS OK HEATERS


Form :

Character height: 4-5 mm Character Height: 3.5 mm

B PN1
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

HEATER 1 HEATER 2 HEATER 3 HEATER 4


OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
Alfa Laval India Pvt. Ltd.
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

PUNE (INDIA)

C
Name plate Description
MACHINE TYPE Standard CIP Module
DIM: 15(H) X 100(W) mm
POWER SUPPLY 3x 400/460V AC Material : SS MAIN SWITCH
PHASE 3 PH Character Height: 6.5 mm

D FREQUENCY (Hz) 50/60 Hz


SHORT CIRCUIT RATING (Max) 10kA

CONTROL VOLTAGE 230V AC


NORMS / STANDARD IEC 60204 - 1
4: Caution Sign Nameplate
DIM: 50(H) X 80(W) mm
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

DRAWING NO. 96815469_53_0_0_B01

E MANUFACTURER ONENESS CONTROLPANELS


PVT.LTD.
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

MANUFACTURING SERIAL NO.


MANUFACTURING DATE DD / MM / YYYY
5: Emergency Stop PB Label Disc G EN
MADE IN INDIA
R
Yellow Coloured
Radius- 60 mm ME C

Y
E
F

2: Identification Auxiliary Apparatus:


Self Adhesive Indication A
-20Q0 DIM: 17x5 mm
G
Color: Yellow, characters Black
Texts according to diagram
DIM: 17x5 mm stickers which are on components STOP
2 10
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Name plates Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 3
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3PH PEN
3PH,400-460 AC, 50/60Hz
SUPPLY FROM
CUSTOMER
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

-30X0
125A
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

-X
Form :

-30Q0
100 A
OT63F3 I>
B
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

-30X5
3PH 3PH 3PH 3PH
POWER 3Ph / 11.0
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

DIST.BOX 125A
TRI.563830
3 4 4 4
C
-31Q1 -50Q1 -51Q1 -52Q1
I> I> I> I>
MPCB,0.63A MPCB 16A MCB 20A MCB 20A
MS132-0.63 MS132-16 S203-C20 S203-C20

-31T1 -31K3
0-400-450/230VAC PHASE -50K6 -51K6 -52K6
D
400VA
CONTROL RELAY Contactor Contactor Contactor
CM-PAS41 A16-30-10 80 A09-30-10 80 A09-30-10 80
Transformer
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-X -X -X
+Field -X2:1 - 3 + PE -X2:4 - 6 + PE -X2:7 - 9 + PE
E
-31F1
MCB,1A SP
S201-C1 3+PE
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

M -51E1 -52E1
-50M1
3~ HEATING ELEMENT 1 HEATING ELEMENT 2
CIRCULATING PUMP
CONTROL VOLTAGE
230 VAC
F

TYPE OF STARTER CONTROL TRANSFORMER DOL SUPPLY FEEDER SUPPLY FEEDER

RATING PRI 400-460V / SEC 230V AC CONTROL SUPPLY 5.5 KW 12 KW 12 KW

TAG 31T1 -50M1 -51E1 -52E1

APPLICATION 230V AC CONTROL SUPPLY Circulation Pump Heating Element -1 Heating Element -2
G
MAX. CURRENT 1.73 A 10 A 20 A 20 A

CABLE SIZE -
4G2.5 4G4 4G4
3 11
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Single Line Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 10
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

B
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

3PH 3PH
3Ph / 10.8 3Ph
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

4 4
C
-53Q1 -54Q1
I> I>
MCB 20A MCB 20A
S203-C20 S203-C20

-53K6 -54K6
D
Contactor Contactor
A09-30-10 80 A09-30-10 80
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-X -X
+Field -X2:10 - 12 + PE -X2:13 - 15 + PE
E
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

-53E1 -54E1
HEATING ELEMENT 3 HEATING ELEMENT 4

TYPE OF STARTER SUPPLY FEEDER SUPPLY FEEDER

RATING 12 KW 12 KW

TAG -53E1 -54E1

APPLICATION Heating Element -3 Heating Element -4


G
MAX. CURRENT 20 A 20 A
CABLE SIZE 4G4 4G4
10 20
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Single Line Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 11
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

240 70 70 70 70 240
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

105

125
This document may constitute a contractual

200
-50H5 -50S5/H5 -50S5/H5.1 -50H7 -31S1
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

223
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

370

125
C -51S5/H5 -52S5/H5 -53S5/H5 -54S5/H5

-30X0

760
D
-30Q1
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

PN1

E Alfa Laval India Pvt. Ltd.


PUNE (INDIA)
10
Name plate Description
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

MACHINE TYPE Standard CIP Module


POWER SUPPLY 3x 400/460V AC
PHASE 3 PH
FREQUENCY (Hz) 50/60 Hz
SHORT CIRCUIT RATING (Max) 10kA

CONTROL VOLTAGE 230V AC


NORMS / STANDARD IEC 60204 - 1
DRAWING NO. 96815469_53_0_0_B01
MANUFACTURER ONENESS CONTROLPANELS
PVT.LTD.
MANUFACTURING SERIAL NO.
MANUFACTURING DATE DD / MM / YYYY
MADE IN INDIA

10
F
210 130
210
760
LHS VIEW FRONT VIEW RHS VIEW

11 21
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Panel Overall Layout Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 20
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
710
CIP_2800L_new
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

-21A5
Form :

B
-30X5 -50Q1 -51Q1 -52Q1 -53Q1 -54Q1
-51Q1 -51Q1 -52Q1 -52Q1 -53Q1 -53Q1 -54Q1 -54Q1
1 1 1 1
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

HK1-11
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

44

30Q0 -31Q1 -50K5 -51K6


710 -53K6

-31K3 -31F1 -52K6 -54K6


and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

E
-31T1 -X1 -X2 -X3
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

PE
PE
F

20 22
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Panel Internal Layout Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 21
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

B
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

210
20 25 25 16 16
115

25 25 16 16
50

D
35 245 50 50 50 50 245
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

E Gland Details -
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

Power Cable
M25 - 4 Nos
F
M20 - 1 Nos
M16 -4 Nos

21 30
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Panel Bottom Layout Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 22
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3 x 400/460 VAC 50/60Hz -30X5 L1:1 / 31.0


Out 1 A1
A B1 L2:1 / 31.0
C1 L3:1 / 31.0
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
B
CIP_2800L_new

Out 2 A2 L1:2 / 50.0


C B2 L2:2 / 50.0
C2 L3:2 / 50.0
D
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

Out 3 A3 L1:3 / 51.0


Form :

B3 L2:3 / 51.0
C3 L3:3 / 51.0
B
1 3 5 Out 4 A4 L1:4 / 52.0
B4 L2:4 / 52.0
C4 L3:4 / 52.0
-30Q0
This document may constitute a contractual

I> I> I>


obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

100 A 2 4 6 Out 5 A5 L1:5 / 53.0


B5 L2:5 / 53.0
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

C5 L3:5 / 53.0

Out 6 A6 L1:6 / 54.0


C
B6 L2:6 / 54.0
C6 L3:6 / 54.0

Out 7 A7
B7
C7

Out 8 A8
B8
C8
D
Out 9 A9
B9
C9

Out 10A10
B10
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

C10

E
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

PE / 51.4

*Link is to be removed if
PE & Instrument Earth (FE)
are separate.
F
N PE FE

-30X0
/30.0 L1 L2 L3 N PE

-30W0 -FE

L1 L2 L3 N PE Neutral Protective Earth Functional Earth


G 3 x 400/460 VAC 50/60Hz

+Customer Scope
22 31
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Main Incomer Schematic Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 30
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30.8 / L1:1 0VAC / 50.4


30.8 / L2:1 230VAC / 50.4
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

30.8 / L3:1
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

1 3 5
B -31Q1
0.4-0.63A
I> I> I>
This document may constitute a contractual

2 4 6
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

Note**
Transformer Connection details as per voltage
C

PRI. I PRI.
208 V 1.45 A 1 - 10
400-460V 230 V 1.31 A 1-9
-31T1 -31K3 L1 L2 L3 15 25
380 V 0.79 A 2-10
0-400-460/230VAC /50.4 400 V 0.75 A 2-9

1SVR730774R3300
a b
400VA L1 L2 L3 415 V 0.73 A 4-10
440 V 0.68 A 4-9
D PE 460 V 0.65 A 5-9
32 33 480 V 0.63 A 6-9
230V 500 V 0.60 A 6-8
16 18 26 28 CM-PAS.41S 525 V 0.57 A 3-7
550 V 0.55 A 4-7
575 V 0.52 A 5-7
PE 600 V 0.50 A 6-7
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

SEC. I SEC.
1
E 115 V 2A 31-33 / 32-34
-31F1 230 V 1A 32-33
2
1A
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

11
-31S1
12
RED

30 50
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Transformer Wiring Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 31
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30.8 / L1:2 31.8 / 230VAC


30.8 / L2:2
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A 15 13
CIP_2800L_new

30.8 / L3:2 -31K3 -50K5


/31.3 18 16 /50.5 14
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

1 3 5 33 41 230VAC / 51.4
B -50Q1
34 42
10 ... 16 A

/50.5

/50.6
I> I> I>
This document may constitute a contractual

2 4 6
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

33 41 95 95 95 95
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

-50Q1 -50Q1 -51Q1 -52Q1 -53Q1 -54Q1


/50.1 34 /50.1 42 /51.1 96 98 /52.1 96 98 /53.1 96 98 /54.1 96 98

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3


3
-50K5 3
/50.5 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 -50S5/H5 -50K5
/50.5 4 /50.5 4
D 230VAC
Green

1
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-50S5/H5.1
/50.6 2

E -X2 1 2 3 PE 230VAC
Red
-PE
-50W1
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

ÖLFLEX 191
4G2.5 1 2 3 GNYE

X1 A1 x1 x1 X1
F -50H5 -50K5 -50S5/H5 -50S5/H5.1 -50H7
+Field 230V White X2
4kW A2 /50.5 x2 /50.5 x2
230V Red X2
U1 V1 W1 Green Red
-50M1 M
5.5kW 3PH Motor
400/460VAC,50/60Hz 3~
Circulation Pump PE
31.8 / 0VAC 0VAC / 51.4
1/L1 2/T1 /50.1
G Phase Control 3 4 /50.5 START STOP OVERLOAD HEATERS
OK 3/L2 4/T2 /50.1
5/L3 6/T3 /50.2
13 14 /50.7
31 51
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Circulation Pump Wiring Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 50
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30.8 / L1:3 50.9 / 230VAC 230VAC / 52.4


30.8 / L2:3
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A 3
CIP_2800L_new

30.8 / L3:3 -51S5/H5


/51.6 4
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

11
1 3 5 98 96 96 98 14 12 -51Q1
-51Q1 /51.1 12 14
B 20A 2 4 6
95 95 11
1

/50.7

/51.6
-X3

-51W6
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

/51.6
/51.7
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

ÖLFLEX 191
3G1 1

C
Operating Thermostat
+P9
Adjustable 30-85 °C
11 Recommended SP 70 °C
-51S1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 PE
12
-51K6
/51.6 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

D
11
Overheat Thermost
-51S2 Setpoint 110 °C
12
Do not adjust
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-51W6 -51W6
/51.6 2 /51.6 GNYE
E -X2 4 5 6 PE

-PE
-51W1
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

-X3 2 -X3 PE
ÖLFLEX 191
4G4 1 2 3 GNYE

F A1 x1
+Field -51K6 -51S5/H5
2.2kW A2 /51.6 x2
Green
-51E1
12 kW
HEATING ELEMENT 1 50.8 / 0VAC 0VAC / 52.4
3 x 400-450 VAC 50/60 Hz
G 30.8 / PE PE / 52.4
1/L1 2/T1 /51.1
3/L2 4/T2 /51.1
5/L3 6/T3 /51.2

50 52
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Heating Element 1 Wiring Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 51
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30.8 / L1:4 51.8 / 230VAC 230VAC / 53.4


30.8 / L2:4
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A 3
CIP_2800L_new

30.8 / L3:4 -52S5/H5


/52.6 4
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

11
1 3 5 98 96 96 98 14 12 -52Q1
-52Q1 /52.1 12 14
B 20A 2 4 6
95 95 11
3

/50.7

/52.6
-X3

-52W6
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

/52.6
/52.7
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

ÖLFLEX 191
3G1 1

C
Operating Thermostat
+P9
Adjustable 30-85 °C
11 Recommended SP 70 °C
-52S1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 PE
12
-52K6
/52.6 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

D
11
Overheat Thermost
-52S2 Setpoint 110 °C
12
Do not adjust
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-52W6 -52W6
/52.6 2 /52.6 GNYE
E -X2 7 8 9 PE

-PE
-52W1
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

-X3 4 -X3 PE
ÖLFLEX 191
4G4 1 2 3 GNYE

F A1 x1
+Field -52K6 -52S5/H5
2.2kW A2 /52.6 x2
Green
-52E1
12 kW
HEATING ELEMENT 2 51.8 / 0VAC 0VAC / 53.4
3 x 400-450 VAC 50/60 Hz
G 51.8 / PE PE / 53.4
1/L1 2/T1 /52.1
3/L2 4/T2 /52.1
5/L3 6/T3 /52.2

51 53
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Heating Element 2 Wiring Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 52
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30.8 / L1:5 52.8 / 230VAC 230VAC / 54.4


30.8 / L2:5
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A 3
CIP_2800L_new

30.8 / L3:5 -53S5/H5


/53.6 4
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

11
1 3 5 98 96 96 98 14 12 -53Q1
-53Q1 /53.1 12 14
B 20A 2 4 6
95 95 11
5

/50.8

/53.6
-X3

-53W6
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

/53.6
/53.7
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

ÖLFLEX 191
3G1 1

C
Operating Thermostat
+P9
Adjustable 30-85 °C
11 Recommended SP 70 °C
-53S1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 PE
12
-53K6
/53.6 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

D
11
Overheat Thermost
-53S2 Setpoint 110 °C
12
Do not adjust
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-53W6 -53W6
/53.6 2 /53.6 GNYE
E -X2 10 11 12 PE

-PE
-53W1
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

-X3 6 -X3 PE
ÖLFLEX 191
4G4 1 2 3 GNYE

F A1 x1
+Field -53K6 -53S5/H5
2.2kW A2 /53.6 x2
Green
-53E1
12 kW
HEATING ELEMENT 3 52.8 / 0VAC 0VAC / 54.4
3 x 400-450 VAC 50/60 Hz
G 52.8 / PE PE / 54.4
1/L1 2/T1 /53.1
3/L2 4/T2 /53.1
5/L3 6/T3 /53.2

52 54
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Heating Element 3 Wiring Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 53
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30.8 / L1:6 53.8 / 230VAC


30.8 / L2:6
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A 3
CIP_2800L_new

30.8 / L3:6 -54S5/H5


/54.6 4
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

11
1 3 5 98 96 96 98 14 12 -54Q1
-54Q1 /54.1 12 14
B 20A 2 4 6
95 95 11
7

/50.8

/54.6
-X3

-54W6
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

/54.6
/54.7
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

ÖLFLEX 191
3G1 1

C
Operating Thermostat
+P9
Adjustable 30-85 °C
11 Recommended SP 70 °C
-54S1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 PE
12
-54K6
/54.6 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

D
11
Overheat Thermost
-54S2 Setpoint 110 °C
12
Do not adjust
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

-54W6 -54W6
/54.6 2 /54.6 GNYE
E -X2 13 14 15 PE

-PE
-54W1
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

-X3 8 -X3 PE
ÖLFLEX 191
4G4 1 2 3 GNYE

F A1 x1
+Field -54K6 -54S5/H5
2.2kW A2 /54.6 x2
Green
-54E1
12 kW
HEATING ELEMENT 4 53.8 / 0VAC
3 x 400-450 VAC 50/60 Hz
G 53.8 / PE
1/L1 2/T1 /54.1
3/L2 4/T2 /54.1
5/L3 6/T3 /54.2

53 &PR/400
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Heating Element 4 Wiring Diagram Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 54
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Cable Overview
ALC_F10_001_R11-1

Source (from) Target (to) Cable Details


ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Cable Location / Total No. of Cross-section Conductors Diameter of


Cable name Source Device Ext. Device Device Tag Device Function Cable type
Pg. No. Core [ mm² ] used Conductors
=P1+CP&SCH/50 -50W1 -X2 +Field-50M1 -50M1 Circulation Pump 4G 2.5 mm² 4 9.1 mm ÖLFLEX 191
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :

=P1+CP&SCH/51 -51W1 -X2 +Field-51E1 -51E1 Heating Element 1 4G 4 mm² 4 10.9 mm ÖLFLEX 191
Form :

=P1+CP&SCH/51 -51W6 -X3 +P9-51S1 3G 1 mm² 3 8.4 mm ÖLFLEX 191

B +P9-51S2
This document may constitute a contractual

=P1+CP&SCH/52 -52W1 -X2 +Field-52E1 -52E1 Heating Element 2 4G 4 mm² 4 10.9 mm ÖLFLEX 191
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

=P1+CP&SCH/52 -52W6 -X3 +P9-52S1 3G 1 mm² 3 8.4 mm ÖLFLEX 191


to the extent expressly agreed upon.

+P9-52S2

C
=P1+CP&SCH/53 -53W1 -X2 +Field-53E1 -52E1 Heating Element 3 4G 4 mm² 4 10.9 mm ÖLFLEX 191
=P1+CP&SCH/53 -53W6 -X3 +P9-53S1 3G 1 mm² 3 8.4 mm ÖLFLEX 191
+P9-53S2

=P1+CP&SCH/54 -54W1 -X2 +Field-54E1 -52E1 Heating Element 4 4G 4 mm² 4 10.9 mm ÖLFLEX 191
D =P1+CP&SCH/54 -54W6 -X3 +P9-54S1 3G 1 mm² 3 8.4 mm ÖLFLEX 191
+P9-54S2
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

E
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

&SCH/54 600
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Cable Overview Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 400
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB, This document may constitute a contractual Proj. Name : CIP_2800L_new

and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only Plot Frame : ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11
party nor used for any purpose without written permission. to the extent expressly agreed upon. Form : ALC_F07_001_R10

F
E
B

C
A

G
D

R06
400

Rev. No.
External targets Internal targets
0

Made by
INPUADRA
+CP
GNYE GNYE

PE
Sh.50/:2
1 1

1
CP -50W1 Sh.50/:1

Chk By
+Field

INPAGAT
X2
2 2

-50M1
2
Sh.50/:1
ÖLFLEX 191 4G2.5 mm²
Document no:

3 3 3
Sh.50/:2

PE U1 V1 W1

CIRCULATING PUMP

Appr. By
INPAGAT
1

+CP

Rev. Date
GNYE GNYE
PE

Sh.51/:2
1 1

Date
4

CP -51W1 Sh.51/:1

+Field

26-May-21 Made By
X2

2 2

-51E1
-51E1
5

Sh.51/:1
ÖLFLEX 191 4G4 mm²

21-Jan-21
INPUAJAA
Document no:

3 3
6

Heating Element 1
Sh.51/:2
2

+CP
1 1
1

11
Sh.51/:6

Customer : -
-51S1

+P9
12
Sh./:

2 CP -51W6 2
2

12
Sh.51/:6
X3
3

ÖLFLEX 191 3G1 mm²

-51S2

+P9

Project No. : Standard Module


11
Document no:

Sh./:

GNYE GNYE

PE
PE

Sh.51/:7

+CP
GNYE GNYE
PE

Sh.52/:2
4

1 1
7

CP -52W1 Sh.52/:1

+Field
X2

2 2

Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz


-52E1
-52E1
8

Sh.52/:1
ÖLFLEX 191 4G4 mm²
Document no:

3 3
9

Heating Element 2
Sh.52/:2

+CP
1 1
5

11

Sh.52/:6
-52S1

+P9
12

Sh./:

2 CP -52W6 2
4

12

Sh.52/:6
X3

ÖLFLEX 191 3G1 mm²


-52S2

+P9
11
Document no:

Sh./:

GNYE GNYE
6

PE
PE

Page Name : Sh.52/:7

+CP
GNYE GNYE
Sh.53/:2
1 1
PE 10

CP -53W1 Sh.53/:1
+Field
X2

2 2
-52E1
-53E1
11

Sh.53/:1
ÖLFLEX 191 4G4 mm²
Document no:
7

3 3
Heating Element 3
12

Sh.53/:2
Cable Connection Diagram

+CP
1 1
5

11

Sh.53/:6
-53S1

+P9
12

CP -53W6 Sh./:
Drawing No.:
X3
8

ÖLFLEX 191 3G1 mm²


Document no:

2 2
6

12

Sh.53/:6
-53S2

+P9
11

Sh./:
96815469_53_0_0_B01
= P1
+ CP

24
9
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01

Total Pages
600
601

Page No.
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB, This document may constitute a contractual Proj. Name : CIP_2800L_new

and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only Plot Frame : ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11
party nor used for any purpose without written permission. to the extent expressly agreed upon. Form : ALC_F07_001_R10

F
E
B

C
A

G
D

R06
600

Rev. No.
External targets Internal targets
0

Made by
INPUADRA
+CP
GNYE CP -53W6 GNYE

PE
PE
Sh.53/:7
ÖLFLEX 191 3G1 mm² X3
Document no:

Chk By
INPAGAT
+CP
GNYE GNYE
Sh.54/:2

Appr. By
INPAGAT
1

1 1
PE 13

CP -54W1 Sh.54/:1

+Field
X2

2 2

-52E1
-54E1
14

Sh.54/:1
ÖLFLEX 191 4G4 mm²
Document no:

Rev. Date
3 3

Heating Element 4
15

Sh.54/:2

Date
26-May-21 Made By

21-Jan-21
INPUAJAA
+CP
1 1
7

11
Sh.54/:6
2

-54S1

+P9
12
Sh./:

2 CP -54W6 2
8

12
Sh.54/:6
X3

Customer : -
ÖLFLEX 191 3G1 mm²

-54S2

+P9
11
Document no:

Sh./:

GNYE GNYE

PE
PE

Sh.54/:7
3

Project No. : Standard Module


4

Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz


5
6

Page Name :
7

Cable Connection Diagram


Drawing No.:
8

96815469_53_0_0_B01
= P1
+ CP

24
9
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01

Total Pages
601
700

Page No.
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Parts list
ALC_F01_001_R11
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Page No. Device tag Qty. Part Description Type number Part number Manufacturar
Location
&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 1 760Hx760Wx210D OC-MS-7035.210 OC-MS-7035.210 ONENESS
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 2 EYE BOLT EYE BOLT EB-M12 ONENESS


&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 2 GROMMETS & CLOSURE FOR EYE BOLT FC-GB-03 FC-GB-03 FLU-CON
B &SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 4 CABLE GLAND M16 + LOCK NUT, Ø6-10 METRICA - GREY HUM.1.218.1600.50 HUMMEL
&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 4 M-25 CABLE GLAND METRICA P HUM.1.218.2500.50 HUMMEL
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 1 CABLE GLAND M20 + LOCK NUT, Ø8-13 METRICA-P HUM.1.218.2000.50 HUMMEL
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 4 M-16 CABLE GLAND NUT NUT HUM.1.262.1600.50 HUMMEL


&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 4 M-25 CABLE GLAND NUT NUT HUM.1.262.2500.50 HUMMEL
&SCH/21.2 CP -21A5 1 M-20 CABLE GLAND NUT NUT HUM.1.262.2000.50 HUMMEL
C
&SCH/31.1 CP -31F1 1 S201-C 1 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER S201-C1 ABB.2CDS251001R0014_S201-C1 ABB
&SCH/50.4 CP -50H5 1 PILOT LIGHT WITH INTEGRATED WHITE CL-523W ABB.1SFA619402R5235 ABB
&SCH/50.7 CP -50H7 1 PILOT LIGHT WITH INTEGRATED RED CL-523R ABB.1SFA619402R5231 ABB
&SCH/31.3 CP -31K3 1 CM-PAS.41S THREE PHASE MONITORING RELAY CM-PAS.41S ABB.1SVR730774R3300 ABB
&SCH/50.5 CP -50K5 1 A16-30-10 80 CONTACTOR A16-30-10 80 ABB.1SBL181001R8010 ABB
D
&SCH/50.5 CP -50K5 1 AUXILLARY CONTACT CA5-10 ABB.1SBN010010R1010 ABB
&SCH/51.6 CP -51K6 1 A09-30-10 80 CONTACTOR A09-30-10 80 ABB.1SBL141001R8010 ABB
&SCH/52.6 CP -52K6 1 A09-30-10 80 CONTACTOR A09-30-10 80 ABB.1SBL141001R8010 ABB
&SCH/53.6 CP -53K6 1 A09-30-10 80 CONTACTOR A09-30-10 80 ABB.1SBL141001R8010 ABB
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

&SCH/54.6 CP -54K6 1 A09-30-10 80 CONTACTOR A09-30-10 80 ABB.1SBL141001R8010 ABB

E &SCH/30.0 CP -30Q0 1 SHAFT COUPLING OXP6X170 ABB.1SCA108224R1001 ABB


&SCH/30.0 CP -30Q0 1 DOOR ROTARY HANDLE OHB45J6 ABB.1SCA022380R8770 ABB
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

&SCH/30.0 CP -30Q0 1 LOAD SWITCH INTERPACT INS100 3P FIXED OT100F3 ABB.1SCA105004R1001 ABB
&SCH/31.1 CP -31Q1 1 MS132-0.63 MANUAL MOTOR STARTER MS132-0.63 ABB.1SAM350000R1004_MS132-0.63 ABB
&SCH/50.1 CP -50Q1 1 MS132-16 MANUAL MOTOR STARTER MS132-16 ABB.1SAM350000R1011_MS132-16 ABB
&SCH/50.1 CP -50Q1 1 AUXILLARY CONTACT BLOCK,RH SIDE MOUNTING, 1NO+1NC HK1-11 ABB.1SAM201902R1001 ABB
F
&SCH/51.1 CP -51Q1 1 S203-C 20 MINI CIRCUIT BREAKER S203-C20 ABB.2CDS253001R0204_S203-C20 ABB
&SCH/51.1 CP -51Q1 1 S2C-S/H6R - SIGNAL/ AUXILLARY CONTACT S2C-S/H6R ABB.2CDS200922R0001 ABB
&SCH/51.1 CP -51Q1 1 AUXILLARY CONTACT, 1C/O S2C-H6-11R ABB.2CDS200946R0001 ABB
&SCH/52.1 CP -52Q1 1 S203-C 20 MINI CIRCUIT BREAKER S203-C20 ABB.2CDS253001R0204_S203-C20 ABB
&SCH/52.1 CP -52Q1 1 S2C-S/H6R - SIGNAL/ AUXILLARY CONTACT S2C-S/H6R ABB.2CDS200922R0001 ABB
G &SCH/52.1 CP -52Q1 1 AUXILLARY CONTACT, 1C/O S2C-H6-11R ABB.2CDS200946R0001 ABB
&SCH/53.1 CP -53Q1 1 S203-C 20 MINI CIRCUIT BREAKER S203-C20 ABB.2CDS253001R0204_S203-C20 ABB

601 701
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Parts List Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 700
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Parts list
ALC_F01_001_R11
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Page No. Device tag Qty. Part Description Type number Part number Manufacturar
Location
&SCH/53.1 CP -53Q1 1 S2C-S/H6R - SIGNAL/ AUXILLARY CONTACT S2C-S/H6R ABB.2CDS200922R0001 ABB
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

&SCH/53.1 CP -53Q1 1 AUXILLARY CONTACT, 1C/O S2C-H6-11R ABB.2CDS200946R0001 ABB


&SCH/54.1 CP -54Q1 1 S203-C 20 MINI CIRCUIT BREAKER S203-C20 ABB.2CDS253001R0204_S203-C20 ABB
B &SCH/54.1 CP -54Q1 1 S2C-S/H6R - SIGNAL/ AUXILLARY CONTACT S2C-S/H6R ABB.2CDS200922R0001 ABB
&SCH/54.1 CP -54Q1 1 AUXILLARY CONTACT, 1C/O S2C-H6-11R ABB.2CDS200946R0001 ABB
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only

&SCH/31.1 CP -31S1 1 EMERGENCY STOP CE4T-10R-02 CE4T-10R-02 ABB.1SFA619550R1051 ABB


to the extent expressly agreed upon.

&SCH/50.5 CP -50S5/H5 1 PILOT LIGHT,CONTACT BLOCK MP1-11R,1NO+1NC+1LB ABB.1SFA611605R1211 ABB


&SCH/50.5 CP -50S5/H5 1 PILOT LIGHT GREEN MP1-11G ABB.1SFA611100R1102 ABB
&SCH/50.5 CP -50S5/H5 1 LAMP BLOCK 1SFA611621R1072 ABB.MLBL-07G ABB
C
&SCH/50.5 CP -50S5/H5.1 1 MODULAR LAMP BLOCK RED MLBL-07R ABB.1SFA611621R1071 ABB
&SCH/50.5 CP -50S5/H5.1 1 PILOT LIGHT RED MP1-11R ABB.1SFA611100R1101 ABB
&SCH/50.5 CP -50S5/H5.1 1 PILOT LIGHT,CONTACT BLOCK MP1-11R,1NO+1NC+1LB ABB.1SFA611605R1211 ABB
&SCH/51.6 CP -51S5/H5 1 M2SS1-11G MODULAR SELECTOR SWITCH-GREEN M2SS1-11G ABB.1SFA611200R1102 ABB
&SCH/51.6 CP -51S5/H5 1 PILOT LIGHT,CONTACT BLOCK MP1-11R,1NO+1NC+1LB ABB.1SFA611605R1211 ABB
D
&SCH/51.6 CP -51S5/H5 1 LAMP BLOCK 1SFA611621R1072 ABB.MLBL-07G ABB
&SCH/52.6 CP -52S5/H5 1 M2SS1-11G MODULAR SELECTOR SWITCH-GREEN M2SS1-11G ABB.1SFA611200R1102 ABB
&SCH/52.6 CP -52S5/H5 1 PILOT LIGHT,CONTACT BLOCK MP1-11R,1NO+1NC+1LB ABB.1SFA611605R1211 ABB
&SCH/52.6 CP -52S5/H5 1 LAMP BLOCK 1SFA611621R1072 ABB.MLBL-07G ABB
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

&SCH/53.6 CP -53S5/H5 1 M2SS1-11G MODULAR SELECTOR SWITCH-GREEN M2SS1-11G ABB.1SFA611200R1102 ABB

E &SCH/53.6 CP -53S5/H5 1 PILOT LIGHT,CONTACT BLOCK MP1-11R,1NO+1NC+1LB ABB.1SFA611605R1211 ABB


&SCH/53.6 CP -53S5/H5 1 LAMP BLOCK 1SFA611621R1072 ABB.MLBL-07G ABB
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

&SCH/54.6 CP -54S5/H5 1 M2SS1-11G MODULAR SELECTOR SWITCH-GREEN M2SS1-11G ABB.1SFA611200R1102 ABB


&SCH/54.6 CP -54S5/H5 1 PILOT LIGHT,CONTACT BLOCK MP1-11R,1NO+1NC+1LB ABB.1SFA611605R1211 ABB
&SCH/54.6 CP -54S5/H5 1 LAMP BLOCK 1SFA611621R1072 ABB.MLBL-07G ABB
&SCH/31.1 CP -31T1 1 TRANSFORMER,PM 0-400-460V/SEC 0-230VAC,400VA 400VA Yas.400VA_PM 0-400-460V/SEC 0-230VAC YASHO
F
&SCH/50.1;&SCH CP -X2 3 FEED THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK ST 2,5 ST 2,5 PXC.3031212 PHOENIX
&SCH/50.1 CP -X2 1 END COVER,D-ST 2,5-TWIN D-ST 2,5-TWIN PXC.3030488 PHOENIX
&SCH/51.1;&SCH CP -X2 12 FEED THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK ST 4 ST 4 PXC.3031364 PHOENIX
&SCH/50.2 CP 1 PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINAL ST 2.5-PE ST 2.5-PE PXC.3031238 PHOENIX
&SCH/51.2;&SCH CP 4 SPRING -CAGE TERMINAL BLOCK S T4- PE <6 mm² ST 4 - PE PXC.3031380 PHOENIX
G &SCH/51.6;&SCH CP -X3 8 FEED THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK ST 2,5 ST 2,5 PXC.3031212 PHOENIX
&SCH/51.6 CP -X3 1 END COVER,D-ST 2,5-TWIN D-ST 2,5-TWIN PXC.3030488 PHOENIX

700 702
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Parts List Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 701
Std. Temp. : Alfa-EIA-2019-R01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Parts list
ALC_F01_001_R11
ALCI_FN1_GAST_R11

A
CIP_2800L_new

Page No. Device tag Qty. Part Description Type number Part number Manufacturar
Location
&SCH/51.7;&SCH CP -X3 4 PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINAL ST 2.5-PE ST 2.5-PE PXC.3031238 PHOENIX
Proj. Name :
Plot Frame :
Form :

&SCH/30.0 CP -30X0 1 WALL MOUNTED CONNECTOR-125 A WALL MOUNTED CONNECTOR-3480 WALL MOUNTED CONNECTOR-3480 MENNEKES
&SCH/30.0 CP -30X0 1 WALL MOUNTED INLET WALL MOUNTED INLET-368 WALL MOUNTED INLET-368 MENNEKES
B &SCH/30.5 CP -30X5 1 DISTRIBUTION BOX ERIFLEX 563830 563830 ERICO
This document may constitute a contractual
obligation on the part of Alfa Laval AB only
to the extent expressly agreed upon.

D
and may not be copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to a third
This document and its contents are the exclusive property of Alfa Laval AB,

E
party nor used for any purpose without written permission.

701
R06 INPUADRA INPAGAT INPAGAT 26-May-21 Made By Page Name : Drawing No.: = P1
Project : CIP 800/1800/2800L 4 Heater _12 kW-400/460 VAC _50/60Hz
INPUAJAA + CP
Project No. : Standard Module 96815469_53_0_0_B01
Date Parts List Total Pages Page No.
Rev. No. Made by Chk By Appr. By Rev. Date 21-Jan-21 Customer : - 24 702
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.1 Immersion heater - Jevi A/S
8.2 Centrifugal pump - ESHE 40 - Lowara
8.3 Hose - UPE 63 - Parker
8.4 Y filter - 7023 - Kieselmann
8.5 Butterfly valve - LKB 2 - Alfa Laval
8.6 Ball valve - Unison
8.7 Check valve - LKC2 - Alfa Laval
8.8 Thermometer - TM55.01 - Wika
8.9 Pressure indicator - GFS - Aschroft/Mass
8.10 Universal spanner - Alfa Laval

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.1 Immersion heater - Jevi A/S

- Technical information
- Installation instructions

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


PAGE 1/5

IMMERSION HEATERS
Immersion heaters* are used to heat a variety of mediums, e.g. IMMERSION HEATERS FOR WATER
water, glycol, oil, and other liquids. It is important that the im- Immersion heaters in nickel-plated copper for heating water in
mersion heater is fitted to the side or base of the vessel and hot water tanks, open vessels, etc. The immersion heaters are
that it is always covered by the substance. All immersion heat- available as standard with 3 x Ø8.5mm tubes or with 6 x Ø6.25
ers have a pouring tube that is designed for a thermostat and mm tubes and with 1½” or 2” RG, brass nipple. 90mm cold zone.
thermofuse.
It is possible to install a junction box, for further information
1½” BRASS NIPPLE, 3X400V:
please see page 4 and 5.
Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load
length
Sensor tube 92809839 2.25 kW Y 215 mm 10.4 W/cm²
1½” or 2” RG

92809847 3.00 kW Y 300 mm 8.9 W/cm²


92809854 4.50 kW Y 405 mm 8.4 W/cm²
Immersion length 92809862 6.00 kW Y 535 mm 8.1 W/cm²
92809870 7.50 kW Y 655 mm 8.4 W/cm²
92809888 9.00 kW Y 733 mm 8.2 W/cm²
92809896 10.00 kW ∆ 895 mm 8.2 W/cm²

2” BRASS NIPPLE, 3X400V:

Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load


length
92804830 2.25 kW Y 215 mm 10.4 W/cm²
92804848 3.00 kW Y 300 mm 8.9 W/cm²
92804855 4.50 kW Y 405 mm 8.4 W/cm²
92804863 6.00 kW Y 535 mm 8.1 W/cm²
92800861** 6.00 kW YY 315 mm 11.6 W/cm²
92804871 7.50 kW Y 655 mm 8.4 W/cm²
92804889 9.00 kW Y 775 mm 8.2 W/cm²
92800887** 9.00 kW YY 420 mm 11.9 W/cm²
92804897 10.00 kW ∆ 832 mm 8.2 W/cm²

** In contrast to the remaining immersion heaters in the range


which have 3 tubes, these two immersion heaters have 6 tubes.
The immersion length is thus reduced. Also available with cable
and 55mm cold zone.

*Immersion heater is manufactured according to:


PED Catagory: Art 3.3
AUGUST 2019

Design Pressure: 10 bar (PN10)


Fluid Group: II

JEVI A/S | GODTHÅBSVEJ 7 | DK-7100 VEJLE | T: +45 75 83 02 11 | F: +45 75 72 29 00 | [email protected] | WWW.JEVI.DK


PAGE 2/5

IMMERSION HEATERS FOR AGGRESSIVE IMMERSION HEATERS FOR AGGRESSIVE


LIQUIDS WITH BRASS NIPPLE LIQUIDS WITH STAINLESS STEEL NIPPLE
Immersion heaters in Incoloy 825 for heating aggressive liquids, Immersion heaters in Incoloy 825 for heating aggressive liquids,
chemicals and water containing minerals. The immersion heat- chemicals and water containing minerals. The immersion heat-
ers are available as standard with 3 x Ø8.5mm tubes and with ers are available as standard with 3 x Ø8.5mm tubes and with
1½” or 2” RG, 55mm cold zone. 1½” or 2” RG, 55mm cold zone.

1½” BRASS NIPPLE, 3X400V: 1½” STAINLESS STEEL NIPPLE, 3X400V:

Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load
length length
92803030 2.25 kW Y 175 mm 12.5 W/cm² 92815300 3.00 kW Y 235 mm 11.3 W/cm²
92803048 3.00 kW Y 235 mm 11.3 W/cm² 92815450 4.50 kW Y 335 mm 10.7 W/cm²
92803055 4.50 kW Y 335 mm 10.7 W/cm² 92815600 6.00 kW Y 435 mm 10.7 W/cm²
92803063 6.00 kW Y 435 mm 10.7 W/cm² 92815750 7.50 kW Y 525 mm 10.7 W/cm²
92803071 7.50 kW Y 525 mm 10.7 W/cm² 92815900 9.00 kW Y 600 mm 11.0 W/cm²
92803089 9.00 kW Y 600 mm 11.0 W/cm²

2” BRASS NIPPLE, 3X400V: 2” STAINLESS STEEL NIPPLE, 3X400V:

Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load
length length
92808039 2.25 kW Y 175 mm 12.5 W/cm² 92820300 3.00 kW Y 235 mm 11.4 W/cm²
92808047 3.00 kW Y 235 mm 11.4 W/cm² 92820450 4.50 kW Y 335 mm 10.7 W/cm²
92808054 4.50 kW Y 335 mm 10.7 W/cm² 92820600 6.00 kW Y 435 mm 10.7 W/cm²
92808062 6.00 kW Y 435 mm 10.7 W/cm² 92820750 7.50 kW Y 525 mm 10.7 W/cm²
92808070 7.50 kW Y 525 mm 10.7 W/cm² 92820900 9.00 kW Y 600 mm 11.0 W/cm²
92808088 9.00 kW Y 600 mm 11.0 W/cm² 92821200 12.00 kW Y 730 mm 12.7 W/cm²
92808096 12.00 kW Y 730 mm 12.7 W/cm²
AUGUST 2019

JEVI A/S | GODTHÅBSVEJ 7 | DK-7100 VEJLE | T: +45 75 83 02 11 | F: +45 75 72 29 00 | [email protected] | WWW.JEVI.DK


PAGE 3/5

IMMERSION HEATERS FOR OIL IMMERSION HEATER GASKETS


Immersion heaters in stainless steel (AISI 304) are designed for Item no. Description
heating oil, e.g. in oil preheaters and for frost protection in oil 10048999 for 1½” RG, Ø48 x Ø60 x 2 mm, max. 250°C
tanks. The immersion heaters are available as standard with 3 x 10060994 for 2” RG, Ø60 x Ø75 x 2 mm, max. 250°C
Ø8.5mm tubes and with 2” RG, brass nipple. 90mm cold zone.

ACCESSORIES
2” BRASS NIPPLE, 3X400V:
Junction boxes and gaskets must be ordered separately. Note:
Item no. Power Conn. Immersion Surface load
even if you order a standard immersion heater, these accesso-
length
ries will not be supplied.
92201904 0.50 kW Y 335 mm 1.2 W/cm²
It is possible to freely combine the junction boxes, thermofuses
92201912 0.75 kW Y 485 mm 1.1 W/cm²
and thermostats from our product range.
92201920 1.00 kW Y 660 mm 1.1 W/cm²
92201938 1.50 kW Y 700 mm 1.1 W/cm²
Read more about junction boxes on pages 4 and 5.
92201946 2.00 kW Y 1025 mm 1.0 W/cm²
92602911 0.70 kW Y 360 mm 1.5 W/cm²
92602929 1.00 kW Y 460 mm 1.6 W/cm²
92602937 1.50 kW Y 660 mm 1.6 W/cm²
92602945 2.00 kW Y 660 mm 1.6 W/cm²
92602952 2.50 kW Y 825 mm 1.5 W/cm²
92602960 3.00 kW Y 1025 mm 1.5 W/cm²
92602978 4.00 kW Y 1450 mm 1.5 W/cm²
92202928 1.00 kW Y 335 mm 2.4 W/cm²
92202936 1.50 kW Y 485 mm 2.3 W/cm²
92202944 2.00 kW Y 660 mm 2.1 W/cm²
92202951 3.00 kW Y 700 mm 2.1 W/cm²
92202969 4.00 kW Y 1025 mm 2.1 W/cm²
92203934 1.50 kW ∆ 335 mm 3.6 W/cm²
92203942 2.25 kW ∆ 485 mm 3.4 W/cm²
92203959 3.00 kW ∆ 660 mm 3.2 W/cm²
92203967 4.50 kW ∆ 700 mm 3.2 W/cm²
92203975 6.00 kW ∆ 1025 mm 3.1 W/cm²
92605914 2.10 kW ∆ 360 mm 4.6 W/cm²
92605922 3.00 kW ∆ 460 mm 4.8 W/cm²
92605930 4.50 kW ∆ 660 mm 4.8 W/cm²
92605948 6.00 kW ∆ 660 mm 4.7 W/cm²
92605955 7.50 kW ∆ 825 mm 4.6 W/cm²
92605963 9.00 kW ∆ 1025 mm 4.6 W/cm²
92605971 12.00 kW ∆ 1450 mm 4.6 W/cm²
AUGUST 2019

JEVI A/S | GODTHÅBSVEJ 7 | DK-7100 VEJLE | T: +45 75 83 02 11 | F: +45 75 72 29 00 | [email protected] | WWW.JEVI.DK


PAGE 4/5

JUNCTION BOXES FOR TYPE D - RECTANGULAR BOX


IMMERSION HEATERS
7
Junction boxes are also available without holes for use in con-
necting heating elements, joining cables, etc.

TYPE B - OVAL BOX

48 • IP44
21 • M20
96 • 3-pole thermofuse 110°C
123 101
76
• Manual reset - on the external reset button
• Tolerance: 0/-10 K
• Switch: 3
• IP55 • Contact rating: 20A / 400V
• PG13.5

Item no. Thread


Item no. Thread Description 19905090 1½” RG
19905017 1½” RG 10mm cover 19905108 2” RG
19905025 2” RG 10mm cover
19900554 1½” RG stainless steel with 10mm cover
TYPE E - RECTANGULAR BOX
19900547 2” RG stainless steel with 10mm cover
19905033 1½” RG 35mm cover 24
19905041 2” RG 35mm cover

TYPE B - RECTANGULAR BOX

84 • IP22
21
• M20
178
111 127 • 3-pole operating thermostat 30-85°C
151
• External knob
• Tolerance: 4 ± 2K
• IP66
• Switch: 3
• M20
• Contact rating: 16A / 400 V
• 30mm cover

Item no. Thread


Item no. Thread
19905116 1½” RG
19905058 1½” RG
19905124 2” RG
19905066 2” RG
AUGUST 2019

Continues on next page

JEVI A/S | GODTHÅBSVEJ 7 | DK-7100 VEJLE | T: +45 75 83 02 11 | F: +45 75 72 29 00 | [email protected] | WWW.JEVI.DK


PAGE 5/5

TYPE H - RECTANGULAR BOX TYPE J - RECTANGULAR BOX

84
21

178
111 127
151

• IP22 or IP66 • IP22 or IP66


• M20 • M20
• 3-pole operating thermostat 30-85°C • 3-pole operating thermostat 0-45°C
• 3-pole thermofuse 110°C • 3-pole thermofuse 76°C
• IP22 with external knob (as in the picture above) • IP22 with external knob (not pictured)
• IP66 with manual reset of thermofuse and setting of opera- • IP66 with manual reset of thermofuse and setting of opera-
ting thermostat - by removing the lid ting thermostat - by removing the lid
• Tolerance: 12 ± 6 K • Tolerance: 7 ± 3,5 K
• Switch: 3 • Switch: 3
• Contact rating: 20A / 400 V • Contact rating: 20A / 400 V

IP22 IP22
Item no. Thread Item no. Thread
19905199 1½” RG 19900216 1½” RG
19905207 2” RG 19900265 2” RG

IP66 IP66
Item no. Thread Item no. Thread
19900489 1½” RG 19900083 1½” RG
19900471 2” RG 19900067 2” RG
AUGUST 2019

JEVI A/S | GODTHÅBSVEJ 7 | DK-7100 VEJLE | T: +45 75 83 02 11 | F: +45 75 72 29 00 | [email protected] | WWW.JEVI.DK


DK Installationsvejledning - elpatroner

NO Installasjonsveiledning - elpatroner

SE Montageanvisning - elpatroner

FI Asennusohjeet - lämpöpatruuna

GB Installation instructions - immersion heater

DE Installationsanleitung - elektrische Heizpatrone


DK Generelt
Elpatronerne er fremstillet i henhold til Elpatronen placeres i beholderen
svagstrømsdirektivet EN 60-335-1 og - vandret indstik eller lodret fra bunden
EN 60-335-2-21. (se fig. 1, 2 og 3).
Elpatronen er beregnet til inskrun- Elpatronen må aldrig placeres i be-
ing i 1½" eller 2" RG muffe. Gevindet holderen med dåsen opad (se fig. 4).
tætnes med et egnet tætningsmateri- I den faste el-installation foran elpa-
ale. Elpatronen skal altid være dækket tronen skal der findes en elektrisk
af væske, hvilket skal kontrolleres før afbryder, jfr. Svagstrømsdirektivet.
tilslutning. Ved montering i en tryk- Installationen skal foretages af en aut.
beholder, skal installationen udføres el-installatør.
henhold til arbejdstilsynets bekendt- Varmelegemerne er kun prøvet/
gørelse nr. 746, omhandlende trykbe- godkendt i vand, men kan dog anv-
holdere samt Stærkstrømsbekendt- endes i andre væsker såsom olie og
gørelsens afsnit 6. sæbelud.

Elpatroner uden dåse


Varmelegemerne er godkendt efter
EN 60-335-1, men må ikke monteres
uden klemboks.

Elpatroner type B med oval dåse (IP 55) eller


firkantdåse (IP 55) stråletæt
Når låget på dåsen fjernes, kan man Den elektriske forbindelse foretages
løsne skruerne i bunden af dåsen, ved forbindelse af tilgangskablet
hvorved dåsen kan drejes så forskru- direkte til varmelegemets terminaler.
ningen sidder i den ønskede retning. Jordledningen tilsluttes jordklemmen
Når dåsen er drejet på plads, skal det i bunden af dåsen.
påses, at pakningen mellem dåse og
flange ligger rigtigt, hvorefter skruerne
spændes fast igen.

Elpatroner type C med firkantdåse (IP 55) stråletæt


Dåsen drejes som ved type B og ter- kobles ved hjælp af den lille knap,
mostaten forbindes, som det indlagte der sidder i termostatens overdel.
diagram i dåsen foreskriver. Termostat- Både termostat og overophednings-
en kan reguleres i området 20-90ºC. sikring kan maks. belastes med 16 A
Den 2-polede overophednings-sikring ved 400 V~.
er fast-indstillet til 95ºC og genind-
Elpatroner type D med firkantdåse (IP 44) stænktæt
Dåsen drejes som ved type B, og de 110ºC. Max. belastning er 20 A ved 3
tre faser forbindes til klemrækken. Jor- x 400 V~. Manuel genindkopling kan
dledningen forbindes til jordklemmen, ske på knap i låg udefra.
som sidder i bunden af dåsen.
3-polet termosikring fastindstillet til

Elpatroner type E med firkantdåse (IP 22) normaltæt


Dåsen drejes som ved type B. Ter- 30-85ºC ± 3ºC. Maks. belastning 16
mostaten er en 3-polet driftstermostat; A ved 3 x 400 V~.

Elpatroner type H med firkantdåse (IP 22) normaltæt


Dåsen drejes som ved type B. Ter- 20 A ved 3 x 400 V~. Overophedn-
mostaten er en 3-polet driftstermostat; ingssikringen genind-kobles ved at
5-85ºC med sammenbygget 3-polet fjerne dåsens låg og trykke genind-
overophedningssikring; 110ºC med koblingsknappen ind på termostat-
tolerance ± 3ºC. Maks. belastning ens overdel.

Fig. 1 Fig. 3

Fig. 2 Fig. 4

Forkert montage!
NO Generelt
Elpatronerne er fremstilt i henhold til bunden (se fig. 1, 2 og 3).
svakstrømsdirektivet EN 60-335-1 og Elpatronen må aldri plasseres i be-hol-
EN 60-335-2-21. deren med boksen opp (se fig. 4).
Elpatronen er beregnet til innskruing I den faste el-installasjonen foran elpa-
i 1½" eller 2" RG muffe. Gjengene tronen skal det installeres en elektrisk
tettes med et egnet tetningsmateriale. avbryter, jfr. flerpolig. Installasjonen
Elpatronen skal alltid være dekket av skal foretas av en aut. el-installatør.
væske, dette skal kontrolleres før tils-
lutning. Ved montering i en trykkvan- Varmelementerne er kun prøvet/
nbeholder, skal installasjonen utføres godkjent i vann, men kan også an-
henhold til gjeldende bestemmelser. vendes i andre vesker som olje og
Elpatronen plasseres i beholderen alkaliske bade.
- vannrett innstikk eller loddrett fra

Elpatroner uten lokk


Varmelegemerne er godkjent etter EN
60-335-1, men må ikke monteres uten
koplingsboks.

Elpatroner type B med oval boks (IP 55) eller


firkantboks (IP 55)
Når lokket på boksen fjernes, kan Den elektriske forbindelse foretaes
man løsne skruene i bunnen af bok- ved forbindelse av tilførselskabelen
sen, deretter kan boksen dreies slik at direkte til varmelementernes termi-
niplen sitter i den ønskede retning. Når naler.
boksen er dreiet på plass, påses det, Jordledningen tilsluttes jordklemmen
at pakningen mellom boks og flens lig- i bunnen af boksen.
ger riktig, deretter festes skruene.

Elpatroner type C med firkantboks (IP 55)


Boksen dreies som ved type B og gjeninnkoples ved hjelp av den lille
termostaten tilkoples, som det innlagte knappen, som sitter i termostatens
diagrammet i boksen beskriver. overdel.
Termostaten kan reguleres i området Både termostat og overopphetnings-
20-90ºC. Den 2-polete overopphet- sikring kan max. belastes med 16 A
nings-sikring er fast innstilt til 95ºC og ved 400 V~.
Elpatroner type D med firkantboks (IP 44)
Boksen dreies som ved type B, og de 3-polet termosikring fastindstilt til
tre faser forbindes til klemrækken. Jor- 110ºC. Max. belastning er 20 A ved 3
dledningen forbindes til jordklemmen, x 400 V~.
som sitter i bunnen av boksen.

Elpatroner type E med firkantboks (IP 22)


Boksen dreies som ved type B. Ter- 30-85ºC ± 3ºC. Max. belastning 16 A
mostaten er en 3-polet driftstermostat; ved 3 x 400 V~.

Elpatroner type H med firkantboks (IP 22)


Boksen dreies som ved type B. Ter- 20 A ved 3 x 400 V~. Overopphet-
mostaten er en 3-polet driftstermostat; ningssikringen gjeninn-koples ved å
5-85ºC med sammenbygget 3-polet fjerne boksens lokk og trykke inn gje-
overopphetningssikring; 110ºC med ninnkoplingsknappen på termostat-
tolleranse ± 3ºC. Max. belastning ens overdel.

Fig. 1 Fig. 3

Fig. 2 Fig. 4

Forkert montasje!
SE Generellt
Elpatronerna är tillverkade i enlighet Elpatronen placeres i behållaren - ver-
med starkströmsföreskrifterna tikalt montage eller lodrät från botten
EN (Europanorm) 60-335-1 och (se fig. 1, 2 och 3). Elpatronen får
EN 60-335-2-21. aldrig placeras i behållaren med dosa
Elpatronerna är tillverkade för in- uppåt (se fig. 4). I den fasta elinstalla-
fästning i 1½" eller 2" RG rörmuffar. tionen skall det före elpa-tronen finnas
Anslutningen till rörmuffen tätas med en säkerhetsbrytare, enligt stark-
tätningsmaterial. Elpatronen skall alltid strömsföreskriferna. Installationen
vare täckt med vätska, vilket skall kon- skall utföras avbehörig elinstallatör.
trolleras före anslutning. Vid montering Värmeelementen är endast provade/
i en tryckbehållare, skall installationen godkända i vatten, men kan dock an-
utföras i enlighet med Arbetarskyddss- vändas i andra vätskor som olja och
tyrelsens kungörelse som handlar tvättmedellösningar.
om truckbehållare samt stark-ströms-
föreskrifterne.

Elpatroner utan dosa


Värmeelementen är godkända EN
60-335-1, men får ej monteras uten
kopplingsboks.

Elpatroner typ B med oval kopplingsbox (IP 55) eller


fyrkantig kopplingsdosa (IP 55) striltät
När locket på kopplingsboxen tas bort, boxen och flänsen ligger rätt, därefter
kan man lossa skruvarna i botton på skruvas skruvarna fast igen. Den ele-
boxen, varvid boxen kan vridas så ktriska anslutningen sker genom att
att anslutningarna kommer i önskad anslutningskabeln kopplas direkt till
riktning. När boxen är vriden på plats, värmeelementets poler. Jordtråden
ser man till at packningen mellan ansluts till jordklämman i botton på
boxen.

Elpatroner typ C med fyrkantig kopplingsdosa (IP 55) striltät


Kopplingsboxen vrides som ved typ B +95ºC och återställs med hjälp av
och termostaten ansluts som framgår en liten knapp som är placerad på
av schemat som finns i bopplings- termostatens överdel.
boxen. Termostaten kan regleras i Både termostat och överhettnings-
området +20ºC - +90ºC. Det 2-poliga skydd kan max. belastas med 16 A
överhett-ningsskyddet är fastställt till vid 400 V~.
Elpatroner typ D med fyrkantig kopplingsdosa (IP 44)
Kopplingsdosan vrides som i typ B och plingsdosan. 3-polig termosikring
de tre faserna ansluts under över- med fastställt värde +110ºC. Max.
falls-bleck. Jordledningen ansluts till belastning är 20 A vid 3 x 400 V~.
jordkruven som sitter i botton på kop-

Elpatroner typ E med fyrkantig kopplingsdosa (IP 22) normaltät


Kopplingsdosan kan vridas som typ B. stat +30ºC - +85ºC (± 3ºC).
Termostaten är en 3-polig driftstermo- Max. belastning 16 A vid 3 x 400 V~.

Elpatroner typ H med fyrkantig kopplingsdosa (IP 22) normaltät


Kopplingsdosan vrides som typ B. Ter- A vid 3 x 400 V~. Överhettningssky-
mostaten är en 3-polig drifttermostat ddet återställs genom att ta bort
+5ºC - +85ºC ihopbyggd med ett 3- kopplingsdosans lock och trycka på
polig överhettningsskydd, 110ºC med återställnings-knappen på termostat-
en tolerans ± 3ºC. Max. belastning 20 ens överdel.

Fig. 1 Fig. 3

Fig. 2 Fig. 4

Felaktigt montage!
FI Yleistä
Lämpöpatruunoiden valmistuksessa stysuoraan asentoon (kuvat 1 ja 3).
on huimioitu pienjännitedirektiivit EN Lämpöpatruunaa ei milloinkaan saa
60-335-1 ja EN 60-335-2-21. asentaa siten, että rasia on ylöspäin
Lämpöpatruunna ruuvataan 1½" tai 2" (kuva 4).
muhviin. Kierre tiivistetään tarkoituk- Pienjännitedirektiivin mukaisesti on
seen sopivalla tiivisteellä. Patruunan kiinteässä asennuksessa oltava aina
tulee aina olla nesteen sisällä, asia on käyttökytkin ja asennustyön saa suor-
tarkistettava ennen käyttöönottoa. ittaa vain asianomaisen luvan omaava
Asennettaessa patruuna peineastiaan sähköasentaja.
on noudatettava työsuojelu - ja sähkö- Lämpöpatruuna on hyväksytty käyt-et-
turvallisuusmääräyksiä. tää muissakin nesteissä, kuten öljyssä
Lämpöpatruuna asennetaan säiliöön tai saippualiuoksessa.
joko vaakasuoraan tai pohjasta py-

Lämpövastus ilman rasiaa


Lämpöpatruuna onhyväksytty normi
EN 60-335-1 mukaisesti, mutta sitä ei
saa asentaa ilman kytkentärasiaa.

Lämpöpatruuna tyyppi B varusstettuna saikealla rasialla (IP 55) tail suorakai-


derasialla (IP 55), suihkuveden pitävä

Kun rasian kansi avataan, voidaan voidaan ruuvit kiristää takaisin kiini.
rasia kääntää haluttuun asentoon Sähkökytkentä suoritetaan liittt-
löysäämällä pohjassa olevat ruuvit. tämällä vaihejohto suoraan lämmitys-
Kun rasia on asetettu oikeaan asen- patruunan liittimiin. Maajohto liitetää
toon, tarkistettaan että tiiviste on rasian pohjassa oleviin maadoitusliit-
asiallisesti kohdallaan, jonka jälkeen timiin.

Lämpöpatruuna tyyppi C varusstettuna suorakaiderasialla


(IP 55), suihkuveden pitävä
Rasia kierretään paikalleen kuten Kaksinapainen ylikuumenemissuoja
tyyppi B:ssä on selostettu ja ter- on asetettu 95ºC:een, se uudel-
mostaatti kytketään pohjassa olevan leenkyt-ketään termostaatin yläosas-
kaavion mukaisesti. sa olevan pienen painonapin avulla.
Termostaatin säätöalue on 20-90ºC. Sekä termostaattia että ylikuumen-
emis-suojaa voidaan kuormittaa
enintään 16 A, 400 V~.
Lämpöpatruuna tyyppi D varusstettuna suorakaiderasialla
(IP 55), normaalitiivis
Rasia kierretään paikalleen kuten Termostaatti on 3-napainen lämmö-
tyyppi B kolme vaihetta liitetään säädin, asettetu kiinteästi 110ºC:een.
jonoliittimiin. Maajohto liitetään rasian Kuormitettavuus on 20 A, 3 x 400 V~.
pohjassa olevaan maadoitusliittimeen.

Lämpöpatruuna tyyppi E varusstettuna suorakaiderasialla


(IP 22), normaalitiivis
Rasia kierretään paikalleen kuten tyyppi lan säädin, säätöalue 30-85ºC ± 3ºC.
B. Termostaatti on 3-napainen lämpöti- Kuormitettavuus 16 A, 3 x 400 V~.

Lämpöpatruuna tyyppi H varusstettuna suorakaiderasialla


(IP 22), normaalitiivis
Rasia kierretään paikalleen kuten missuojalla, 110ºC, toleranssi ± 3ºC.
tyyppi B. Termostaatti on 3-napainen Kuormitetavuus 20 A, 3 x 400 V~.
lämpötilan säädin, säätöalue 5-80ºC, Ylikuumenemissuoja uudelleen-
varustettuna 3-napaisella ylikuumene- kytketään kuten tyypossä F.

Kuva 1 Kuva 3

Kuva 2 Kuva 4

Väärä asennus!
GB General Information
The immersion heaters are manu- edition as well as supply authorised
factured in compliance with the Low regulations and compliance with
Voltage Directive EN 60-335-2 and health and safety regulations. The
the directive "Safety of household electrical cartridge is inserted hori-
and similar electrical appliances" EN zontally in the tank or vertically from
60-335-2-21. The electrical immersion the bottom. Please see fig. 1, 2 and
heater is intended for screwing into 3. The immersion heater must never
1½" or 2" ISO 711 box. The thread be placed in the tank with the termi-
must be packed with a suitable pack- nation box facing up. Please see fig.
ing material. Please note that the im- 4. The permanent electrical installa-
mersion heater must be submerged at tion preceding the immersion heater
all times. When mounted in a pressure must be equipped with a switch, cf.
tank, the installation of the immersion the Low Voltage Directive. The instal-
heater must be carried out in compli- lation must be carried out by author-
ance with instruction IEE REGS 16. ised electricians only.

Immersion heater without termination box


The heating elements have been ap- that heating elements of this type must
proved to EN 60-335-1. Please note not be mounted without a junction box.

Immersion heater type B with oval termination box (IP 55) or square
socket (IP 55) water jet proof
By removing the lid of the socket, the before retightning the screws. The
screws at the base of the socket can electrical connection is made by con-
be turned in the desired direction. necting the power cable directly to the
When the sockeet has been placed heating element terminals. The earth
correctly, it must be checked that the wire is connected to the earth clamp
gasket between the socket and the at the base of the socket.
flange is still correctly positioned,

Immersion heater type C with square termination box (IP 55)


water jet proof
The socket is turned as described nently set to 95ºC. The release can
under type B, and the thermostat is be reset by a pushbutton situated in
connected as shown in the diagram the upper part of the thermostat. The
placed in the socket. The thermostat max. load for the thermostat and the
has an operational range of 20-90ºC safety thermal release is 16 A at 400
with a safety thermal release perma- V AC.
Immersion heater type D with square termination box (IP 44) splash
proof
The socket is turned as described earth clamp at the base of the termi-
under type B, and the three phases nal box. 3 pole temperature cut-out
are connected to the terminal block. permanently set to 110ºC. Max. load
The earth wire is connected to the is 20 A at 3 x 400 V~.

Immersion heater type E with square termination box (IP 22)


normal proof
is a temperature regulator with a range
The terminal box is turned as de- of 30-85ºC ± 3ºC. Max. load is 16 A at 3
scribed under type B. The thermostat x 400 V~.

Immersion heater type H with square termination box (IP 22)


normal proof
The termination box is turned as with a tolerance of 3ºC. Max. load
described under type B. The thermo- is 20 A at 3 x 400 v~. The safety
stat is a 3 pole temperature regulator thermal release is reset by remov-
with a range of 5-85ºC, coupled with ing the lid of the socket and pressing
a safety thermal release set to 110ºC the reset button situated in the upper
part of the thermostat
Fig. 1 Fig. 3

Fig. 2 Fig. 4

Incorrect installation!
DE Allgemeine Informationen
Diese Heizpatrone sind gemäß der EN schlägigen Vorschriften erfolgen. Die
60-335-2 und der Vorschrift "Sicher- Heizpatrone wird entweder horizontal
heit von Haushalts- und ähnlichen im Tank oder vertikal auf dem Boden
elektrischen Geräten" EN 60-335-2-21 des Tankes befestigt. Bitte beachten
hergestellt. Sie die Abbildingen 1, 2 und 3. Die
Die elektrischen Heizpatrone ist dazu Heizpatrone darf niemals mit der
bestimmt, in ein 1½" oder 2" Rechts- Anschlußdose nach oben eingebaut
gewinde eingeschraubt zu werden. werden (siehe Abbilding 4). Der
Bitte beachten Sie, daß die elektrische elektrische Anschluß muß den VDE-
Heizpatrone immer in die Flüssigkeit Richtlinien entsprechend durchgeführt
getaucht werden muß. Wenn die werden. Die Installation darf nur von
Heizpatrone in einen Tank eingebaut einem Elektrofachmann ausgeführt
wird, der unter Druck steht, muß die werden.
Montage unter Beachtung der ein-

Elektrische Heizpatrone ohne Anschlußdose


Diese Heizelemente sind durch die EN ohne Klemmenkasten montiert werden
60-335-1 zugelassen. Beachten Sie, dürfen.
daß Heizelemente dieses Typs nicht

Elektrische Heizpatrone mit ovaler Anschlußdose Typ B (IP 55)


Soll der Sitz der Anschlußdose auf der Korrektur ist vorzunehmen. Bevor die
Heizpatrone verändert werden, so ist Schrauben festgezogen werden, ist
der Deckel zu entfernen. Anschließend der korrekte Sitz des Dichtungsringes
sind die Schrauben auf dem Boden zu überprüfen.
der Anschlußdose zu lösen und die

Elektrische Heizpatrone mit rechteckiger Anschlußdose


Typ C (IP 55)
Den elektrischen Anschluß wie unter 95ºC eingestellt ist. Die Einstellung
Typ B beschreiben herstellen. Der An- des Thermostaten und die Entriege-
schlußplan des Thermostaten befindet lung der Thermosicherung kann nur
sich am Boden der Anschluß-dose. nach Entfernung des Dosendeckels
Der Thermostat verfügt über einen erfolgen. Die max. Belastung für Ther-
Temperaturbereich von 20-90ºC und mostat und Thermosicherung beträgt
eine Thermosicherung, die fest auf 16 A bei 400 V Wechselstrom.
Elektrische Heizpatrone mit rechteckiger Anschlußdose Typ D (IP 44)
Elektrichen Anschluß wie unter Typ B sicherung ist fest auf 110ºC
beschreiben herstellen. Der Schutz- eingestellt. Eine Entriegelung ist
leiter wird an die entsprechende manuell von außen möglich.
Klemme am Boden der Dose ange- Die maximale Belastung beträgt 20 A
schlossen. Die dreipolige Thermo- bei 3 x 400 V Wechselstrom.

Elektrische Heizpatrone mit rechteckiger Anschlußdose Typ E (IP 22)


Elektrischen Anschluß wie unter Typ B reich von 30-85ºC ± 3ºC. Die max.
beschreiben herstellen. Der dreipolige Belastung beträgt 16 A bei 3 x 400 V
Thermostat hat einen Temperatur-be- Wechselstrom.

Elektrische Heizpatrone mit rechteckiger Anschlußdose Typ H (IP 22)


Elektrischen Anschluß wie unter Typ eingestellt ist. Die Toleranz beträgt
B beschreiben herstellen. Der dreipo- 3ºC. Die max. Belastung beträgt 16 A
lige Thermostat hat einen Temper- bei 3 x 400 V Wechselstrom.
atur-bereich von 5-85ºC während Zur Entriegelung der Thermos-
die Thermosicherung fest auf 110ºC icherung muß der Dosendeckel
entfernt werden.

Abb. 1 Abb. 3

Abb. 2 Abb. 4

Falsche Installation!
Type B Type E
PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3

Type C Type F
PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3

Type D Type H
PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3
08092124 · 14.12.

JEVI A/S
Godthåbsvej 7
DK · 7100 Vejle
Tel. +45 7583 0211
Fax +45 7572 2900
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.2 Centrifugal pump - ESHE 40 - Lowara

- Technical information
- Instruction manual

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA
Company name
Contact
Technical data Phone number
e-mail address

Operating data
1 Pumpe type Single head pump Fluid Water, pure
2 No. of pumps 1 Operating temperature t A °C 70
3 Nominal flow m³/h 41.2 Max / Min Operating Temperature mech. Seal °C 120 / -10
4 Nominal head m 30 pH-value at t A 7
5 Static head m 0 Density at t A kg/m³ 978
6 Inlet pressure psi 0 K in. viscosity at t A mm²/s 0.4091
7 Environmental temperature °C 20 Vapor pressure at t A psi 14.5
8 Available system NPSH m 0 Altitude 0
Pump data
9 Lubrication Standard, Grease lubrication [Std ]
10 Execution Max. mm 209
11 Design Horizontal Impeller Ø designed mm 190
12 Operating speed 2900 rpm Stages 1 Min. mm 190
13 Suction nozzle DN 65 / PN 16 / EN1092-1 Nominal m³/h 41.9
14 Discharge nozzle DN 40 / PN 16 / EN1092-1 Flow Max- m³/h 48
15 Max. casing pressure psi 174 Min- m³/h 18
16 Max. working pressure psi 68.3 Nominal m 31.1
17 Impeller type Radial impeller Head at Qmax m 25
18 Head H(Q=0) m 49 at Qmin m 46.3
19 Max. shaft power kW 5.5 Shaft power kW 5.4
20 Pump weight kg Efficiency % 64.1
21 Total weight kg 52.0 NPSH 3% m
Materials
22 Pump Shaft Seal
23 Pump body Stainless steel / AISI 316L Single mechanical seal, without shaft sleeve
24 Impeller Stainless steel / AISI 316L Uniten 3K VB VGG
25 SEAL HOUSING Stainless steel / AISI 316L Mechanical seal diameter 22 mm
26 Wear ring Stainless steel / AISI 316L 1. Rotating ring Ceramic
27 Counterwear ring Stainless steel / AISI 316L 2. Stationary ring Carbon graphite resin impregnated
28 Shaft extension Stainless steel / AISI 316L 3. Secondary seal Fluorine rubber (F K M)
29 Rigid shaft coupling Stainless steel / AISI 316 4. Springs CrNiMo - Steel
30 Impeller locknut and washer Stainless steel / AISI 316 5. Others CrNiMo - Steel
31 Tab Stainless steel / AISI 316L Gaskets of the pump Fluorine rubber (F K M)
32 Fill/drain plugs Stainless steel / AISI 316
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Motor data Electrical and dimensional data refer to IE3 motor
42 Manufacturer Lowara PLM
43 Specific design IE3 3ph Flange Motor
44 Type PLM 112 B14 5,5 kW
45 Rated power 5.5 kW Rated current 10.4 A
46 Nominal speed 2880 rpm Rated voltage 400 V
47 Frame size 112 Service factor 1
48 Weight kg 55.8 Degree of protection IP55
Remarks
49
50
50
52

Pro j ect Xylect-20593599 Created by Samadhan Bhavar Last update 5/19/2023


Block ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA Created on 5/19/2023
Program version Data version User group(s)
68.0 - 21/04/2023 (Build 149) 28/04/2023 09:04 Xylem: China - INT
ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA
Company name
Contact
Performance curve Phone number
e-mail address

Ø Pump capacity Pump head Shaft power P2 Freq uency Hz 50


Operating range h h h Operating speed rpm 2900
Min. Max. Max. H(Q=0) Max. P2(Q=0) Max. Max.
mm m³/h m³/h m³/h m m kW kW kW Nominal flow m³/h 41.2
actual 190 18 48 34.4 49.1 37.4 5.53 5.14 Nominal head m 30
Min. 0 / / 34.4 49.1 37.4 / 5.14 Inlet pressure psi 0
Max. 209 / / 37.3 58.2 43.9 / 6.7 Static head m 0

Power datas refered to : hydr. Performance acceptance acc. To EN ISO 9906 Class Grade 3B
Water, pure [100%] ; 70°C; 978kg/m³; 0.409mm²/s
MEI : N.A. - according to Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC and Regulation (EU) No.547/2012

[m] Head
58
56
54 1
52
50
48
46
44 Eff.
65%
42
40
38
36 66.5%
34
32 Ø209
31.1 m
30
28
26
Ø190
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
[m]0
NPSH-values Ø209
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
Ø190
0.0
[kW] 0m
Power input P1
8.0 Shaft power P2 Ø209 (P1)
7.0 Ø209 (P2)
Ø190 (P1) 6.04 kW
6.0
Ø190 (P2)
5.0 5.42 kW
4.0
3.0
2.0
[%] Efficiency 64.1 %
60 Overall efficiency Ø190 Ø209
50 Ø190 Ø209 57.5 %

40
30
20
10
41.9 m³/h
0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 [m³/h]

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 [m³/h]
Pro j ect Xylect-20593599 Created by Samadhan Bhavar Last update 5/19/2023
Block ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA Created on 5/19/2023
Program version Data version User group(s)
68.0 - 21/04/2023 (Build 149) 28/04/2023 09:04 Xylem: China - INT
Company name
Contact
ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA Dimensions Phone number
e-mail address

Close coupled Electrical and dimensional data refer to IE3 motor

PLM 112 B14 5,5 kW Dimensions [ mm ]


a 100
B 284
DNA 65
DNM 40
h1 160
h2 180
Hmax 340
k 100
L 553
n 230
n1 130
x 168

(+/- 5%)

Weight
Total weight 52 kg

Connections
Suction nozzle Discharge nozzle
DN 65 DN 40
PN 16 PN 16
EN1092-1 EN1092-1
D 185 D 150
Dia. Holes18 Dia. Holes18
DN 65 DN 40
G 104 G 68
M 145 M 110
Max thickness
18 Max thickness
16
Dimensions and w eight w ithout obligation
Pro j ect Xylect-20593599 Created by Samadhan Bhavar Last update 5/19/2023
Block ESHE 40-200/55/P25VSSA Created on 5/19/2023

Program version Data version User group(s)


68.0 - 21/04/2023 (Build 149) 28/04/2023 09:04 Xylem: China - INT
50 Hz

SH Series
CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC PUMPS MADE OF AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL
IN COMPLIANCE WITH EN 733

ErP 2009/125/EC

Cod. 191002941 Rev


Rev .C Ed.04/2013
ev.C
SH SERIES
HYDRA ULIC PERFORMANCE RANGE A
HYDRAULIC T 50 Hz
AT

Lowara is a trademark of Lowara srl Unipersonale, subsidiary of Xylem Inc.


HYDROVAR is a trademark of Fluid Handling LLC, subsidiary of Xylem Inc.
Xylect is a trademark of Xylem Water Solutions AB, subsidiary of Xylem Inc.

2
CONTENTS

5
Specifications .....................................................................................................................................

6
Construction Characteristics ................................................................................................................

List of Models at 50 Hz, 2 and 4 poles ................................................................................................ 9


Electric pump cross section and main components ...................................................................... 10
15
Mechanical seals ..........................................................................................................................

Motors (ErP 2009/125/EC)............................................................................................................. 16


Pumps (ErP 2009/125/EC).............................................................................................................. 25
Hydraulic performance at 50 Hz ................................................................................................... 26
Table of hidraulic performances at 50 Hz ...................................................................................... 28
Operating characteristics at 50 Hz, 2 poles ................................................................................... 33
Operating characteristics at 50 Hz, 4 poles .................................................................................. 56
Dimensions and weights .............................................................................................................. 79
97
Accessories ...................................................................................................................................

Technical appendix ................................................................................................................. 103

3
4
Centrifugal MARKET SECTORS
electric pumps CIVIL, INDUSTRIAL.
in compliance APPLICA
APPLICATIONS TIONS
with EN 733 • Handling water and clean, chemically non-aggressive
or moderately aggressive fluids.
made of • Water supply and pressure boosting.
AISI 316 • Water circulation in air conditioning systems.
stainless steel •• Washing
Industry.
systems.

SH Series

• Wear rings in AISI 316L stainless steel


on the front and rear shim washers of
the impeller.
• Mechanical seal according to
EN 12756.
• Impeller welded in AISI 316L stainless
steel with laser technology for
SH 32, 40, 50, 65-160 (../40, ../55,
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS ../75, ../05, ../07, ../11A);
PUMP cast in AISI 316 stainless steel for
• Delivery up to: SH 65-160 (../92, ../110A, ../110,
240 m3/h for 2-pole range. ../11, ../15), 65-200, 65-250, 80.
130 m3/h for 4-pole range.
• Head up to: MOTOR
110 metri for 2-pole range. • Squirrel cage in short circuit enclosed
23 metri for 4-pole range. construction with external ventilation.
• Temperature of pumped liquid: • IP55 protection.
from -10°C to +120°C for standard • Class 155 (F) insulation.
version (gaskets in FPM). • Performances according to
from -30°C to +120°C for special EN 60034-1.
version on request (gaskets in EPDM). • Standard voltage:
• Maximum operating pressure
pressure: - Single-phase version:
12 bar (PN 12) at 50°C, 10 bar at 120°C. 220-240 V, 50 Hz.
• Hydraulic performance compliant with - Three-phase version:
ISO 9906:2012 - Grade 3B (ex ISO 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
9906:1999 - Annex A). for power up to 3 kW,
• Anti-clockwise rotation when facing 380-415/660-690 V, 50 Hz
pump’s suction port. for power above 3 kW.

5
CONSTRUCTION
CHARACTERISTIC
CHARACTERISTICSS
• Stainless steel centrifugal pump with end suction
and radial discharge ports.
• Hydraulic sizes and nominal diameter of suction and
discharge ports according to EN 733 (except for SH 25).
• Flanges according to EN 1092-2.
• Back pull-out design (impeller, bracket and motor
can be extracted without disconnecting the pump
body from the piping).

MOTOR-PUMP COUPLING
Three different motor-pump couplings are available:
• SHE
SHE: Close-coupled version with rotor directly splined
onto the motor shaft protrusion and special coupling
joint. The variant with single-phase motor (FHEM) is
available for some models.
• SHS
SHS: Close-coupled version with rotor directly splined
onto the rigid coupling connected to the shaft
protrusion of a standardised motor, joint and coupling
adapter.
• SHF
SHF: Version with rotor directly splined onto the rigid
coupling connected to the shaft protrusion of a
standardised motor by means of a flexible coupling,
joint, coupling support with bearings, alignment base
and anchor system.
Just the bare shaft pump is available on request.
The variant with elastic coupling and spacer (SHF..SC) is
available.

ACCES SORIES ON REQUEST


ACCESSORIES
• Counter-flanges in galvanised steel or AISI 316 stainless
steel and gaskets.
• Shims for pump and motor feet.

OPTIONAL FEATURES
FEATURES
• Different voltages.
• Frequency 60 Hz (see specific catalogue).
• Tropicalised motors.
• Special materials for mechanical seal and gaskets.
• Mechanical seal with anti-rotation locking ring.
• Mechanical seal internal flush tube.
• Mechanical seal external flush connector.
• Elastic coupling with spacer (SHF..SC).
• Pumps with diesel engine.
• Electric pumps with HYDROVARTM control system.
• Pumps (SHF) and electric pumps (SHS, SHF) compliant
with ATEX 94/9/CE for Group II, Category 3, Gas
atmosphere (II3G .....).

6
SH SERIES
IDENTIFICATION CODE
IDENTIFICATION
SH E 32 - 200 / 40 A /_ SC

Version with spacer coupling (SHF)

Null or
Letter assigned by the manufacturer

Trimmed impeller with the same rated power

Null = 50 Hz
6 = 60 Hz

Rated motor power (kW x 10)

Impeller nominal diameter (mm)

Discharge port nominal diameter (mm)

Null = 2-pole motor


4 = 4-pole motor

Null = Three-phase
M = Single-phase (SHE only)

E = Close-coupled version
S = Version with rigid coupling and IEC standard motor
F = Version with flexible coupling, base (EN 733) and IEC standard motor

Series name

EXAMPLES:

SHF 65-200/220/C SC
Series SH electric pump, stainless steel impeller, version with base, three-phase, DN 65 discharge port, impeller nominal diameter 200 mm,
rated motor power 22 kW, frequency 50 Hz, elastic coupling with spacer.

SHF 65-200/215
Series SH pump with bare shaft, stainless steel impeller, version with base, DN 65 discharge port, impeller nominal diameter 200 mm,
impeller effective diameter 215 mm, frequency 50 Hz.

7
RATING PLA
RATING TE
PLATE
SHE - SHS (ELECTRIC PUMP)

15

16

SHF (PUMP ONLY)


ONLY)

15

16

SHF (ELECTRIC PUMP)

15

16

LEGEND
1 - Pump / electric pump unit type 10 - Speed
2 - Electric pump unit / pump part number 11 - Rated power
3 - Capacity range 12 - Maximum operating temperature
4 - Head range 13 - Maximum operating pressure
5 - Motor type 14 - O-ring material identification code
6 - Serial number (date + progressive number) 15 - MEI label (Regulation (EU) n. 547/2012) for
7 - Impeller diameter model with full impeller
8 - Minimum head (EN 60335-2-41) 16 - MEI label (Regulation (EU) n. 547/2012) for
9 - Mechanical seal material identification code model with trimmed impeller

8
SH SERIES z ELENCO MODELLI SERIE SH 50 Hz
4 POLI
LIST OF MODELS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT 4 POLES
SIZE kW VERSION SIZE kW VERSION
SHEM SHE SHS SHF SHF..SC SHE4 SHS4 SHF4 SHF4..SC
25-125/07 0,75 • • • • - 25-125/02A 0,25 • - • -
25-125/11 1,1 • • • • - 25-125/02 0,25 • - • -
25-160/15 1,5 • • • • - 25-160/02 0,25 • - • -
25-160/22 2,2 • • • • - 25-160/03 0,37 • - • -
25-200/30 3 - • • • - 25-200/03 0,37 • - • -
25-200/40 4 - • • • - 25-200/05 0,55 • - • -
25-250/55 5,5 - • • • - 25-250/07 0,75 • • • -
25-250/75 7,5 - • • • - 25-250/11 1,1 • • • -
25-250/110 11 - • • • - 25-250/15 1,5 • • • -
32-125/07 0,75 • • • • • 32-125/02A 0,25 • - • -
32-125/11 1,1 • • • • • 32-125/02 0,25 • - • -
32-160/15 1,5 • • • • • 32-160/02 0,25 • - • -
32-160/22 2,2 • • • • • 32-160/03 0,37 • - • -
32-200/30 3 - • • • • 32-200/03 0,37 • - • -
32-200/40 4 - • • • • 32-200/05 0,55 • - • -
32-250/55 5,5 - • • • • 32-250/07 0,75 • • • -
32-250/75 7,5 - • • • • 32-250/11 1,1 • • • -
32-250/110 11 - • • • • 32-250/15 1,5 • • • -
40-125/11 1,1 • • • • • 40-125/02A 0,25 • - • -
40-125/15 1,5 • • • • • 40-125/02 0,25 • - • -
40-125/22 2,2 • • • • • 40-125/03 0,37 • - • -
40-160/30 3 - • • • • 40-160/03 0,37 • - • -
40-160/40 4 - • • • • 40-160/05 0,5 • - • -
40-200/55 5,5 - • • • • 40-200/07 0,75 • • • -
40-200/75 7,5 - • • • • 40-200/11 1,1 • • • -
40-250/92 9,2 - • - - - 40-250/11 1,1 • • • -
40-250/110A 11 - - • • • 40-250/15 1,5 • • • -
40-250/110 11 - • • • • 40-250/22 2,2 • • • -
40-250/150 15 - • • • • 50-125/03A 0,37 • - • -
50-125/22 2,2 • • • • • 50-125/03 0,37 • - • -
50-125/30 3 - • • • • 50-125/05 0,5 • - • -
50-125/40 4 - • • • • 50-160/07 0,75 • • • -
50-160/55 5,5 - • • • • 50-160/11 1,1 • • • -
50-160/75 7,5 - • • • • 50-200/11 1,1 • • • -
50-200/92 9,2 - • - - - 50-200/15 1,5 • • • -
50-200/110A 11 - - • • • 50-250/22A 2,2 • • • -
50-200/110 11 - • • • • 50-250/22 2,2 • • • -
50-250/150 15 - • • • • 50-250/30 3 • • • -
50-250/185 18,5 - • • • • 65-160/05 0,5 • • • -
50-250/220 22 - • • • • 65-160/07 0,75 • • • -
65-160/40 4 - • • • • 65-160/11A 1,1 • • • -
65-160/55 5,5 - • • • • 65-160/11 1,1 • • • -
65-160/75 7,5 - • • • • 65-160/15 1,5 • • • -
65-160/92 9,2 - • - - - 65-200/15 1,5 • • • -
65-160/110A 11 - - • • • 65-200/22 2,2 • • • -
65-160/110 11 - • • • • 65-200/30 3 • • • -
65-200/150 15 - • • • • 65-250/40 4 • • • -
65-200/185 18,5 - • • • • 65-250/55 5,5 • • • -
65-200/220 22 - • • • • 80-160/15 1,5 • • • -
65-250/300 30 - - • • • 80-160/22A 2,2 • • • -
65-250/370 37 - - • • • 80-160/22 2,2 • • • -
80-160/110 11 - • • • • 80-200/30 3 • • • -
80-160/150 15 - • • • • 80-200/40 4 • • • -
80-160/185 18,5 - • • • • 80-250/55 5,5 • • • -
80-200/220 22 - • • • • 80-250/75 7,5 • • • -
80-200/300 30 - - • • • 80-250/110 11 • • • -
80-200/370 37 - - • • • • = Available she4-shs4-shf4_4p50-en_d_tem
80-250/450 45 - - - • •
80-250/550 55 - - - • •
80-250/750 75 - - - • •
• = Available she-shs-shf_2p50-en_c_tem

LEGEND
SHE : Close-coupled version. SHEM : Close-coupled version with single-phase motor.
SHS : Close coupled version with rigid coupling and standardised motor.
SHF : Version with elastic coupling, support, base and standardised motor.
SHF ..SC : Version with elastic coupling and spacer, support, base and standardised motor.
SHF..SC

9
DENOMINAZIONE MODELLI
SHE - SHE4 SERIES SERIE SHE - SHE4 CON
ELECTRIC PUMP CROS S SECTION AND MAIN COMPONENTS
CROSS STAFFA DI SOSTEGNO

VERSIONS
2 POLES 4 POLES
SHE 25-125/07 SHE4 25-200/05
SHE 25-125/11 SHE4 25-250/07
SHE 25-160/15 SHE4 25-250/11
SHE 25-160/22 SHE4 25-250/15
SHE 25-200/30 SHE4 32-200/05
SHE 25-200/40 SHE4 32-250/07
SHE 25-250/55 SHE4 32-250/11
SHE 25-250/75 SHE4 32-250/15
SHE 25-250/110 SHE4 40-160/05
SHE 32-125/07 SHE4 40-200/07
SHE 32-125/11 SHE4 40-200/11
SHE 32-160/15 SHE4 40-250/11
SHE 32-160/22 SHE4 40-250/15
SHE 32-200/30 SHE4 40-250/22
SHE 32-200/40 SHE4 50-125/05
SHE 32-250/55 SHE4 50-160/07
SHE 32-250/75 SHE4 50-160/11
SHE 32-250/110 SHE4 50-200/11
SHE 40-125/11 SHE4 50-200/15
SHE 40-125/15 SHE4 50-250/22A
SHE 40-125/22 SHE4 50-250/22
SHE 40-160/30 SHE4 50-250/30
SHE 40-160/40 SHE4 65-160/05
SHE 40-200/55 SHE4 65-160/07
SHE 40-200/75 SHE4 65-160/11A
SHE 40-250/92 SHE4 65-160/11
SHE 40-250/110 SHE4 65-160/15
SHE 50-125/22 SHE4 65-200/15
SHE 50-125/30 SHE4 65-200/22
SHE 50-125/40 SHE4 65-200/30
SHE 50-160/55 SHE4 65-250/40
SHE 50-160/75 SHE4 65-250/55
SHE 50-200/92 SHE4 80-160/15
SHE 50-200/110 SHE4 80-160/22A
SHE 65-160/40 SHE4 80-160/22
SHE 65-160/55 SHE4 80-200/30
SHE 65-160/75 SHE4 80-200/40
SHE 65-160/92 SHE4 80-250/55
SHE 65-160/110 SHE4 80-250/75
SHE 80-160/110
MATERIALI SHE sh-she-p-en_b_mo

REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS


N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
Impeller 25-32-40-50-65(160 )** Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
2
Impeller 65(160)***, 65(200-250)-80 Stainless steel EN 10213-4-GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408) ASTM CF8M (cast AISI 316)
3 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
4 Wear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
5 Counterwear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
6 Shaft extension Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
7 Rigid shaft coupling Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
8 Impeller locknut and washer Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
9 Tab Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
10 Fill/drain plugs Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
11 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / FPM (standard version)
12 Elastomers FPM (standard version)
Adapter * Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
13
Adapter Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
15 Pump body fastening bolts & screws Galvanized steel
* 2/4 pole: 25/32/40-125, 25/32/40-160, 25/32/40-200 sh_she-en_d_tm

** 2 pole: 65-160/40, 65-160/55, 65-160/75; 4 pole: 65-160/05, 65-160/07, 65-160/11A


*** 2 pole: 65-160/92, 65-160/110A, 65-160/110; 4 pole: 65-160/11, 65-160/15

10
SHE - SHE4 SERIES
ELECTRIC PUMP CROS S SECTION AND MAIN COMPONENTS
CROSS DENOMINAZIONE MODELLI
SERIE SHE CON PIEDE DI
SOSTEGNO SUL MOTORE

VERSIONS
2 POLES 4 POLES
SHE 40-250/150 SHE4 80-250/110
SHE 50-250/150
SHE 50-250/185
SHE 50-250/220
SHE 65-200/150
SHE 65-200/185
SHE 65-200/220
SHE 80-160/150
SHE 80-160/185
SHE 80-200/220
sh-she-s-en_b_mo

DENOMINAZIONE MODELLI
SERIE SHE4 CON MOTORE
MEC 71 B5

VERSIONS
4 POLES
SHE4 25-125/02A SHE4 40-125/02A
SHE4 25-125/02 SHE4 40-125/02
SHE4 25-160/02 SHE4 40-125/03
SHE4 25-160/03 SHE4 40-160/03
SHE4 25-200/03 SHE4 50-125/03A
SHE4 32-125/02A SHE4 50-125/03
SHE4 32-125/02
SHE4 32-160/02
SHE4 32-160/03
SHE4 32-200/03
sh-she4-p-en_a_mo

MATERIALI SHE

REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS


N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
Impeller 25-32-40-50-65(160 )** Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
2
Impeller 65(160)***, 65(200-250)-80 Stainless steel EN 10213-4-GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408) ASTM CF8M (cast AISI 316)
3 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
4 Wear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
5 Counterwear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
6 Shaft extension Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
7 Rigid shaft coupling Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
8 Impeller locknut and washer Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
9 Tab Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
10 Fill/drain plugs Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
11 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / FPM (standard version)
12 Elastomers FPM (standard version)
Adapter * Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
13
Adapter Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
15 Pump body fastening bolts & screws Galvanized steel
* 2/4 pole: 25/32/40-125, 25/32/40-160, 25/32/40-200 sh_she-en_d_tm

** 2 pole: 65-160/40, 65-160/55, 65-160/75; 4 pole: 65-160/05, 65-160/07, 65-160/11A


*** 2 pole: 65-160/92, 65-160/110A, 65-160/110; 4 pole: 65-160/11, 65-160/15

11
DENOMINAZIONE MODELLI
SHS - SHS4 SERIES SERIE SHS - SHS4 CON
ELECTRIC PUMP CROS S SECTION AND MAIN COMPONENTS
CROSS STAFFA DI SOSTEGNO

VERSIONS
2 POLES 4 POLES
SHS 25-125/07 SHS4 25-250/07
SHS 25-125/11 SHS4 25-250/11
SHS 25-160/15 SHS4 25-250/15
SHS 25-160/22 SHS4 32-250/07
SHS 25-200/30 SHS4 32-250/11
SHS 25-200/40 SHS4 32-250/15
SHS 25-250/55 SHS4 40-200/07
SHS 25-250/75 SHS4 40-200/11
SHS 32-125/07 SHS4 40-250/11
SHS 32-125/11 SHS4 40-250/15
SHS 32-160/15 SHS4 40-250/22
SHS 32-160/22 SHS4 50-160/07
B5
SHS 32-200/30 SHS4 50-160/11
SHS 32-200/40 SHS4 50-200/11
SHS 32-250/55 SHS4 50-200/15
SHS 32-250/75 SHS4 50-250/22A
SHS 40-125/11 SHS4 50-250/22
SHS 40-125/15 SHS4 50-250/30
SHS 40-125/22 SHS4 65-160/05
SHS 40-160/30 SHS4 65-160/07
SHS 40-160/40 SHS4 65-160/11A
SHS 40-200/55 SHS4 65-160/11
SHS 40-200/75 SHS4 65-160/15
SHS 50-125/22 SHS4 65-200/15
SHS 50-125/30 SHS4 65-200/22
SHS 50-125/40 SHS4 65-200/30
SHS 50-160/55 SHS4 65-250/40
SHS 50-160/75 SHS4 65-250/55
SHS 65-160/40 SHS4 80-160/15
SHS 65-160/55 SHS4 80-160/22A
SHS 65-160/75 SHS4 80-160/22
SHS4 80-200/30
SHS4 80-200/40
SHS4 80-250/55
SHS4 80-250/75
sh-shs-p-en_b_mo
MATERIALI SHS

REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS


N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
Impeller 25-32-40-50-65(160 )** Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
2
Impeller 65(160)***, 65(200-250)-80 Stainless steel EN 10213-4-GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408) ASTM CF8M (cast AISI 316)
3 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
4 Wear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
5 Counterwear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
7 Rigid shaft coupling Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
8 Impeller locknut and washer Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
9 Tab Acciaio inox EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
10 Fill/drain plugs Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
11 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / FPM (standard version)
12 Elastomers FPM (standard version)
Adapter * Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
13
Adapter Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
14 Adapter motor coupling Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
15 Pump body fastening bolts & screws Galvanized steel
* 2/4 pole: 25/32/40-125, 25/32/40-160, 25/32/40-200 sh_shs-en_d_tm

** 2 pole: 65-160/40, 65-160/55, 65-160/75; 4 pole: 65-160/05, 65-160/07, 65-160/11A


*** 2 pole: 65-160/92, 65-160/110A, 65-160/110; 4 pole: 65-160/11, 65-160/15

12
SHS SERIES
ELECTRIC PUMP CROS
CROSSS SECTION AND MAIN COMPONENTS

DENOMINAZIONE MODELLI
SERIE SHS CON PIEDE DI
SOSTEGNO SUL MOTORE

VERSIONS
2 POLES 4 POLES
SHS 25-250/110 SHS4 80-250/110
SHS 32-250/110
SHS 40-250/110A
SHS 40-250/110
B35 SHS 40-250/150
SHS 50-200/110A
SHS 50-200/110
SHS 50-250/150
SHS 50-250/185
SHS 50-250/220
SHS 65-160/110A
SHS 65-160/110
SHS 65-200/150
SHS 65-200/185
SHS 65-200/220
SHS 65-250/300
SHS 65-250/370
SHS 80-160/110
SHS 80-160/150
SHS 80-160/185
SHS 80-200/220
SHS 80-200/300
SHS 80-200/370
sh-shs-s-en_b_mo

MATERIALI SHS

REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS


N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
Impeller 25-32-40-50-65(160 )** Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
2
Impeller 65(160)***, 65(200-250)-80 Stainless steel EN 10213-4-GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408) ASTM CF8M (cast AISI 316)
3 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
4 Wear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
5 Counterwear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
7 Rigid shaft coupling Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
8 Impeller locknut and washer Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
9 Tab Acciaio inox EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
10 Fill/drain plugs Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
11 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / FPM (standard version)
12 Elastomers FPM (standard version)
Adapter * Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
13
Adapter Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
14 Adapter motor coupling Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
15 Pump body fastening bolts & screws Galvanized steel
* 2/4 pole: 25/32/40-125, 25/32/40-160, 25/32/40-200 sh_shs-en_d_tm

** 2 pole: 65-160/40, 65-160/55, 65-160/75; 4 pole: 65-160/05, 65-160/07, 65-160/11A


*** 2 pole: 65-160/92, 65-160/110A, 65-160/110; 4 pole: 65-160/11, 65-160/15

13
SHF BARE SHAF
SHAFTT SERIES
ELECTRIC PUMP CROS
CROSSS SECTION AND MAIN COMPONENTS

B3 DENOMINAZIONE MODELL
SERIE SHF

VERSIONS

SHF 25-125
SHF 25-160
SHF 25-200
SHF 25-250
SHF 32-125
SHF 32-160
SHF 32-200
SHF 32-250
SHF 40-125
SHF 40-160
SHF 40-200
SHF 40-250
SHF 50-125
SHF 50-160
SHF 50-200
SHF 50-250
SHF 65-160
SHF 65-200
SHF 65-250
SHF80-160
SHF 80-200
SHF 80-250
sh-shf-p-en_a_mo

MATERIALI SHF

REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS


N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
Impeller 25-32-40-50-65(160 )** Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
2
Impeller 65(160)***, 65(200-250)-80 Stainless steel EN 10213-4-GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408) ASTM CF8M (cast AISI 316)
3 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
4 Wear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
5 Counterwear ring Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
6 Shaft extension Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
8 Impeller locknut and washer Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
9 Tab Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
10 Fill/drain plugs Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
11 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / FPM (standard version)
12 Elastomers FPM (standard version)
Adapter * Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
13
Adapter Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
14 Transmission support body Cast iron EN 1561-GJL-200 (JL1030) ASTM Class 25
15 Pump body fastening bolts & screws Galvanized steel
* 2/4 pole: 25/32/40-125, 25/32/40-160, 25/32/40-200 sh_shf-en_d_tm

** 2 pole: 65-160/40, 65-160/55, 65-160/75; 4 pole: 65-160/05, 65-160/07, 65-160/11A


*** 2 pole: 65-160/92, 65-160/110A, 65-160/110; 4 pole: 65-160/11, 65-160/15

14
SH SERIES
MECHANICAL SEAL SERIES, ACCORDING TO EN 12756
Mechanical seal with mounting dimensions according to EN12756 (ex DIN 24960) and ISO 3069.

FIG. 1 (*) FIG. 2 (**)

(*) Standard version (**) Version with fixed assembly anti-rotation

TENUTA MECCANICA SH MATERIALI


LIST OF MATERIALS
MATERIALS
POSITION 1 - 2 POSITION 3 POSITION 4 - 5

B : Resin impregnated carbon E : EPDM G : AISI 316


Q 1 : Silicon carbide V : FPM
V : Ceramic
sh_ten-mec-en_a_tm

TENUTA MECCANICA SH COMBINAZIONI


SEAL TYPES
POSITION TEMPERATURE
TYPE 1 2 3 4 5
( °C )
ROTATING ASSEMBLY FIXED ASSEMBLY ELASTOMERS SPRINGS OTHER COMPONENTS
STANDARD MECHANICAL SEAL
VB V G G V B V G G -10 +120
OTHER MECHANICAL SEAL TYPES
Q1 B V G G Q1 B V G G -10 +120
Q 1 Q1 V G G Q1 Q1 V G G -10 +120
VB E G G V B E G G -30 +120
Q1 B E G G Q1 B E G G -30 +120
Q1 Q1 E G G Q1 Q1 E G G -30 +120
sh_tipi-ten-mec-en_a_tc

PRES SURE / TEMPERA


PRESSURE TURE APPLICA
TEMPERATURE TIONS LIMITS FOR COMPLETE PUMP
APPLICATIONS
(APPLICABLE WITH ANY OF THE SEALS LISTED ABO VE)
ABOVE)

15
ErP 2009/125/EC
SH SERIES
MOTORS
With the “Energy using Products” (EuP 2005/32/EC) and “Energy related Products” (ErP 2009/125/EC) directives,
the European Commission has established requirements for promoting the use of products with low power
consumption.

The various products considered include three-phase, 50 Hz surface motors, with power outputs ranging from 0,75
to 375 kW, also when integrated with other products, with characteristics as defined by the specific Regulation
(EC) n. 640/2009 implementing the requirements of the EuP and ErP Directives which also establish the following
deadlines:

from kW minimum level of efficiency (IE)


16th June 2011 0,75 ÷ 375 IE2
< 7,5 IE2
1st January 2015 IE3
7,5 ÷ 375
IE2 fitted with variable speed drive
IE3
1st January 2017 0,75 ÷ 375
IE2 fitted with variable speed drive

• Standard three-phase surface motors • Single-phase version:


≥ 0,75 kW supplied as IE2 or IE3 IE3. 220-240 V 50 Hz
• Short-circuit squirrel-cage motor, enclosed Built-in automatic reset overload protection up
construction with external ventilation (TEFC). to 1,5 kW.
• IP55 protection degree. For higher powers the protection must be provided
• Insulation class 155 (F). by the user.
• Electrical performances according to EN 60034-1. • Three-phase version:
• IE efficiency according to EN 60034-30 (≥ 0,75 kW). 220-240/380-415 V 50 Hz for power up to 3 kW.
380-415/660-690 V 50 Hz for power above 3 kW.
• Cable gland with metric according to EN 50262.
Overload protection to be provided by the user.
• PTC included in motors:
2-pole from 30 to 37 kW (B35),
from 22 to 75 kW (B3).

SHE SERIES
MOTORI MONOFASE PER SERIE SHE 50 Hz, 2 poli
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
Construction

INPUT CAPACITOR DATA FOR 230 V 50 Hz VOLTAGE


IEC SIZE*

Design

CURRENT
PN In (A) Tn
MOTOR TYPE
kW 220-240 V µF V min-1 ls / ln η% cosϕ Nm Ts/Tn Tm/Tn
0,75 SM90RB14/107 90R B14 4,83-5,23 30 450 2875 5,28 71,8 0,92 2,49 0,70 2,59
1,1 SM90RB14/111 90R B14 6,88-6,65 30 450 2800 3,89 74,7 0,96 3,75 0,46 1,72
1,5 SM90RB14/115 90R B14 9,21-8,58 40 450 2810 4,00 76,1 0,98 5,15 0,39 1,74
2,2 PLM90B14/122 90 B14 12,5-11,6 70 450 2825 4,47 82,4 0,97 7,43 0,53 1,87
* R = Reduced size of motor casing as compared to shaft extension and flange. she-motm-2p50-en_e_te

16
SHE SERIES
MOTORI TRIFASE PER SERIE SHE 50 Hz, 2 poli
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A ATT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
Efficiency ηN

manufacture
%

Year of
∆ 220 V ∆ 230 V ∆ 240 V ∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 380 V Y 400 V Y 415 V Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4

03/2012
0,75 82,5 83,1 81,3 82,8 82,7 80,1 82,6 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9

from
1,1 84,0 84,7 83,4 84,4 84,5 82,5 84,3 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 3
1,5 85,6 86,5 85,8 85,9 86,4 84,9 86,0 86,0 84,0 85,6 86,0 84,0 85,6 86,0 84,0 85,6 86,0 84,0
2,2 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7
3 85,5 86,8 85,6 86,1 86,8 85,6 86,3 86,8 85,6 85,5 86,8 85,6 85,5 86,8 85,6 85,5 86,8 85,6
4 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3
5,5 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6

06/2011
from
7,5 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1
2
9,2 89,3 88,8 88,8 89,3 88,8 88,8 89,3 88,8 88,8 89,3 88,8 88,8 89,3 88,8 88,8 89,3 88,8 88,8
11 90,3 91,1 90,3 90,3 91,1 90,3 90,3 91,1 90,3 90,3 91,1 90,3 90,8 91,1 90,3 91,0 91,1 90,3
15 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3
18,5 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2
22 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE*

Lowara srl Unipersonale Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage


Design

Reg. No. 03471820260


PN Montecchio Maggiore Vicenza - Italia N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
0,75 SM90RB14S/307PE 90R 0,78 7,38 2,48 3,57 3,75
1,1 SM90RB14S/311PE 90R 0,79 8,31 3,63 3,95 3,95
1,5 SM90RB14S/315PE 90R 0,80 8,80 4,96 4,31 4,10
2,2 PLM90B14S/322 90 0,80 8,63 7,25 3,74 3,71
3 PLM90B14S/330 90 0,82 8,39 9,96 3,50 3,32
SPECIAL

4 PLM112RB14S/340 112R 0,85 9,52 13,1 3,04 4,40


5,5 PLM112B14S/355 112 2 50 0,87 10,3 18,1 4,43 5,80
7,5 PLM132B14S/375 132 0,87 9,21 24,5 3,26 4,55
9,2 PLM132B14S/392 132 0,88 9,66 30,3 3,17 4,54
11 PLM132B14S/3110 132 0,87 9,72 36,0 3,46 4,56
15 PLM160B34S/3150 160 0,91 8,45 48,6 2,26 3,81
18,5 PLM160B34S/3185 160 0,88 9,75 59,8 2,82 4,53
22 PLM160B34S/3220 160 0,89 9,50 71,1 2,74 4,26
Voltage UN
Operating conditions **
V
Observe the regulations and codes locally
in force regarding sorted waste disposal.

∆ Y ∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX


PN 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
kW IN (A) min-1 Level (m) °C
0,75 2,96 2,94 2,96 1,71 1,70 1,71 1,70 1,69 1,70 0,98 0,98 2875 ÷ 2895
1,1 4,19 4,14 4,16 2,42 2,39 2,40 2,41 2,38 2,38 1,39 1,37 2870 ÷ 2900
1,5 5,56 5,49 5,51 3,21 3,17 3,18 3,21 3,18 3,19 1,85 1,84 2870 ÷ 2895
2,2 8,05 8,04 8,09 4,65 4,64 4,67 4,62 4,61 4,63 2,67 2,66 2885 ÷ 2900
3 10,8 10,6 10,6 6,23 6,14 6,12 6,18 6,10 6,06 3,57 3,52 2850 ÷ 2885
4 13,6 13,5 13,5 7,88 7,77 7,79 7,80 7,63 7,65 4,51 4,41 2895 ÷ 2920
5,5 18,3 18,0 17,9 10,6 10,4 10,3 10,6 10,4 10,5 6,14 6,02 2885 ÷ 2905 ” 1000 -15 / 40 No
7,5 25,4 24,8 24,4 14,7 14,3 14,1 14,5 14,0 13,9 8,35 8,11 2920 ÷ 2935
9,2 29,7 28,9 28,3 17,2 16,7 16,4 17,3 16,8 16,6 10,0 9,70 2910 ÷ 2930
11 36,0 35,1 34,7 20,8 20,3 20,0 20,8 20,3 20,1 12,0 11,7 2910 ÷ 2925
15 47,2 45,3 44,0 27,2 26,2 25,4 27,2 26,0 25,3 15,7 15,0 2940 ÷ 2950
18,5 58,3 56,9 55,9 33,7 32,9 32,3 34,1 33,2 32,8 19,7 19,1 2945 ÷ 2955
22 68,3 66,2 64,3 39,4 38,2 37,1 40,0 38,6 37,8 23,1 22,3 2945 ÷ 2955
* R = Reduced size of motor casing as compared to shaft extension and flange. she-ie2-mott-2p50-en_c_te
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual.

17
SHS SERIES
MOTORI (up
TRIFASE PERto 22 SHS
SERIE kW)50 Hz, 2 poli
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A ATT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
Efficiency ηN

manufacture
%

Year of
∆ 220 V ∆ 230 V ∆ 240 V ∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 380 V Y 400 V Y 415 V Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4

03/2012
0,75 82,5 83,1 81,3 82,8 82,7 80,1 82,6 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9

from
1,1 84,0 84,7 83,4 84,4 84,5 82,5 84,3 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 3
1,5 85,6 86,5 85,8 85,9 86,4 84,9 86,0 86,0 84,0 85,6 86,0 84,0 85,6 86,0 84,0 85,6 86,0 84,0
2,2 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7
3 85,5 86,8 85,6 86,1 86,8 85,6 86,3 86,8 85,6 85,5 86,8 85,6 85,5 86,8 85,6 85,5 86,8 85,6
4 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3

06/2011
5,5 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6

from
7,5 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 2
11 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8
15 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3
18,5 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2
22 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3 91,3
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE*

Lowara srl Unipersonale Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage


Design

Reg. No. 03471820260


PN Montecchio Maggiore Vicenza - Italia N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
0,75 SM80B5/307PE 80 0,78 7,38 2,48 3,57 3,75
1,1 SM80B5/311PE 80 0,79 8,31 3,63 3,95 3,95
1,5 SM90RB5/315PE 90R 0,80 8,80 4,96 4,31 4,10
2,2 PLM90B5/322 90 0,80 8,63 7,25 3,74 3,71
B5
3 PLM100RB5/330 100R 0,82 8,39 9,96 3,50 3,32
4 PLM112RB5/340 112R 0,85 9,52 13,1 3,04 4,40
2 50
5,5 PLM132RB5/355 132R 0,87 10,3 18,1 4,43 5,80
7,5 PLM132B5/375 132 0,87 9,21 24,5 3,26 4,55
11 PLM160B35/3110 160 0,88 8,14 35,6 2,22 4,00
15 PLM160B35/3150 160 0,91 8,45 48,6 2,26 3,81
B35
18,5 PLM160B35/3185 160 0,88 9,75 59,8 2,82 4,53
22 PLM180RB35/3220 180R 0,89 9,50 71,1 2,74 4,26
Voltage UN
Operating conditions **
V
Observe the regulations and codes locally
in force regarding sorted waste disposal.

∆ Y ∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX


PN 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
kW IN (A) min-1 Level (m) °C
0,75 2,96 2,94 2,96 1,71 1,70 1,71 1,70 1,69 1,70 0,98 0,98 2875 ÷ 2895
1,1 4,19 4,14 4,16 2,42 2,39 2,40 2,41 2,38 2,38 1,39 1,37 2870 ÷ 2900
1,5 5,56 5,49 5,51 3,21 3,17 3,18 3,21 3,18 3,19 1,85 1,84 2870 ÷ 2895
2,2 8,05 8,04 8,09 4,65 4,64 4,67 4,62 4,61 4,63 2,67 2,66 2885 ÷ 2900
3 10,8 10,6 10,6 6,23 6,14 6,12 6,18 6,10 6,06 3,57 3,52 2850 ÷ 2885
4 13,6 13,5 13,5 7,88 7,77 7,79 7,80 7,63 7,65 4,51 4,41 2895 ÷ 2920
” 1000 -15 / 40 No
5,5 18,3 18,0 17,9 10,6 10,4 10,3 10,6 10,4 10,5 6,14 6,02 2885 ÷ 2905
7,5 25,4 24,8 24,4 14,7 14,3 14,1 14,5 14,0 13,9 8,35 8,11 2920 ÷ 2935
11 35,5 34,3 33,4 20,5 19,8 19,3 20,6 19,9 19,5 11,9 11,5 2940 ÷ 2950
15 47,2 45,3 44,0 27,2 26,2 25,4 27,2 26,0 25,3 15,7 15,0 2940 ÷ 2950
18,5 58,3 56,9 55,9 33,7 32,9 32,3 34,1 33,2 32,8 19,7 19,1 2945 ÷ 2955
22 68,3 66,2 64,3 39,4 38,2 37,1 40,0 38,6 37,8 23,1 22,3 2945 ÷ 2955
* R = Reduced size of motor casing as compared to shaft extension and flange. shs-ie2-mott-2p50-en_b_te
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual.

18
SHF SERIES
MOTORI (up
TRIFASE PERto 18,5
SERIE SHFkW)
50 Hz, 2 poli (fino a 18,5 kW)
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A ATT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
Efficiency ηN

manufacture
%

Year of
∆ 220 V ∆ 230 V ∆ 240 V ∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 380 V Y 400 V Y 415 V Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4

03/2012
0,75 82,5 83,1 81,3 82,8 82,7 80,1 82,6 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9

from
3
1,1 84,0 84,7 83,4 84,4 84,5 82,5 84,3 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4
1,5 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8 81,8
2,2 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7 83,7
3 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1 85,1

06/2011
4 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3 86,3

from
5,5 87,6 87,6 87,0 87,6 87,6 87,0 87,6 87,6 87,0 87,6 87,6 87,0 87,6 87,6 87,0 87,6 87,6 87,0 2
7,5 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1 88,6 88,1 88,1
11 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8
15 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3 90,3
18,5 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2 91,2
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE

Lowara srl Unipersonale Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage


Design

Reg. No. 03471820260


PN Montecchio Maggiore Vicenza - Italia N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
0,75 SM80B3/307PE 80 0,78 7,38 2,48 3,57 3,75
1,1 SM80B3/311PE 80 0,79 8,31 3,63 3,95 3,95
1,5 PLM90B3/315 90 0,86 7,86 4,96 3,34 3,27
2,2 PLM90B3/322 90 0,80 8,63 7,25 3,74 3,71
3 PLM100B3/330 100 0,84 9,45 9,83 3,59 4,27
4 PLM112B3/340 112 B3 2 50 0,87 9,16 13,2 3,60 4,59
5,5 PLM132B3/355 132 0,83 9,93 17,9 3,34 4,66
7,5 PLM132B3/375 132 0,87 9,21 24,5 3,26 4,55
11 PLM160B3/3110 160 0,88 8,14 35,6 2,22 4,00
15 PLM160B3/3150 160 0,91 8,45 48,6 2,26 3,81
18,5 PLM160B3/3185 160 0,88 9,75 59,8 2,82 4,53
Voltage UN
Observe the regulations and codes locally

Operating conditions **
in force regarding sorted waste disposal.

V
∆ Y ∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX
PN 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
-1
kW IN (A) min Level (m) °C
0,75 2,96 2,94 2,96 1,71 1,70 1,71 1,70 1,69 1,70 0,98 0,98 2875 ÷ 2895
1,1 4,19 4,14 4,16 2,42 2,39 2,40 2,41 2,38 2,38 1,39 1,37 2870 ÷ 2900
1,5 5,53 5,23 5,13 3,19 3,02 2,96 3,19 3,03 2,96 1,84 1,75 2865 ÷ 2895
2,2 8,05 8,04 8,09 4,65 4,64 4,67 4,62 4,61 4,63 2,67 2,66 2885 ÷ 2900
3 10,4 10,2 10,3 5,98 5,91 5,92 6,01 5,95 5,96 3,47 3,44 2905 ÷ 2920
4 13,3 13,0 12,9 7,67 7,50 7,43 7,68 7,51 7,45 4,44 4,34 2890 ÷ 2905 ” 1000 -15 / 40 No
5,5 19,2 19,1 19,2 11,1 11,0 11,1 10,9 10,8 10,8 6,30 6,22 2930 ÷ 2945
7,5 25,4 24,8 24,4 14,7 14,3 14,1 14,5 14,0 13,9 8,35 8,11 2920 ÷ 2935
11 35,5 34,3 33,4 20,5 19,8 19,3 20,6 19,9 19,5 11,9 11,5 2940 ÷ 2950
15 47,2 45,3 44,0 27,2 26,2 25,4 27,2 26,0 25,3 15,7 15,0 2940 ÷ 2950
18,5 58,3 56,9 55,9 33,7 32,9 32,3 34,1 33,2 32,8 19,7 19,1 2945 ÷ 2955
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual. shf-ie2-mott18-2p50-en_b_te

19
SHS SERIES (from 30 to 37 kW)
SHF SERIES
MOTORI (from
TRIFASE 22 to
PER SERIE 75 kW)
SHS-SHF 50 Hz, 2 poli (da 22kW fino a75kW)
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A ATT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
Efficiency ηN

manufacture
%

Year of
∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4
22 91,8 92,2 92,2 92,0 92,4 92,2 92,4 92,4 91,8
30 92,6 92,9 92,7 92,5 93,0 92,9 93,0 93,0 92,3

06/2011
37 93,0 93,3 93,2 93,0 93,4 93,3 93,5 93,4 92,8

from
2
45 93,2 93,5 93,4 93,3 93,6 93,6 93,8 93,6 93,1
55 93,6 93,8 93,8 93,6 93,9 93,9 94,0 93,8 93,3
75 94,1 94,3 93,6 93,4 94,3 94,3 94,3 94,2 93,2
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE

WEG Equipamentos Eletricos S.A. Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage


Design

Reg. No. 07.175.725/0010-50


PN Jaragua do Sul - SC (Brazil) N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
22 W22 180M2-B3 22kW 180 B3 0,88 7,30 71,40 2,20 3,00
W22 200L2-B3 30kW B3
30 200 0,87 6,50 97,00 2,40 2,70
W22 200L2-B35 30kW B35
W22 200L2-B3 37kW B3
37 200 2 50 0,87 6,80 120,0 2,40 2,60
W22 200L2-B35 37kW B35
45 W22 225S/M2-B3 45kW 225 0,89 7,00 145,0 2,20 2,80
55 W22 250S/M2-B3 55kW 250 B3 0,89 7,00 178,0 2,20 2,80
75 W22 280S/M2-B3 75kW 280 0,89 7,00 241,0 2,00 2,80
Voltage UN
Operating conditions **
V
∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX
PN 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
IN (A) min-1 Level (m) °C
See note.

kW
22 40,90 39,10 38,10 23,55 22,67 2940 ÷ 2950
30 55,90 53,60 52,20 32,18 31,07 2950 ÷ 2960
37 68,70 65,80 64,00 39,.55 38,14 2945 ÷ 2955
” 1000 -15 / 40 No
45 81,50 78,00 75,80 46,92 45,22 2955 ÷ 2960
55 99,20 95,00 92,50 57,12 55,07 2955 ÷ 2960
75 135,00 129,00 126,00 77-73 74,78 2970 ÷ 2975
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual. shf-ie2-mott75-2p50-en_b_te

Note: Observe the regulations and codes locally in force regarding sorted waste disposal.

20
SHE4
MOTORISERIES
TRIFASE PER SERIE SHE 50 Hz, 4 poli
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A ATT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
Efficiency ηN

manufacture
%

Year of
∆ 220 V ∆ 230 V ∆ 240 V ∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 380 V Y 400 V Y 415 V Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4
0,25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,37 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,55 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,75 80,4 81,3 79,8 81,1 81,4 79,1 81,4 81,2 78,4 80,4 81,2 78,4 80,4 81,2 78,4 80,4 81,2 78,4
1,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1

06/2011
from
1,5 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0
2,2 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7
3 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 2
4 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6
5,5 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0
7,5 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7
11 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE*

Lowara srl Unipersonale Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage


Design

Reg. No. 03471820260


PN Montecchio Maggiore Vicenza - Italia N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
0,25 SM471B5/302 71 0,59 3,58 1,71 3,16 2,63
B5
0,37 SM471B5/304 71 0,60 3,39 2,57 3,40 2,47
0,55 SM490RB14S/305 90R 0,67 3,95 3,77 2,45 2,38
0,75 LLM490RB5S/307 90R 0,75 5,78 5,03 2,77 3,31
1,1 PLM490B5S/311 90 0,72 6,34 7,27 2,80 3,43
1,5 PLM490B5S/315 90 0,67 6,79 9,88 3,33 3,67
SPECIAL

4 50
2,2 PLM4100B5S/322 100 0,77 7,50 14,4 2,71 3,97
3 PLM4100B5S/330 100 0,73 7,84 19,6 2,96 4,09
4 PLM4112B5S/340 112 0,78 7,91 26,3 2,86 3,94
5,5 PLM4132B14S/355 132 0,78 7,89 35,9 2,79 3,47
7,5 PLM4132B14S/375 132 0,78 7,71 49,1 2,75 3,63
11 PLM4160B34S/3110 160 0,83 6,94 71,6 2,34 3,02
Voltage UN
Operating conditions **
V
Observe the regulations and codes locally
in force regarding sorted waste disposal.

∆ Y ∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX


PN 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
-1
kW IN (A) min Level (m) °C
0,25 1,68 1,71 1,77 0,97 0,99 1,02 - - - - - 1375 ÷ 1400
0,37 2,46 2,53 2,62 1,42 1,46 1,51 - - - - - 1355 ÷ 1380
0,55 2,98 3,03 3,1 1,72 1,75 1,79 - - - - - 1380 ÷ 1400
0,75 3,08 3,03 3,01 1,78 1,75 1,74 1,78 1,75 1,74 1,03 1,01 1410 ÷ 1430
1,1 4,64 4,61 4,61 2,68 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,64 2,64 1,54 1,53 1435 ÷ 1445
1,5 6,50 6,51 6,62 3,75 3,76 3,82 3,74 3,75 3,80 2,16 2,16 1440 ÷ 1450
” 1000 -15 / 40 No
2,2 8,49 8,31 8,24 4,90 4,80 4,76 4,87 4,78 4,72 2,81 2,76 1445 ÷ 1455
3 12,0 11,9 12,0 6,91 6,89 6,94 6,88 6,86 6,90 3,97 3,96 1455 ÷ 1465
4 15,5 15,3 15,2 8,93 8,82 8,78 8,80 8,64 8,60 5,08 4,99 1445 ÷ 1455
5,5 20,4 19,9 19,6 11,8 11,5 11,3 11,9 11,5 11,5 6,85 6,66 1455 ÷ 1465
7,5 27,4 26,8 26,4 15,8 15,5 15,2 15,9 15,6 15,4 9,20 8,98 1450 ÷ 1460
11 38,3 37,9 37,9 22,1 21,9 21,9 21,8 21,2 21,1 12,6 12,3 1465 ÷ 1470
* R = Reduced size of motor casing as compared to shaft extension and flange. she-ie2-mott-4p50-en_b_te
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual.

21
SHS4 SERIES (from 0,55 to 11 kW)
SHF4 SERIES
MOTORI TRIFASE(from 0,25
PER SERIE to 11 50
SHS4-SHF4 kW)
Hz, 4 poli (fino a 11 kW)
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A T 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT
Efficiency ηN

manufacture
%

Year of
∆ 220 V ∆ 230 V ∆ 240 V ∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 380 V Y 400 V Y 415 V Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4
0,25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,37 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,55 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,75 80,4 81,3 79,8 81,1 81,4 79,1 81,4 81,2 78,4 80,4 81,2 78,4 80,4 81,2 78,4 80,4 81,2 78,4
1,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1 81,4 81,4 81,1

06/2011
from
1,5 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0 83,1 83,1 82,0
2,2 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7 84,7
3 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 85,5 85,5 84,1 2
4 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6 86,6
5,5 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0 88,0
7,5 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7 88,7
11 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8 89,8
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE

Lowara srl Unipersonale Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage


Design

Reg. No. 03471820260


PN Montecchio Maggiore Vicenza - Italia N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
0,25 SM471B3/302 71 0,59 3,58 1,71 3,16 2,63
B3
0,37 SM471B3/304 71 0,60 3,39 2,57 3,40 2,47
SM480B3/305 B3
0,55 80 0,67 3,95 3,77 2,45 2,38
SM480B5/305 B5
LLM480B3/307 B3
0,75 80 0,75 5,78 5,03 2,77 3,31
LLM480B5/307 B5
PLM490B3/311 B3
1,1 90 0,72 6,34 7,27 2,80 3,43
PLM490B5/311 B5
PLM490B3/315 B3
1,5 90 0,67 6,79 9,88 3,33 3,67
PLM490B5/315 B5
PLM4100B3/322 B3
2,2 100 4 50 0,77 7,50 14,4 2,71 3,97
PLM4100B5/322 B5
PLM4100B3/330 B3
3 100 0,73 7,84 19,6 2,96 4,09
PLM4100B5/330 B5
PLM4112B3/340 B3
4 112 0,78 7,91 26,3 2,86 3,94
PLM4112B5/340 B5
PLM4132B3/355 B3
5,5 132 0,78 7,89 35,9 2,79 3,47
PLM4132B5/355 B5
PLM4132B3/375 B3
7,5 132 0,78 7,71 49,1 2,75 3,63
PLM4132B5/375 B5
PLM4160B3/3110 B3
11 160 0,83 6,94 71,6 2,34 3,02
PLM4160B5/3110 B5
Voltage UN
Operating conditions **
V
Observe the regulations and codes locally
in force regarding sorted waste disposal.

∆ Y ∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX


PN 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
-1
kW IN (A) min Level (m) °C
0,25 1,68 1,71 1,77 0,97 0,99 1,02 - - - - - 1375 ÷ 1400
0,37 2,46 2,53 2,62 1,42 1,46 1,51 - - - - - 1355 ÷ 1380
0,55 2,98 3,03 3,10 1,72 1,75 1,79 - - - - - 1380 ÷ 1400
0,75 3,08 3,03 3,01 1,78 1,75 1,74 1,78 1,75 1,74 1,03 1,01 1410 ÷ 1430
1,1 4,64 4,61 4,61 2,68 2,66 2,66 2,66 2,64 2,64 1,54 1,53 1435 ÷ 1445
1,5 6,50 6,51 6,62 3,75 3,76 3,82 3,74 3,75 3,80 2,16 2,16 1440 ÷ 1450
” 1000 -15 / 40 No
2,2 8,49 8,31 8,24 4,90 4,80 4,76 4,87 4,78 4,72 2,81 2,76 1445 ÷ 1455
3 12,0 11,9 12,0 6,91 6,89 6,94 6,88 6,86 6,90 3,97 3,96 1455 ÷ 1465
4 15,5 15,3 15,2 8,93 8,82 8,78 8,80 8,64 8,60 5,08 4,99 1445 ÷ 1455
5,5 20,4 19,9 19,6 11,8 11,5 11,3 11,9 11,5 11,5 6,85 6,66 1455 ÷ 1465
7,5 27,4 26,8 26,4 15,8 15,5 15,2 15,9 15,6 15,4 9,20 8,98 1450 ÷ 1460
11 38,3 37,9 37,9 22,1 21,9 21,9 21,8 21,2 21,1 12,6 12,3 1465 ÷ 1470
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual. shf-ie2-mott11-4p50-en_b_te

22
MOTOR NOISE

The tables below show the mean sound pressure levels (Lp) measured at 1 meter’s distance in a free field according
to the A curve (ISO 1680 standard).
The noise values are measured with idling 50 Hz motor with a tolerance of 3 dB (A).

SHE-SHS MOTORS
RUMOROSITA' MOTORI SHE-SHS
SHF MOTORS
RUMOROSITA' MOTORI SHF
22POLI
POLES
50Hz 50 Hz 22POLI
POLES
50Hz 50 Hz
POWER MOTOR TYPE NOISE POWER MOTOR TYPE NOISE
LpA LpA
kW IEC* SIZE dB kW IEC SIZE dB
0,75 90R <70 0,75 80 <70
1,1 90R <70 1,1 80 <70
1,5 90R - 90 <70 1,5 90 <70
2,2 90 <70 2,2 90 <70
3 90 <70 3 100 <70
3 100R <70 4 112 <70
4 112R <70 5,5 132 71
5,5 112 <70 7,5 132 71
5,5 132R <70 11 160 71
7,5 132 71 15 160 71
9,2 132 73 18,5 160 73
11 132 73 22 180 67
11 160R 73 30 200 72
11 160 71 37 200 72
15 160 71 45 225 75
18,5 160 73 55 250 75
22 160 70 75 280 77
22 180R 70
30 200 72
37 200 72

SHE4 MOTORS
RUMOROSITA' MOTORI SHE4 SHS4-SHF4 MOTORS
RUMOROSITA' MOTORI SHF4-SHS4
44POLI
POLES
50Hz50 Hz 44POLI
POLES
50Hz50 Hz
POWER MOTOR TYPE NOISE POWER MOTOR TYPE NOISE
LpA LpA
kW IEC* SIZE dB kW IEC SIZE dB
0,25 71 <70 0,25 71 <70
0,37 71 <70 0,37 71 <70
0,55 90R <70 0,55 80 <70
0,75 90R <70 0,75 80 <70
1,1 90 <70 1,1 90 <70
1,5 90 <70 1,5 90 <70
2,2 100 <70 2,2 100 <70
3 100 <70 3 100 <70
4 112 <70 4 112 <70
5,5 132 <70 5,5 132 <70
7,5 132 <70 7,5 132 <70
11 160 <70 11 160 <70
*R=Reduced size of motor as compared to shaft extension and flange. she-shs-shf_mott-en_d_tr

23
PN
PN

75
55
45
37
30
22
kW
kW

2,2
1,5
1,1
0,75

s
s
s
s
1 x 220-240

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 220-230-240/380-400-415

-
-
-
-
1 x 100

50 Hz

s
s
s
s
s
s
-
-
o
o
3 x 380-400-415/660-690 1 x 110-120

s = Standard voltage
s = Standard voltage
s
s
s
s
1 x 220-230

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 110/190

-
-
-
-
AVAILABLE V

1 x 100

-
o
o
o
SINGLE-PHASE

1x 110-115

o
o
o
o
o
o
OL
VOL

3 x 200-208/346-360
60 Hz
OLT

-
-
-
1 x 120-127

50 Hz

o
o
o
o
o
o
-
o
o
o
3 x 255-265/440-460 1 x 200-210
TAGES

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 290-300/500-525

o = voltage upon request


4
3
PN

22
15
11
kW

1,5
1,1

9,2
7,5
5,5
2,2
0,75

18,5

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 440-460/-

s
s
s

s
s

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 220-230-240/380-400-415

s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
o
o
o

o
o

o = voltage upon request


3 x 380-400-415/660-690

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 500-525/-

o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 200-208/346-360

s
s
s
s
s
s
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 230/380

- = Not available
3 x 255-265/440-460

24
50 Hz

o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 290-300/500-525

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 380-400/660-690
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 440-460/-

THREE-PHASE
W22 MOTORS FOR SH SERIES, 2-POLE
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 500-525/-

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 440-480/-
s
s
s

s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s

3 x 220-230/380-400

- = Not available
o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 110-115/190-200
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 255-265-277/440-460-480
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

60 Hz
3 x 380-400/660-690
SM and PLM MOTORS FOR SH SERIES, 2-POLE

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 200-208/346-360
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 440-460-480/-
THREE-PHASE
60 Hz

o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 255-265-277/440-460-480 3 x 110-115/190-200
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 200-208/346-360

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 330-346/575-600
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 330-346/575-600
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 575/-

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 575/-
3 x 230/400 50 Hz
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

3 x 230/400 50 Hz 3 x 265/460 60 Hz

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 265/460 60 Hz
50/60 Hz

3 x 400/690 50 Hz 3 x 400/690 50 Hz
50/60 Hz
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 460/- 60 Hz 3 x 460/- 60 Hz
sh-volt-lowa-en_b_te

sh-volt-weg-en_c_te
ErP 2009/125/EC
SH SERIES
PUMPS
With the “Energy using Products” (EuP 2005/32/EC) and “Energy related Products” (ErP 2009/125/EC) directives,
the European Commission has established requirements for promoting the use of products with low power
consumption.
Among the various products considered there are also some typologies of pumps with the characteristics defined
by the specific Regulation (EU) n. 547/2012 implementing the requirements of Directives EuP and ErP.

For end-suction close-coupled pumps (ESCC for the Regulation) and own-bearing close-coupled pumps (ESOB for
the Regulation) the efficiency assessment refers to:
• just the pump and not the pump and motor assembly (electric or combustion);
• pumps with just one impeller;
• pumps with a nominal pressure PN not higher than 16 bar (1600 kPa);
• pumps with a minimum nominal flow not less than 6 m3/h;
• pumps with a maximum nominal flow at the shaft not higher than 150 kW;
• pumps designed to operate at a speed of 2900 min-1 (for electric pumps this means 50 Hz 2-pole electric
motors) and with a head not greater than 140 metres;
• pumps designed to operate at a speed of 1450 min-1 (for electric pumps this means 50 Hz 4-pole electric
motors) and with a head not greater than 90 metres;
• use with clean water at a temperature ranging from -10°C to 120°C (the test is performed with cold water at a
temperature not higher than 40°C).
According to the definitions established in the Regulation, the SHE and SHS versions correspond to the “end-
suction close-coupled pump” while the SHF version corresponds to the “end-suction own bearing pump”.

The Regulation also establishes the following deadlines:


from minimum efficiency index (MEI)
1st January 2013 MEI ≥ 0,1
1st January 2015 MEI ≥ 0,4

Regulation (EU) n. 547/2012 – Annex II – point 2 (Product information requirements)

1) Minimum efficiency index: see the MEI column in the tables in the Hydraulic performance section.
2) “The benchmark for most efficient water pumps is MEI ≥ 0,70”.
3) Year of manufacture: from January 2013.
4) Manufacturer: Lowara srl Unipersonale - Reg. No. 03471820260 - Montecchio Maggiore, Vicenza, Italy.
5) Product type: see the PUMP TYPE column in the tables in the Hydraulic performance section.
6) Hydraulic pump efficiency with trimmed impeller: see ηp and ØT columns in the tables in the Hydraulic
performance section.
7) Pump performance curves, including the performance curve: see the Operating Characteristics graphs in the
following pages.
8) “The efficiency of a pump with a trimmed impeller is usually lower than that of a pump with the full impeller
diameter. The trimming of the impeller will adapt the pump to a fixed duty point, leading to reduced energy
consumption. The minimum efficiency index (MEI) is based on the full impeller diameter”.
9) “The operation of this water pump with variable duty points may be more efficient and economic when
controlled, for example, by the use of a variable speed drive that matches the pump duty to the system”.
10) Information relevant for disassembly, recycling or disposal at end-of-life: observe the current laws and by-laws
governing sorted waste disposal. Consult the product operating manual.
11) “Designed for use below – 10 °C only”: note not applicable to these products.
12) “Designed for use above 120 °C only”: note not applicable to these products.
13) Specific instructions for pumps as per points 11 and 12: not applicable to these products.
14) “Information on benchmark efficiency is available at”: www.europump.org (Ecodesign section).
15) The benchmark efficiency graphs with MEI = 0.7 and MEI = 0.4 are available at
www.europump.org/efficiencycharts (refer to “ESCC 1450 rpm”, “ESCC 2900 rpm”, “ESOB 1450 rpm”,
“ESOB 2900 rpm”).

25
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
HYDRA ULIC PERFORMANCE RANGE A
HYDRAULIC T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

26
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
HYDRA ULIC PERFORMANCE RANGE A
HYDRAULIC T 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

27
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE SHE-SHS-SHF 25-32-40 2 poli 50 Hz
TABLE OF HYDRA
HYDRAULICULIC PERFORMANCES A T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY

ηp %
MEI •
TYPE POWER l/min 0 150 200 250 300 350 366 400 416 425 450 500

ØF

ØT
m3/h 0 9 12 15 18 21 22 24 25 25,5 27 30
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
25-125/07 * 0,75 1 - - 55,6 119 17,3 14,2 12,5 10,5 8,4 6.2
25-125/11 * 1,1 1,5 0,10 136 56.5 - 22,3 18,9 17 14,7 12,3 9,7 8,8
25-160/15 * 1,5 2 - - 57,6 150 27,7 24,8 22,9 20,5 17,9 15 13,4 11,9
25-160/22 * 2,2 3 0,10 164 55,4 - 34,6 31,5 29,4 27 24,2 21 20 17,7 16,5 15.9
25-200/30 3 4 - - 50,9 188 44,9 39,2 36,7 33,8 30,4 26,7 25,3 22,4 20,8
25-200/40 4 5,5 0,10 204 52,9 - 54,5 49,4 46,8 43,8 40,3 36,3 34,9 31,9 30,3 29,5 27
25.250/55 5,5 7,5 - - 46,0 222 61,4 55,8 53,2 50,3 47 43,3 42 39,2
25-250/75 7,5 10 - - 44,7 242 75,9 69,3 66,5 63,2 59,6 55,6 54,1 51,1 49,6 48,7
25-250/110 11 15 0,10 250 47,2 - 87,5 81,5 78,6 75,4 71,8 67,8 66,3 63,3 61,7 60,4 58,4

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 150 200 250 300 366 400 416 425 450 500 550
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 9 12 15 18 22 24 25 25,5 27 30 33
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
32-125/07 * 0,75 1 - - 54,9 119 16,6 14,4 13 11,3 9,5 6,8
32-125/11 * 1,1 1,5 0,10 136 58.2 - 21,6 19,4 17,9 16,1 14,2 11,3 9,8
32-160/15 * 1,5 2 - - 57,8 150 27,6 24,6 22,7 20,6 18,1 14,5 12,7
32-160/22 * 2,2 3 0,10 164 57,4 - 35,0 32,5 30,9 28,9 26,5 23 21 20 19,5 18
32-200/30 3 4 - - 50,5 188 43,7 38,5 35,9 33,1 29,9 25,2 22,5 21
32-200/40 4 5,5 0,10 204 51,4 - 53,5 49 46,8 44,1 41 36,4 33,8 32,3 31,5 28,8
32-250/55 5,5 7,5 - - 46,9 222 61,7 56,7 54,2 51,2 47,9 42,8 40
32-250/75 7,5 10 - - 45,5 242 74,1 68,9 66,2 63,2 59,9 55 52,2 50,8 50,1
32-250/110 11 15 0,10 256 47,1 - 86,2 80,1 77,4 74,3 70,9 65,9 63,2 61,7 61 58,7

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 766 800 833 850
ØF

ØT

3
m /h 0 18 24 30 36 39 42 45 46 48 50 51
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
40-125/11 * 1,1 1,5 - - 64,5 112 14,4 12,5 10,9 9 7 6
40-125/15 * 1,5 2 - - 66,0 122 17,5 16 14,4 12,4 10,2 9,1 8
40-125/22 * 2,2 3 0,10 143 68,0 - 25,3 22,2 20,4 18,3 15,9 14,5 13,2 11.7
40-160/30 3 4 - - 67,5 159 32,2 29,5 26,9 24 20,8 19 17,1 15
40-160/40 4 5,5 0,10 171 69,5 - 38,0 35,5 33,1 30,1 26,7 24,8 22,8 20,7 20 18,5
40-200/55 5,5 7,5 - - 66,5 190 49,1 46,4 43,7 40,3 36,2 33,7 31 28,1 27,1 25
40-200/75 7,5 10 0,10 209 65,0 - 58,2 55,1 52,4 49 44.9 42,6 40 37,2 36,3 34,4 32.5
40-250/ ** ** ** - - 59,0 218 64,9 62 59,5 56,2 51,6 48,4 44,6
40-250/110 11 15 - - 58,5 233 74,7 71,4 68,9 66 61,4 58,6 55,2 51,3 49.8
40-250/150 15 20 0,10 251 58,0 - 87,7 84,2 81,6 78,4 74,3 71,9 69,2 66,1 65 62.6 59,7 58
* A single-phase version ( SHEM ) is also available sh-25-32-40_2p50-en_f_th
** SHE: ../92 = 9,2kW (12,5 HP); SHS, SHF: ../110A = 11kW (15 HP)
Hydraulic performances in compliance with ISO 9906:2012 - Grade 3B (ex ISO 9906:1999 - Annex A)
(1) MEI Minimal Efficiency Index (2) External diameter of full impeller (3) Hydraulic efficiency of pump (4) External diameter of trimmed impeller

28
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE SHE-SHS-SHF 50-65-80 2 poli 50 Hz
TABLE OF HYDRA
HYDRAULICULIC PERFORMANCES A ATT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY

ηp %
MEI •
TYPE POWER l/min 0 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1383 1400 1450 1500

ØF

ØT
m3/h 0 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 82,98 84 87 90
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
50-125/22 * 2,2 3 - - 72,5 119 17,2 14,6 13,5 12,3 10,9 9,5 8,1 6,5
50-125/30 3 4 - - 73,5 130 21,7 18,8 17,6 16,3 14,9 13,4 12 10,5 9
50-125/40 4 5,5 0,10 139 75,0 - 25,7 23,3 22,2 20,9 19,4 18 16,5 15 13,5 12,2 12
50-160/55 5,5 7,5 - - 72,0 158 34,1 30,6 29,2 27,6 25,9 24 22 19,9 17,4 15,2 14,7
50-160/75 7,5 10 0,10 174 74,0 - 40,8 37,5 36,2 34,7 33 31,2 29,2 27 24,6 22,3 21,8 20,2 18,6
50-200/ ** ** ** - - 70,0 197 53,0 47,5 45,3 42,8 40 36,9 33,5 29,8 25,5 21,6 20,7
50-200/110 11 15 0,10 209 72,0 - 60,1 55 52,8 50,3 47,5 44,4 41 37,3 33,2 29,3 28,4 25,7
50-250/150 15 20 - - 69,5 224 70,2 66,6 65 63,2 61 58,3 55,1 50,8 45,6
50-250/185 18,5 25 - - 68,4 327 80,0 75 73,3 71,3 69 66,4 63,3 59,6 55,2 50,8
50-250/220 22 30 0,10 250 67,3 - 88,9 84,6 82,8 80,8 78,5 75,9 72,9 69,4 65,4 61,8 61 58

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2600
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 48 54 60 72 84 96 108 114 120 126 132 156


kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
65-160/40 4 5,5 - - 69,5 119,5/114,5 19,6 16,8 16 15,2 13,5 11,7 9,7 7,6
65-160/55 5,5 7,5 - - 71,5 129 24,2 21,4 20,6 19,8 18 16,1 14,1 11,8 10,6
65-160/75 7,5 10 0,10 137 72,5 - 28,2 26 25,3 24,5 22,9 21 19,1 16,9 15,7 14,5
65-160/ ** ** ** - - 75,0 168 38,2 35,4 34,3 33 30,1 27 23,7 20,1 18,1
65-160/110 11 15 0,10 177 74,0 - 43,2 40,8 39,7 38,5 35,6 32,4 28,9 25,3 23,4 21,4
65-200/150 15 20 - - 70,0 192 53,0 48,8 47,5 44,3 40,6 36,4 32 29,3
65-200/185 18,5 25 - - 71,5 203 60,2 56,5 55,2 52,2 48,7 44,7 40,2 38 35,4
65-200/220 22 30 0,10 215 70,5 - 68,0 64,4 63,1 60,2 57 53,4 49,1 46,9 44,5 41,8
65-250/300 30 40 - - 74,5 240 84,3 81,7 79,6 76,7 73,4 69,2 66,8 64,2 61,3
65-250/370 37 50 0,10 255 73,5 - 98,0 95,3 92,8 89,7 86,2 82,3 80,2 77,8 75,1 72,1

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 1200 1500 1800 2000 2400 2800 3300 3500 3600 3700 3800 4000
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 72 90 108 120 144 168 198 210 216 222 228 240
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
80-160/110 11 15 - - 75,0 169x15° 33,6 31,9 30 27,5 25,6 21,5 16,9 10,7
80-160/150 15 20 - - 76,5 177 40,3 38,8 37 34,6 32,7 28,6 24,1 17,7 15
80-160/185 18,5 25 0,10 186 78,0 - 47,2 45,7 43,9 41,7 40 35,9 31,4 25,4 22,6 21,1 19,5
80-200/220 22 30 - - 80,5 198 53,0 49,8 47,5 45,8 41,8 37,5 31,3 28,5 27
80-200/300 30 40 - - 81,0 215 63,6 61,2 59 57,3 53,3 48,8 42,3 39,5 38,1 36,6 35,1
80-200/370 37 50 0,10 226 81,5 - 71,4 69,5 67,7 66,2 62,3 57,8 51,7 48,9 47,4 45,9 44,4 41,2
80-250/450*** 45 60 - - 79,5 237 83,5 80,5 78 76 71,2 65,9 57,7 53,7 51,5
80-250/550*** 55 75 - - 80,0 252 95,7 93,6 91 89 84,6 79,9 72,1 68,4 66,5 64,6
80-250/750*** 75 100 0,10 270 78,0 - 112,0 110 108 106 102 96,9 89,7 86,2 84,2 82,1 80
* A single-phase version ( SHEM ) is also available sh-50-65-80_2p50-en_f_th

** SHE: ../92 = 9,2kW (12,5 HP); SHS, SHF: ../110A = 11kW (15 HP) *** Only available in the SHF version
Hydraulic performances in compliance with ISO 9906:2012 - Grade 3B (ex ISO 9906:1999 - Annex A)
(1) MEI Minimum Efficiency Index (2) External diameter of full impeller (3) Hydraulic efficiency of pump (4) External diameter of trimmed impeller

29
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 25-32-40 4 poli 50 Hz
TABLE OF HYDRA
HYDRAULICULIC PERFORMANCES A ATT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY

ηp %
MEI •
TYPE POWER l/min 0 75 100 125 150 183 191 200 216 225 241 250 266 275

ØF

ØT
m3/h 0 4,5 6 7,5 9 10,98 11,5 12 12,96 13,5 14,5 15 15,96 16,5
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
25-125/02A * 0,25 0,33 - - 55,1 119 4,4 3,8 3,4 2,9 2,4 1,6
25-125/02 * 0,25 0,33 0,10 136 53,6 - 5,6 4,8 4,3 3,8 3,2 2,3 2,1
25-160/02 * 0,25 0,33 - - 57,5 150 6,9 6,1 5,6 5,1 4,4 3,4 3,2 2,9
25-160/03 * 0,37 0,5 0,10 164 55,2 - 8,6 7,8 7,2 6,6 5,9 4,9 4,6 4,3 3,7
25-200/03 * 0,37 0,5 - - 50,9 188 11,0 9,4 8,7 8 7,1 5,8 5,4 5,1 4,3 3,9
25-200/05 * 0,55 0,75 0,10 204 52,8 - 13,4 12 11,3 10,5 9,6 8,3 7,9 7,5 6,7 6,3 5,4
25-250/07 0,75 1 - - 46,0 222 14,9 13,3 12,6 11,9 11 9,7 9,4 9 8,3 7,9 7,1 6,7
25-250/11 1,1 1,5 - - 44,5 242 18,8 17,1 16,3 15,5 14,6 13,2 12,8 12,4 11,6 11,2 10,3 9,9 8,9
25-250/15 1,5 2 0,10 256 47,1 - 21,5 19,9 19,1 18,3 17,3 15,8 15,5 15,1 14,3 13,9 13,1 12,6 11,8 11,4

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 266 275 300 350 400
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 4,5 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16 16,5 18 21 24


kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
32-125/02A * 0,25 0,33 - - 56,5 119 4,4 3,9 3,6 3,1 2,7 2,2 1,6
32-125/02 * 0,25 0,33 0,10 136 58,9 - 5,5 5 4,7 4,3 3,8 3,3 2,7 2
32-160/02 * 0,25 0,33 - - 56,4 150 6,9 5,9 5,4 4,9 4,4 3,7 2,9
32-160/03 * 0,37 0,5 0,10 164 59,2 - 8,6 7,8 7,4 6,9 6,4 5,8 5,2 4 3,6
32-200/03 * 0,37 0,5 - - 48,2 188 10,8 9,4 8,7 7,9 7 6,1 5,1 3,9
32-200/05 * 0,55 0,75 0,10 204 50,5 - 13,2 12 11,3 10,6 9,8 8,8 7,8 6,7 5,4
32-250/07 0,75 1 - - 43,7 222 14,5 13 12,3 11,6 10,8 9,9 8,9 7,7 6,5
32-250/11 1,1 1,5 - - 44,7 242 18,4 16,8 16,1 15,3 14,4 13,5 12,5 11,4 10,1 9,3
32-250/15 1,5 2 0,10 256 45,2 - 21,3 19,7 19 18,2 17,5 16,3 15,2 14 12,8 12 11,5

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 366 400 416 433 450 500
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 18 21 21,96 24 25 25,98 27 30


kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
40-125/02A * 0,25 0,33 - - 60,0 112 3,5 3 2,9 2,7 2,5 2,3 1,8 1,3
40-125/02 * 0,25 0,33 - - 68,1 135 5,4 4,8 4,6 4,4 4,1 3,9 3,3 2,7 2,4 2
40-125/03 * 0,37 0,5 0,10 143 68,8 - 6,3 5,7 5,5 5,2 4,9 4,7 4 3,3 3,1 2,7 2,4
40-160/03 * 0,37 0,5 - - 67,6 159 8,0 7,2 6,9 6,6 6,3 5,9 5,1 4,2 3,8 3,1
40-160/05 * 0,55 0,75 0,10 171 66,5 - 9,2 8,5 8,2 7,9 7,6 7,2 6,4 5,4 5,1 4,4 4
40-200/07 0,75 1 - - 64,3 190 11,9 11,2 10,9 10,5 10,1 9,6 8,6 7,3 6,8 5,8
40-200/11 1,1 1,5 0,10 209 62,9 - 14,2 13,3 13 12,7 12,3 11,8 10,8 9,5 9 8 7,4
40-250/11 1,1 1,5 - - 55,8 218 15,7 14,6 14,3 13,9 13,5 13 11,9 10,3 9,7
40-250/15 1,5 2 - - 57,0 233 18,1 17 16,7 16,4 16 15,5 14,5 13,1 12,5 11,4
40-250/22 2,2 3 0,10 251 58,1 - 21,5 20,3 20 19,7 19,3 18,8 17,7 16,3 15,9 14,9 14,3 13,6
* SHS4 version is not available. sh4-25-32-40_4p50-en_g_th

Hydraulic performances in compliance with ISO 9906:2012 - Grade 3B (ex ISO 9906:1999 - Annex A)
(1) MEI Minimum Efficiency Index (2) External diameter of full impeller (3) Hydraulic efficiency of pump (4) External diameter of trimmed impeller

30
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 50-65-80 4 poli 50 Hz
TABLE OF HYDRA
HYDRAULICULIC PERFORMANCES A ATT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY

ηp %
MEI •
TYPE POWER l/min 0 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 725 750 800 900

ØF

ØT
m3/h 0 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 43,5 45 48 54
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
50-125/03A * 0,37 0,5 - - 72,1 119 4,4 3,8 3,6 3,3 3 2,7 2,3 1,9 1,5
50-125/03 * 0,37 0,5 - - 73,3 130 5,4 4,6 4,3 4 3,7 3,3 3 2,6 2,2 1,8
50-125/05 * 0,55 0,75 0,10 139 74,2 - 6,4 5,6 5,3 5 4,7 4,3 3,9 3,6 3,2 2,7 2,5 2,3
50-160/07 0,75 1 - - 71,3 158 8,2 7,3 7 6,6 6,3 5,9 5,4 4,9 4,4 3,8
50-160/11 1,1 1,5 0,10 174 73,0 - 9,9 8,8 8,5 8,2 7,8 7,4 7 6,5 6 5,4 5,1 4,8
50-200/11 1,1 1,5 - - 69,1 197 12,8 11,2 10,6 10 9,3 8,6 7,7 6,8 5,8 4,8
50-200/15 1,5 2 0,10 209 70,1 - 14,7 13 12,4 11,8 11,1 10,4 9,5 8,6 7,7 6,6 6,1 5,5
50-250/22A 2,2 3 - - 70,0 224 17,5 16 15,5 15 14,4 13,8 13 12,1 11 9,7
50-250/22 2,2 3 - - 69,0 237 19,4 17,8 17,3 16,8 16,2 15,5 14,7 13,8 12,8 11,6 10,9
50-250/30 3 4 0,10 250 67,9 - 21,9 20,5 20 19,6 19 18,4 17,6 16,8 15,7 14,7 14,1 13,5

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 950 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 24 27 30 36 42 48 54 57 60 66 72 78 84
kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
65-160/05 0,55 0,75 - - 67,3 119,5/114,5 5,4 4,2 4 3,7 3,2 2,7 2,2 1,6
65-160/07 0,75 1 - - 69,3 129 6,4 5,3 5,1 4,8 4,4 3,9 3,4 2,8 2,4
65-160/11A 1,1 1,5 0,10 139,5 70,2 - 7,6 6,5 6,3 6,1 5,6 5,2 4,6 4,1 3,7 3,4
65-160/ 11 1,1 1,5 - - 72,7 168 9,4 8,5 8,2 7,9 7,2 6,4 5,4 4,4 3,9 3,4
65-160/15 1,5 2 0,10 177 71,6 - 10,6 9,7 9,4 9,2 8,5 7,8 6,9 5,9 5,4 4,9 3,8
65-200/15 1,5 2 - - 67,4 187 11,9 10,6 10,2 9,4 8,4 7,4 6,3 5,7 5,1
65-200/22 2,2 3 - - 68,9 203 14,4 13,2 12,8 12 11,1 10 9 8,4 7,8 6,6
65-200/30 3 4 0,10 222 70,5 - 17,5 16,6 16,3 15,6 14,7 13,7 12,7 12,2 11,7 10,6 9,3
65-250/40 4 5,5 - - 71,9 240 20,7 19,5 18,9 18,1 17,2 16,3 15,7 15,1 13,7 12
65-250/55 5,5 7,5 0,10 255 71,0 - 24,0 23,2 22,6 21,9 21 20 19,5 19 17,7 16,3 14,7

PUMP RATED Q = DELIVERY


ηp %
MEI •

TYPE POWER l/min 0 600 750 1000 1200 1400 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2400
ØF

ØT

m3/h 0 36 45 60 72 84 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 144


kW HP (1) (2) (3) (4) H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
80-160/15 1,5 2 - - 75,2 169x15° 8,3 7,6 7,1 6 5,1 4,1 3 2,4
80-160/22A 2,2 3 - - 74,2 177 9,6 9 8,5 7,5 6,5 5,5 4,4 3,8 3,2
80-160/22 2,2 3 0,10 186 73,4 - 11,0 10,4 9,9 8,9 8 7 5,8 5,1 4,5 3,9
80-200/30 3 4 - - 80,5 198 12,9 12 10,9 9,8 8,6 7,4 6,8 6,1 5,4 4,6
80-200/40 4 5,5 0,10 220 78,3 - 16,1 15,4 14,3 13,3 12,2 11 10,3 9,7 9 8,4 7,7 7
80-250/55 5,5 7,5 - - 77,5 237 20,3 19,5 18,5 17,3 16 14,3 13,4 12,3 11,3 10,2 9
80-250/75 7,5 1 - - 76,7 252 23,1 22,2 21,3 20,3 19,1 17,7 16,9 16,1 15,2 14,3 13,2 12,2
80-250/110 11 15 0,10 270 74,3 - 26,7 26,1 25,2 24,2 23 21,7 21 20,2 19,4 18,6 17,7 16,8 14,8
* SHS4 version is not available. sh4-50-65-80_4p50-en_g_th

Hydraulic performances in compliance with ISO 9906:2012 - Grade 3B (ex ISO 9906:1999 - Annex A)
(1) MEI Minimum Efficiency Index (2) External diameter of full impeller (3) Hydraulic efficiency of pump (4) External diameter of trimmed impeller

31
SH SERIES
IDENTIFICATION OF IMPELLER TYPOL
IDENTIFICATION OG
TYPOLOGY
OGY

32
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

33
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

34
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

35
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

36
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

37
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

38
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

39
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

40
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

41
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

42
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

43
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

44
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

45
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

46
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

47
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

48
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

49
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

50
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

51
SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

52
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

53
SHE-SHS-SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

54
SHF SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

55
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

56
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

57
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

58
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

59
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

60
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

61
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

62
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

63
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

64
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

65
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

66
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

67
SHE4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

68
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

69
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

70
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

71
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

72
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

73
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

74
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

75
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

76
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

77
SHE4-SHS4-SHF4 SERIES
OPERA TING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

The NPSH values are laboratory values; for practical use we suggest increasing these values by 0,5 m.
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1,0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.

78
DIMENSIONS
AND WEIGHTS

79
SHE SERIES
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

80
SHE SERIES
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHE 2 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A AT T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT

PUMP SUPPORT B H L k
DNM DNA a h2 w w1 x b c *c1 h1 m m1 n n1 s max kg
SHE 25-125/07/D 25 50 80 140 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 190 130 - 218 300 443 98 18,6
SHE 25-125/11/D 25 50 80 140 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 190 130 - 218 300 443 98 20,6
SHE 25-160/15/D 25 50 80 160 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 320 443 98 24,4
SHE 25-160/22/C 25 50 80 160 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 320 478 98 29
SHE 25-200/30/P 25 50 80 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 478 98 38
SHE 25-200/40/P 25 50 80 180 - - 154 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 499 98 41
SHE 25-250/55/P 25 50 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 98 66
SHE 25-250/75/P 25 50 100 225 - 305 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 567 98 84
SHE 25-250/110/P 25 50 100 225 - 343 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 605 98 92
SHE 32-125/07/D 32 50 80 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 443 98 18,6
SHE 32-125/11/D 32 50 80 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 443 98 20,6
SHE 32-160/15/D 32 50 80 160 - - 129 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 443 98 24,4
SHE 32-160/22/C 32 50 80 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 478 98 29
SHE 32-200/30/P 32 50 80 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 478 98 38
SHE 32-200/40/P 32 50 80 180 - - 154 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 499 98 41
SHE 32-250/55/P 32 50 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 98 66
SHE 32-250/75/P 32 50 100 225 - 305 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 567 98 84
SHE 32-250/110/P 32 50 100 225 - 343 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 605 98 92
SHE 40-125/11/D 40 65 80 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 443 100 21,6
SHE 40-125/15/D 40 65 80 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 443 100 22,4
SHE 40-125/22/C 40 65 80 140 - - 134 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 478 100 30
SHE 40-160/30/P 40 65 80 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 478 100 32
SHE 40-160/40/P 40 65 80 160 - - 154 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 499 100 40
SHE 40-200/55/P 40 65 100 180 - - 168 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 553 100 52
SHE 40-200/75/P 40 65 100 180 - 305 191 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 567 100 65
SHE 40-250/92/P 40 65 100 225 - 343 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 605 107 89
SHE 40-250/110/P 40 65 100 225 - 343 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 605 107 94
SHE 40-250/150/P 40 65 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 345 420 694 107 130
SHE 50-125/22/C 50 65 100 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 498 104 30
SHE 50-125/30/P 50 65 100 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 498 104 33
SHE 50-125/40/P 50 65 100 160 - - 154 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 519 104 40
SHE 50-160/55/P 50 65 100 180 - - 168 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 340 553 104 52
SHE 50-160/75/P 50 65 100 180 - 305 191 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 340 567 104 67
SHE 50-200/92/P 50 65 100 200 - 343 191 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 605 104 84
SHE 50-200/110/P 50 65 100 200 - 343 191 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 605 104 88
SHE 50-250/150/P 50 65 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 345 420 694 107 131
SHE 50-250/185/P 50 65 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 345 420 694 107 144
SHE 50-250/220/P 50 65 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 345 420 694 107 147
SHE 65-160/40/P 65 80 100 200 - - 154 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 519 130 56
SHE 65-160/55/P 65 80 100 200 - - 168 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 553 130 63
SHE 65-160/75/P 65 80 100 200 - 305 191 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 567 130 80
SHE 65-160/92/P 65 80 100 200 - 343 191 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 605 130 95
SHE 65-160/110/P 65 80 100 200 - 343 191 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 605 130 102
SHE 65-200/150/P 65 80 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 310 420 694 130 131
SHE 65-200/185/P 65 80 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 310 420 694 130 141
SHE 65-200/220/P 65 80 100 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 310 420 694 130 151
SHE 80-160/110/P 80 100 125 225 - 343 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 630 160 94
SHE 80-160/150/P 80 100 125 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 345 420 719 160 128
SHE 80-160/185/P 80 100 125 225 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 345 420 719 160 139
SHE 80-200/220/P 80 100 125 250 208 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 345 430 719 160 156
* Motor shim on request sh-she-2p50-en_e_td

81
SHE4 SERIES
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

82
SHE4 SERIES
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHE4 4 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A ATT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT

PUMP SUPPORT B H L k
DNM DNA a h2 w w1 x b c *c1 h1 m m1 n n1 s max kg
SHE4 25-125/02A/A 25 50 80 140 - - 121 - - - 160 - - 190 130 - 218 300 411 98 15
SHE4 25-125/02/A 25 50 80 140 - - 121 - - - 160 - - 190 130 - 218 300 411 98 16
SHE4 25-160/02/A 25 50 80 160 - - 121 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 320 411 98 18
SHE4 25-160/03/A 25 50 80 160 - - 121 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 320 411 98 19
SHE4 25-200/03/A 25 50 80 180 - - 121 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 411 98 26
SHE4 25-200/05/A 25 50 80 180 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 443 98 27
SHE4 25-250/07/C 25 50 100 225 - - 128 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 431 98 42
SHE4 25-250/11/P 25 50 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 498 98 49
SHE4 25-250/15/P 25 50 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 498 98 51
SHE4 32-125/02A/A 32 50 80 140 - - 121 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 411 98 15
SHE4 32-125/02/A 32 50 80 140 - - 121 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 411 98 16
SHE4 32-160/02/A 32 50 80 160 - - 121 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 411 98 18
SHE4 32-160/03/A 32 50 80 160 - - 121 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 411 98 19
SHE4 32-200/03/A 32 50 80 180 - - 121 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 411 98 26
SHE4 32-200/05/A 32 50 80 180 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 443 98 27
SHE4 32-250/07/C 32 50 100 225 - - 128 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 431 98 42
SHE4 32-250/11/P 32 50 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 498 98 49
SHE4 32-250/15/P 32 50 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 498 98 51
SHE4 40-125/02A/A 40 65 80 140 - - 121 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 411 100 16
SHE4 40-125/02/A 40 65 80 140 - - 121 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 411 100 17
SHE4 40-125/03/A 40 65 80 140 - - 121 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 411 100 18
SHE4 40-160/03/A 40 65 80 160 - - 121 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 411 100 20
SHE4 40-160/05/A 40 65 80 160 - - 129 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 443 100 24
SHE4 40-200/07/C 40 65 100 180 - - 128 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 285 340 431 100 27
SHE4 40-200/11/P 40 65 100 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 285 340 498 100 35
SHE4 40-250/11/P 40 65 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 498 107 47
SHE4 40-250/15/P 40 65 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 498 107 61
SHE4 40-250/22/P 40 65 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 522 107 65
SHE4 50-125/03A/A 50 65 100 160 - - 121 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 431 104 20
SHE4 50-125/03/A 50 65 100 160 - - 121 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 431 104 20
SHE4 50-125/05/A 50 65 100 160 - - 129 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 463 104 26
SHE4 50-160/07/C 50 65 100 180 - - 128 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 340 431 104 30
SHE4 50-160/11/P 50 65 100 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 340 498 104 40
SHE4 50-200/11/P 50 65 100 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 498 104 48
SHE4 50-200/15/P 50 65 100 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 498 104 51
SHE4 50-250/22A/P 50 65 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 522 107 56
SHE4 50-250/22/P 50 65 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 522 107 56
SHE4 50-250/30/P 50 65 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 107 62
SHE4 65-160/05/A 65 80 100 200 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 463 130 32
SHE4 65-160/07/C 65 80 100 200 - - 128 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 431 130 36
SHE4 65-160/11A/P 65 80 100 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 498 130 44
SHE4 65-160/11/P 65 80 100 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 498 130 45
SHE4 65-160/15/P 65 80 100 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 498 130 48
SHE4 65-200/15/P 65 80 100 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 245 130 - 310 405 498 130 56
SHE4 65-200/22/P 65 80 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 245 130 - 310 405 522 130 64
SHE4 65-200/30/P 65 80 100 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 245 130 - 310 405 553 130 64
SHE4 65-250/40/P 65 80 100 250 - 315 168 - - - 200 - - 265 130 - 345 450 598 140 84
SHE4 65-250/55/P 65 80 100 250 - 343 191 - - - 200 - - 265 130 - 345 450 605 140 97
SHE4 80-160/15/P 80 100 125 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 523 160 55
SHE4 80-160/22A/P 80 100 125 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 547 160 63
SHE4 80-160/22/P 80 100 125 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 547 160 66
SHE4 80-200/30/P 80 100 125 250 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 430 578 160 69
SHE4 80-200/40/P 80 100 125 250 - 315 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 430 623 160 88
SHE4 80-250/55/P 80 100 125 280 - 343 191 - - - 200 - - 303 210 - 383 480 630 160 102
SHE4 80-250/75/P 80 100 125 280 - 343 191 - - - 200 - - 303 210 - 383 480 630 160 106
SHE4 80-250/110/P 80 100 125 280 208 - 240 49 5 40 200 304 210 304 254 15 383 480 719 160 145
* Motor shim on request sh-she4-4p50-en_e_td

83
SHS SERIES
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

84
SHS SERIES
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHS 2 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A AT T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT

PUMP SUPPORT B H L k
DNM DNA a f h2 w w1 x b c *c1 h1 m m1 n n1 s max kg
SHS 25-125/07/D 25 50 80 155 140 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 190 130 - 218 300 498 98 24
SHS 25-125/11/D 25 50 80 155 140 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 190 130 - 218 300 498 98 25
SHS 25-160/15/D 25 50 80 155 160 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 320 498 98 27
SHS 25-160/22/C 25 50 80 155 160 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 320 533 98 33
SHS 25-200/30/P 25 50 80 165 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 543 98 44
SHS 25-200/40/P 25 50 80 165 180 - - 154 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 564 98 51
SHS 25-250/55/P 25 50 100 192 225 - 399 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 667 98 77
SHS 25-250/75/P 25 50 100 192 225 - 397 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 659 98 91
SHS 25-250/110/P 25 50 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 98 130
SHS 32-125/07/D 32 50 80 155 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 498 98 24
SHS 32-125/11/D 32 50 80 155 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 498 98 25
SHS 32-160/15/D 32 50 80 155 160 - - 129 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 498 98 27
SHS 32-160/22/C 32 50 80 155 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 533 98 33
SHS 32-200/30/P 32 50 80 165 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 543 98 44
SHS 32-200/40/P 32 50 80 165 180 - - 154 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 564 98 51
SHS 32-250/55/P 32 50 100 192 225 - 399 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 667 98 77
SHS 32-250/75/P 32 50 100 192 225 - 397 191 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 659 98 91
SHS 32-250/110/P 32 50 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 98 130
SHS 40-125/11/D 40 65 80 155 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 498 100 26
SHS 40-125/15/D 40 65 80 155 140 - - 129 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 498 100 26
SHS 40-125/22/C 40 65 80 155 140 - - 134 - - - 112 - - 190 130 - 218 252 533 100 32
SHS 40-160/30/P 40 65 80 165 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 543 100 42
SHS 40-160/40/P 40 65 80 165 160 - - 154 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 564 100 48
SHS 40-200/55/P 40 65 100 192 180 - 399 168 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 300 340 667 100 63
SHS 40-200/75/P 40 65 100 192 180 - 397 191 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 300 340 659 100 80
SHS 40-250/110A/P 40 65 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 107 129
SHS 40-250/110/P 40 65 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 107 129
SHS 40-250/150/P 40 65 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 107 142
SHS 50-125/22/C 50 65 100 155 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 553 104 36
SHS 50-125/30/P 50 65 100 165 160 - - 134 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 563 104 37
SHS 50-125/40/P 50 65 100 165 160 - - 154 - - - 132 - - 210 130 - 253 292 584 104 48
SHS 50-160/55/P 50 65 100 192 180 - 399 168 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 300 340 667 104 62
SHS 50-160/75/P 50 65 100 192 180 - 397 191 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 300 340 659 104 81
SHS 50-200/110A/P 50 65 100 222 200 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 104 126
SHS 50-200/110/P 50 65 100 222 200 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 104 130
SHS 50-250/150/P 50 65 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 107 148
SHS 50-250/185/P 50 65 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 350 420 816 107 156
SHS 50-250/220/P 50 65 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 350 420 816 107 162
SHS 65-160/40/P 65 80 100 165 200 - - 154 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 584 130 60
SHS 65-160/55/P 65 80 100 192 200 - 399 168 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 667 130 78
SHS 65-160/75/P 65 80 100 192 200 - 397 191 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 659 130 93
SHS 65-160/110A/P 65 80 100 222 200 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 130 116
SHS 65-160/110/P 65 80 100 222 200 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 130 120
SHS 65-200/150/P 65 80 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 816 130 147
SHS 65-200/185/P 65 80 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 350 420 816 130 153
SHS 65-200/220/P 65 80 100 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 350 420 816 130 167
SHS 65-250/300/C 65 80 100 228 250 361 - 317 82 30 - 200 370 305 385 318 18 402 517 985 140 290
SHS 65-250/370/C 65 80 100 228 250 361 - 317 82 30 - 200 370 305 385 318 18 402 517 985 140 322
SHS 80-160/110/P 80 100 125 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 841 160 116
SHS 80-160/150/P 80 100 125 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 210 304 254 15 350 420 841 160 152
SHS 80-160/185/P 80 100 125 222 225 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 350 420 841 160 160
SHS 80-200/220/P 80 100 125 222 250 330 - 240 49 5 20 180 304 254 304 254 15 350 430 841 160 162
SHS 80-200/300/C 80 100 125 228 250 361 - 317 82 30 - 200 370 305 385 318 18 402 517 985 160 312
SHS 80-200/370/C 80 100 125 228 250 361 - 317 82 30 - 200 370 305 385 318 18 402 517 985 160 317
* Motor shim on request sh-shs-2p50-en_f_td

85
SHS4 SERIES
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

86
SHS4 SERIES
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHS4 4 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A ATT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT
PUMP SUPPORT B H L k
DNM DNA a f h2 w w1 x b c *c1 h1 m m1 n n1 s max kg
SHS4 25-250/07/C 25 50 100 155 225 - - 128 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 486 98 42
SHS4 25-250/11/P 25 50 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 98 49
SHS4 25-250/15/P 25 50 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 98 50
SHS4 32-250/07/C 32 50 100 155 225 - - 128 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 486 98 42
SHS4 32-250/11/P 32 50 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 98 49
SHS4 32-250/15/P 32 50 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 98 50
SHS4 40-200/07/C 40 65 100 155 180 - - 128 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 486 100 31
SHS4 40-200/11/P 40 65 100 155 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 230 130 - 284 340 553 100 37
SHS4 40-250/11/P 40 65 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 107 51
SHS4 40-250/15/P 40 65 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 553 107 64
SHS4 40-250/22/P 40 65 100 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 587 107 68
SHS4 50-160/07/C 50 65 100 155 180 - - 128 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 340 486 104 30
SHS4 50-160/11/P 50 65 100 155 180 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 210 130 - 253 340 553 104 36
SHS4 50-200/11/P 50 65 100 155 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 553 104 49
SHS4 50-200/15/P 50 65 100 155 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 553 104 52
SHS4 50-250/22A/P 50 65 100 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 587 107 58
SHS4 50-250/22/P 50 65 100 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 587 107 59
SHS4 50-250/30/P 50 65 100 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 618 107 65
SHS4 65-160/05/A 65 80 100 155 200 - - 129 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 518 130 34
SHS4 65-160/07/C 65 80 100 155 200 - - 128 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 486 130 38
SHS4 65-160/11A/P 65 80 100 155 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 553 130 46
SHS4 65-160/11/P 65 80 100 155 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 553 130 48
SHS4 65-160/15/P 65 80 100 155 200 - - 134 - - - 160 - - 245 130 - 310 360 553 130 51
SHS4 65-200/15/P 65 80 100 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 245 130 - 310 405 553 130 54
SHS4 65-200/22/P 65 80 100 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 245 130 - 310 405 587 130 71
SHS4 65-200/30/P 65 80 100 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 245 130 - 310 405 618 130 72
SHS4 65-250/40/P 65 80 100 165 250 - 380 168 - - - 200 - - 265 130 - 345 450 663 140 97
SHS4 65-250/55/P 65 80 100 192 250 - 435 191 - - - 200 - - 265 130 - 345 450 697 140 104
SHS4 80-160/15/P 80 100 125 155 225 - - 134 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 578 160 59
SHS4 80-160/22A/P 80 100 125 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 612 160 67
SHS4 80-160/22/P 80 100 125 165 225 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 405 612 160 67
SHS4 80-200/30/P 80 100 125 165 250 - - 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 430 643 160 72
SHS4 80-200/40/P 80 100 125 165 250 - 380 168 - - - 180 - - 265 130 - 345 430 688 160 88
SHS4 80-250/55/P 80 100 125 192 280 - 435 191 - - - 200 - - 303 210 - 383 480 722 160 107
SHS4 80-250/75/P 80 100 125 192 280 - 435 191 - - - 200 - - 303 210 - 383 480 722 160 113
SHS4 80-250/110/P 80 100 125 222 280 330 - 240 49 5 40 200 304 210 304 254 15 383 480 841 160 153
* Motor shim on request sh-shs4-4p50-en_e_td

87
SHF SERIES (BARE SHAF T)
SHAFT)
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A T 50 Hz
AT

88
SHF SERIES (BARE SHAFSHAFT) T)
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHF
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A T 50 Hz
AT
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT

PUMP SUPPORT SHAFT B k


DNM DNA a f h1 h2 b c m m1 n n1 s w d l t u kg
SHF 25-125 25 50 80 360 112 140 47 3 100 70 190 140 14 260 24 50 27 8 218 98 14
SHF 25-160 25 50 80 360 132 160 48 3 100 70 240 190 14 260 24 50 27 8 253 98 17
SHF 25-200 25 50 80 360 160 180 47 3 100 70 240 190 14 260 24 50 27 8 284 98 20
SHF 25-250 25 50 100 360 180 225 54 6 125 95 320 250 14 260 24 50 27 8 345 98 34
SHF 32-125 32 50 80 360 112 140 47 3 100 70 190 140 14 260 24 50 27 8 218 98 14
SHF 32-160 32 50 80 360 132 160 48 3 100 70 240 190 14 260 24 50 27 8 253 98 17
SHF 32-200 32 50 80 360 160 180 47 3 100 70 240 190 14 260 24 50 27 8 284 98 20
SHF 32-250 32 50 100 360 180 225 54 6 125 95 320 250 14 260 24 50 27 8 345 98 34
SHF 40-125 40 65 80 360 112 140 47 3 100 70 210 160 14 260 24 50 27 8 218 100 16
SHF 40-160 40 65 80 360 132 160 48 3 100 70 240 190 14 260 24 50 27 8 253 100 18
SHF 40-200 40 65 100 360 160 180 50 3 100 70 265 212 14 260 24 50 27 8 284 100 20
SHF 40-250 40 65 100 360 180 225 54 6 125 95 320 250 14 260 24 50 27 8 345 107 33
SHF 50-125 50 65 100 360 132 160 48 3 100 70 240 190 14 260 24 50 27 8 253 104 17
SHF 50-160 50 65 100 360 160 180 48 3 100 70 265 212 14 260 24 50 27 8 253 104 24
SHF 50-200 50 65 100 360 160 200 40 6 100 70 265 212 14 260 24 50 27 8 310 104 30
SHF 50-250 50 65 100 360 180 225 54 6 125 95 320 250 14 260 24 50 27 8 345 107 37
SHF 65-160 65 80 100 360 160 200 48 6 125 95 280 212 14 260 24 50 27 8 310 130 31
SHF 65-200 65 80 100 360 180 225 65 15 125 95 320 250 14 260 24 50 27 8 310 130 42
SHF 65-250 65 80 100 470 200 250 80 18 160 120 360 280 18 340 32 80 35 10 345 140 55
SHF 80-160 80 100 125 360 180 225 54 6 125 95 320 250 14 260 24 50 27 8 345 160 37
SHF 80-200 80 100 125 470 180 250 65 15 125 95 345 280 14 340 32 80 35 10 345 160 55
SHF 80-250 80 100 125 470 200 280 80 18 160 120 400 315 18 340 32 80 35 10 383 160 67
sh-shf-en_c_td

89
SHF SERIES
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

90
SHF SERIES
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHF 2 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A AT T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) s WEIGHT COUPLING

FOR TYPE

DNM DNA a B1 B2 L1 L2 L3 G M h1 h2 Hmax SCREWS kg


SHF 25-125/07/D 25 50 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 67 A2
SHF 25-125/11/D 25 50 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 69 A2
SHF 25-160/15/P 25 50 80 350 390 791 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 73 A3
SHF 25-160/22/P 25 50 80 350 390 791 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 75 A3
SHF 25-200/30/P 25 50 80 350 390 822 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 95 B1
SHF 25-200/40/P 25 50 80 350 390 825 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 97 B1
SHF 25-250/55/P 25 50 100 440 490 910 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 130 C1
SHF 25-250/75/P 25 50 100 440 490 910 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 134 C1
SHF 25-250/110/P 25 50 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 181 C2
SHF 32-125/07/D 32 50 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 67 A2
SHF 32-125/11/D 32 50 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 69 A2
SHF 32-160/15/P 32 50 80 350 390 791 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 73 A3
SHF 32-160/22/P 32 50 80 350 390 791 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 75 A3
SHF 32-200/30/P 32 50 80 350 390 822 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 95 B1
SHF 32-200/40/P 32 50 80 350 390 825 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 97 B1
SHF 32-250/55/P 32 50 100 440 490 910 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 130 C1
SHF 32-250/75/P 32 50 100 440 490 910 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 134 C1
SHF 32-250/110/P 32 50 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 181 C2
SHF 40-125/11/D 40 65 80 350 390 746 600 900 150 60 212 140 352 M16 70 A2
SHF 40-125/15/P 40 65 80 350 390 791 600 900 150 60 212 140 352 M16 74 A3
SHF 40-125/22/P 40 65 80 350 390 791 600 900 150 60 212 140 352 M16 77 A3
SHF 40-160/30/P 40 65 80 350 390 822 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 92 B1
SHF 40-160/40/P 40 65 80 350 390 825 600 900 150 60 232 160 400 M16 96 B1
SHF 40-200/55/P 40 65 100 400 450 910 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 M20 123 C1
SHF 40-200/75/P 40 65 100 400 450 910 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 M20 128 C1
SHF 40-250/110A/P 40 65 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 167 C2
SHF 40-250/110/P 40 65 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 170 C2
SHF 40-250/150/P 40 65 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 175 C2
SHF 50-125/22/P 50 65 100 350 390 811 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 84 A3
SHF 50-125/30/P 50 65 100 350 390 842 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 M16 92 B1
SHF 50-125/40/P 50 65 100 350 390 845 600 900 150 60 232 160 400 M16 95 B1
SHF 50-160/55/P 50 65 100 400 450 910 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 M20 120 C1
SHF 50-160/75/P 50 65 100 400 450 910 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 M20 122 C1
SHF 50-200/110A/P 50 65 100 440 490 1067 740 1120 190 60 260 200 500 M20 145 C2
SHF 50-200/110/P 50 65 100 440 490 1067 740 1120 190 60 260 200 500 M20 150 C2
SHF 50-250/150/P 50 65 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 165 C2
SHF 50-250/185/P 50 65 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 170 C2
SHF 50-250/220/C 50 65 100 490 540 1127 840 1250 205 75 280 225 559 M20 246 D1
SHF 65-160/40/P 65 80 100 400 450 845 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 M20 133 B1
SHF 65-160/55/P 65 80 100 400 450 845 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 M20 150 C1
SHF 65-160/75/P 65 80 100 400 450 845 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 M20 154 C1
SHF 65-160/110A/P 65 80 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 260 200 500 M20 162 C2
SHF 65-160/110/P 65 80 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 260 200 500 M20 162 C2
SHF 65-200/150/P 65 80 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 185 C2
SHF 65-200/185/P 65 80 100 490 540 1067 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 190 C2
SHF 65-200/220/C 65 80 100 490 540 1127 840 1250 205 75 280 225 559 M20 274 D1
SHF 65-250/300/C 65 80 100 550 610 1340 940 1400 230 90 310 250 627 M24 367 E1
SHF 65-250/370/C 65 80 100 550 610 1340 940 1400 230 90 310 250 627 M24 403 E1
SHF 80-160/110/P 80 100 125 490 540 1092 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 198 C2
SHF 80-160/150/P 80 100 125 490 540 1092 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 209 C2
SHF 80-160/185/P 80 100 125 490 540 1092 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 M20 220 C2
SHF 80-200/220/C 80 100 125 490 540 1262 840 1250 205 75 280 250 559 M20 302 D2
SHF 80-200/300/C 80 100 125 550 610 1365 940 1400 230 75 310 250 627 M24 373 E1
SHF 80-200/370/C 80 100 125 550 610 1365 940 1400 230 75 310 250 627 M24 402 E1
SHF 80-250/450/C 80 100 125 550 610 1454 940 1400 230 90 365 280 749 M24 501 E1
SHF 80-250/550/C 80 100 125 600 660 1563 1060 1600 270 90 390 280 792 M24 582 F1
SHF 80-250/750/C 80 100 125 670 730 1670 1200 1800 300 90 420 280 892 M24 700 G1
sh-shf-2p50-en_g_td

91
SHF4 SERIES
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
AT

92
SHF4 SERIES
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHF4 4 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A ATT 50 Hz, 4 POLES
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) s WEIGHT COUPLING

FOR TYPE

DNM DNA a B1 B2 L1 L2 L3 G M h1 h2 Hmax SCREWS kg


SHF4 25-125/02A/A 25 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 72 A1
SHF4 25-125/02/A 25 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 72 A1
SHF4 25-160/02/A 25 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 74 A1
SHF4 25-160/03/A 25 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 74 A1
SHF4 25-200/03/A 25 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 260 180 440 M16 78 A1
SHF4 25-200/05/A 25 50 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 260 180 440 M16 80 A2
SHF4 25-250/07/C 25 50 100 400 450 734 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 98 A2
SHF4 25-250/11/P 25 50 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 106 A3
SHF4 25-250/15/P 25 50 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 108 A3
SHF4 32-125/02A/A 32 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 72 A1
SHF4 32-125/02/A 32 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 72 A1
SHF4 32-160/02/A 32 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 74 A1
SHF4 32-160/03/A 32 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 74 A1
SHF4 32-200/03/A 32 50 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 260 180 440 M16 78 A1
SHF4 32-200/05/A 32 50 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 260 180 440 M16 80 A2
SHF4 32-250/07/C 32 50 100 400 450 734 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 98 A2
SHF4 32-250/11/P 32 50 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 106 A3
SHF4 32-250/15/P 32 50 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 108 A3
SHF4 40-125/02A/A 40 65 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 57 A1
SHF4 40-125/02/A 40 65 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 57 A1
SHF4 40-125/03/A 40 65 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 M16 58 A1
SHF4 40-160/03/A 40 65 80 320 360 704 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 60 A1
SHF4 40-160/05/A 40 65 80 320 360 746 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 62 A2
SHF4 40-200/07/C 40 65 100 350 390 734 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 70 A2
SHF4 40-200/11/P 40 65 100 350 390 811 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 78 A3
SHF4 40-250/11/P 40 65 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 105 A3
SHF4 40-250/15/P 40 65 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 108 A3
SHF4 40-250/22/P 40 65 100 400 450 888 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 131 B1
SHF4 50-125/03A/A 50 65 100 320 360 724 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 59 A1
SHF4 50-125/03/A 50 65 100 320 360 724 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 59 A1
SHF4 50-125/05/A 50 65 100 320 360 766 540 800 130 60 232 160 392 M16 61 A2
SHF4 50-160/07/C 50 65 100 350 390 734 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 69 A2
SHF4 50-160/11/P 50 65 100 350 390 811 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 M16 77 A3
SHF4 50-200/11/P 50 65 100 350 390 811 600 900 150 60 260 200 460 M16 88 A3
SHF4 50-200/15/P 50 65 100 350 390 811 600 900 150 60 260 200 460 M16 91 A3
SHF4 50-250/22A/P 50 65 100 400 450 888 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 132 B1
SHF4 50-250/22/P 50 65 100 400 450 888 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 132 B1
SHF4 50-250/30/P 50 65 100 400 450 888 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 136 B1
SHF4 65-160/05/A 65 80 100 350 390 766 600 900 150 75 260 200 460 M16 84 A2
SHF4 65-160/07/C 65 80 100 350 390 734 600 900 150 75 260 200 460 M16 86 A2
SHF4 65-160/11A/P 65 80 100 400 450 811 600 1000 170 75 260 200 460 M20 94 A3
SHF4 65-160/11/P 65 80 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 M20 94 A3
SHF4 65-160/15/P 65 80 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 M20 97 A3
SHF4 65-200/15/P 65 80 100 400 450 811 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 109 A3
SHF4 65-200/22/P 65 80 100 440 490 888 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 133 B1
SHF4 65-200/30/P 65 80 100 440 490 888 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 137 B1
SHF4 65-250/40/P 65 80 100 440 490 1031 740 1120 190 90 310 250 550 M20 178 C3
SHF4 65-250/55/P 65 80 100 440 490 1058 740 1120 190 90 310 250 550 M20 193 C4
SHF4 80-160/15/P 80 100 125 400 450 836 660 1000 170 75 280 225 505 M20 127 A3
SHF4 80-160/22A/P 80 100 125 440 490 913 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 143 B1
SHF4 80-160/22/P 80 100 125 440 490 913 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 M20 143 B1
SHF4 80-200/30/P 80 100 125 440 490 1023 740 1120 190 75 280 250 530 M20 162 C3
SHF4 80-200/40/P 80 100 125 440 490 1056 740 1120 190 75 280 250 530 M20 171 C3
SHF4 80-250/55/P 80 100 125 490 540 1083 840 1250 205 90 310 280 590 M20 194 C4
SHF4 80-250/75/P 80 100 125 490 540 1083 840 1250 205 90 310 280 590 M20 198 C4
SHF4 80-250/110/P 80 100 125 490 540 1202 840 1250 205 90 310 280 590 M20 256 C5
sh-shf4-4p50-en_f_td

93
SHF..SC SERIES
SHF..SC
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

94
SHF..SC SERIES
SHF..SC
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE SHF SC 2 poli 50 Hz
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS A T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT

COUPLING
PUMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) s WEIGHT

TYPE
FOR

DNM DNA a B1 B2 L1 L2 L3 G M h1 h2 Hmax f x SCREWS kg


SHF 32-125/07/D SC 32 50 80 320 360 845 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 360 100 M16 69 A2S
SHF 32-125/11/D SC 32 50 80 320 360 845 540 800 130 60 212 140 352 360 100 M16 71 A2S
SHF 32-160/15/P SC 32 50 80 350 390 889 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 360 100 M16 75 A3S
SHF 32-160/22/P SC 32 50 80 350 390 889 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 360 100 M16 77 A3S
SHF 32-200/30/P SC 32 50 80 350 390 920 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 360 100 M16 97 B1S
SHF 32-200/40/P SC 32 50 80 350 390 923 600 900 150 60 260 180 440 360 100 M16 99 B1S
SHF 32-250/55/P SC 32 50 100 440 490 1007 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 360 100 M20 132 C1S
SHF 32-250/75/P SC 32 50 100 440 490 1007 740 1120 190 75 280 225 505 360 100 M20 136 C1S
SHF 32-250/110/P SC 32 50 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 183 C2S
SHF 40-125/11/D SC 40 65 80 350 390 845 600 900 150 60 212 140 352 360 100 M16 72 A2S
SHF 40-125/15/P SC 40 65 80 350 390 889 600 900 150 60 212 140 352 360 100 M16 76 A3S
SHF 40-125/22/P SC 40 65 80 350 390 889 600 900 150 60 212 140 352 360 100 M16 79 A3S
SHF 40-160/30/P SC 40 65 80 350 390 920 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 360 100 M16 94 B1S
SHF 40-160/40/P SC 40 65 80 350 390 923 600 900 150 60 232 160 400 360 100 M16 98 B1S
SHF 40-200/55/P SC 40 65 100 400 450 1007 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 360 100 M20 125 C1S
SHF 40-200/75/P SC 40 65 100 400 450 1007 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 360 100 M20 130 C1S
SHF 40-250/110A/P SC 40 65 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 169 C2S
SHF 40-250/110/P SC 40 65 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 172 C2S
SHF 40-250/150/P SC 40 65 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 177 C2S
SHF 50-125/22/P SC 50 65 100 350 390 909 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 360 100 M16 86 A3S
SHF 50-125/30/P SC 50 65 100 350 390 940 600 900 150 60 232 160 392 360 100 M16 94 B1S
SHF 50-125/40/P SC 50 65 100 350 390 943 600 900 150 60 232 160 400 360 100 M16 97 B1S
SHF 50-160/55/P SC 50 65 100 400 450 1007 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 360 100 M20 122 C1S
SHF 50-160/75/P SC 50 65 100 400 450 1007 660 1000 170 60 260 180 451 360 100 M20 124 C1S
SHF 50-200/110A/P SC 50 65 100 440 490 1164 740 1120 190 60 260 200 500 360 100 M20 147 C2S
SHF 50-200/110/P SC 50 65 100 440 490 1164 740 1120 190 60 260 200 500 360 100 M20 152 C2S
SHF 50-250/150/P SC 50 65 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 167 C2S
SHF 50-250/185/P SC 50 65 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 172 C2S
SHF 50-250/220/C SC 50 65 100 490 540 1224 840 1250 205 75 280 225 559 360 100 M20 248 D1S
SHF 65-160/40/P SC 65 80 100 400 450 943 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 360 100 M20 135 B1S
SHF 65-160/55/P SC 65 80 100 400 450 1007 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 360 100 M20 152 C1S
SHF 65-160/75/P SC 65 80 100 400 450 1007 660 1000 170 75 260 200 460 360 100 M20 156 C1S
SHF 65-160/110A/P SC 65 80 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 260 200 500 360 100 M20 164 C2S
SHF 65-160/110/P SC 65 80 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 260 200 500 360 100 M20 164 C2S
SHF 65-200/150/P SC 65 80 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 187 C2S
SHF 65-200/185/P SC 65 80 100 490 540 1164 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 192 C2S
SHF 65-200/220/C SC 65 80 100 490 540 1224 840 1250 205 75 280 225 559 360 100 M20 276 D1S
SHF 65-250/300/C SC 65 80 100 550 610 1477 940 1400 230 90 310 250 627 470 140 M24 370 E1S
SHF 65-250/370/C SC 65 80 100 550 610 1477 940 1400 230 90 310 250 627 470 140 M24 406 E1S
SHF 80-160/110/P SC 80 100 125 490 540 1189 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 200 C2S
SHF 80-160/150/P SC 80 100 125 490 540 1189 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 211 C2S
SHF 80-160/185/P SC 80 100 125 490 540 1189 840 1250 205 75 280 225 520 360 100 M20 222 C2S
SHF 80-200/220/C SC 80 100 125 490 540 1359 840 1250 205 75 280 250 559 470 100 M20 304 D2S
SHF 80-200/300/C SC 80 100 125 550 610 1502 940 1400 230 75 310 250 627 470 140 M24 376 E1S
SHF 80-200/370/C SC 80 100 125 550 610 1502 940 1400 230 75 310 250 627 470 140 M24 405 E1S
SHF 80-250/450/C SC 80 100 125 550 610 1591 940 1400 230 90 365 280 749 470 140 M24 504 E1S
SHF 80-250/550/C SC 80 100 125 600 660 1700 1060 1600 270 90 390 280 792 470 140 M24 587 F1S
SHF 80-250/750/C SC 80 100 125 670 730 1807 1200 1800 300 90 420 280 892 470 140 M24 706 G1S
sh-shf-sc-2p50-en_e_td

95
96
ACCESSORIES
Dimensions of counter-flanges ...................................................................................................... 98
99
Dimensions of flexible joints ..........................................................................................................

Shims for pump/motor feet ...................................................................................................... 101

97
DIMENSIONS OF ROUND THREADED COUNTERFLANGES
ACCORDING TO EN 1092-1
DIMENSIONI CONTROFLANGE TONDE
DIMENSIONS (mm) HOLES
DN øC øA B øD H øF N° PN
25 Rp 1 85 10 115 16 14 4 16
32 Rp 1¼ 100 13 140 16 18 4 16
40 Rp 1½ 110 14 150 19 18 4 16
50 Rp 2 125 16 165 24 18 4 16
65 Rp 2½ 145 16 185 23 18 4 16
80 Rp 3 160 17 200 27 18 8 16
100 Rp 4 180 18 220 31 18 8 16
sh-ctf-tonde-f-en_b_td

DIMENSIONS OF ROUND WELD -ON COUNTERFLANGES


WELD-ON
ACCORDING TO EN 1092-1

DIMENSIONI CONTROFLANGE TONDE


DIMENSIONS (mm) HOLES
DN øC øA B øD øF N° PN
65 77 145 18 185 18 4 16
80 90 160 20 200 18 8 16
100 115,5 180 22 220 18 8 16
sh-ctf-tonde-s-en_b_td

98
FLEXIBLE COUPLING DIMENSIONS

SHF DIMENSIONI GIUNTO ELASTICO

REF. DENOMINATION DIMENSIONS (mm)


K1 K4
PUMP-SIDE HALF COUPLING MOTOR-SIDE HALF COUPLING
H7 js9 +0.2 H7 js9 +0.2
SIZE x d1 x d2 d1 l1 b1 t1 0 s1 q1 u d2 l2 b2 t2 0 s2 q2
A1 B 68 x 24 x 14 24 20 8 27,3 M6 10 2÷4 14 20 5 16,3 M6 8
A2 B 68 x 24 x 19 24 20 8 27,3 M6 10 2÷4 19 20 6 21,8 M6 8
A3 B 68 x 24 x 24 24 20 8 27,3 M6 10 2÷4 24 20 8 27,3 M6 8
B1 B 80 x 24 x 28 24 30 8 27,3 M6 19 2÷4 28 30 8 31,3 M6 12
C1 B 95 x 24 x 38 24 35 8 27,3 M6 20 2÷4 38 35 10 41,3 M6 15
C2 B 95 x 24 x 42 24 35 8 27,3 M6 20 2÷4 42 35 12 45,3 M6 15
C3 B 95 x 32 x 28 32 35 10 35,3 M6 20 2÷4 28 35 8 31,3 M6 15
C4 B 95 x 32 x 38 32 35 10 35,3 M6 20 2÷4 38 35 10 41,3 M6 15
C5 B 95 x 32 x 42 32 35 10 35,3 M6 20 2÷4 42 35 12 45,3 M6 15
D1 B 110 x 24 x 48 24 40 8 27,3 M6 22 2÷4 48 40 14 51,8 M6 18
D2 B 110 x 32 x 48 32 40 10 35,3 M6 22 2÷4 48 40 14 51,8 M6 18
E1 B 125 x 32 x 55 32 50 10 35,3 M8 30 2÷4 55 50 16 59,3 M8 20
F1 B 140 x 32 x 60 32 55 10 35,3 M8 13 2÷4 60 55 18 64,4 M8 22
G1 B 160 x 32 x 65 32 60 10 35,3 M10 13 2÷6 65 60 18 69,4 M10 25
shf-giunto-elastico-en_c_td
N.B.: Non-ATEX version.
Non-ATEX

99
SPACER COUPLING DIMENSIONS
SPACER

DIMENSIONI GIUNTO ELASTICO CON SPAZIATORE

REF. DENOMINATION DIMENSIONS (mm)


K1 K5
PUMP-SIDE HALF COUPLING MOTOR-SIDE HALF COUPLING
+1 H7 js9 +0.2 H7 js9 +0.2
SIXE x l x d1 x d2 l0 d1 l1 b1 t1 0 s1 q1 u d2 l2 b2 t2 0 s2 q2
A2S H 80-100 x 24 x 19 100 24 30 8 27,3 M6 19 5 19 45 6 21,8 M6 15
A3S H 80-100 x 24 x 24 100 24 30 8 27,3 M6 19 5 24 45 8 27,3 M6 15
B1S H 80-100 x 24 x 28 100 24 30 8 27,3 M6 19 5 28 45 8 31,3 M6 15
C1S H 95-100 x 24 x 38 100 24 35 8 27,3 M6 20 5 38 45 10 41,3 M6 20
C2S H 95-100 x 24 x 42 100 24 35 8 27,3 M6 20 5 42 45 12 45,3 M6 20
D1S H 110-100 x 24 x 48 100 24 40 8 27,3 M6 22 5 48 50 14 51,8 M6 25
D2S H 110-100 x 32 x 48 100 32 40 10 35,3 M6 22 5 48 50 14 51,8 M6 25
E1S H 125-140 x 32 x 55 140 32 50 10 35,3 M8 30 5 55 50 16 59,3 M8 25
F1S H 140-140 x 32 x 60 140 32 55 10 35,3 M8 13 5 60 65 18 64,4 M8 30
G1S H 160-140 x 32 x 65 140 32 60 10 35,3 M10 13 6 65 70 18 69,4 M10 35
sh-giunto-elastico-con-sp-en_c_td
N.B.: Non-ATEX version.
Non-ATEX

100
SH SERIES
SHIM FOR MOTOR FEET

DIMENSIONI SPESSORI PER MOTORI SHF - SHS


DIMENSIONS (mm) DIMENSIONS (mm)
DENOMINATION HOLES DENOMINATION
b x h x l a l1 l2 c N° øs d1 x h d2
35 20 125 17 100 - 12,5 2 10 45 41 10
40 10 155 20 100 125 15 3 10 45 61 10
40 12 155 20 100 125 15 3 10 45 89 10
40 12 180 17 140 - 20 2 14 55 52 12
40 20 180 17 140 - 20 2 14 55 70 12
40 30 155 20 100 125 15 3 10 55 80 12
40 40 180 17 140 - 20 2 14 55 90 12
50 8 226 21 140 178 24 3 14 55 100 12
50 20 226 21 140 178 24 3 14 65 60 16
50 20 304 25 210 254 25 3 14 65 68 16
50 30 304 25 210 254 25 3 14 65 78 16
100 30 467 50 311 349 59 3 22 65 80 16
65 88 16
sp-mot-shs-shf-en_d_td

SHIM FOR PUMP FEET (SHF)

DIMENSIONI SPESSORI POMPA SHF


DIMENSIONS (mm)
DESIGNATION
b x h x m1 a m2 øs t
40 10 160 25 110 14 16,5
40 20 160 25 110 14 16,5
40 25 160 25 110 14 16,5
40 30 160 25 110 14 16,5
70 20 125 15 95 14 37,5
80 10 160 20 120 18 42,5
80 25 160 20 120 18 42,5
80 30 160 20 120 18 42,5
sp-pompa-shf-en_b_td

101
102
TECHNICAL
APPENDIX

103
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS OF SH SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPS
APPLICATIONS

Water Purification: Waste Management:


De-ionized water Waste treatment
Water Treatment Pollution control
Filtration
Commercial Pools

Food and Drink: Machine Tools:


Food processing Degreasing
Bottle washing Parts washing
Citrus Processing Machine centres
Dish washing Chemical treatment
Brewing Heat treatment
Sanitary ware

Medical: Vehicle Maintenance:


Laser cooling Car washing
Medical chillers Lorry of Truck wash
Sanitary equipment Wheel or tyre washing
Airplane washing
Heating, Ventilating &
Air Conditioning (HVAC) Marine:
Condensate return Water on board ships
Air scrubbers Boat design (wave machines)
Water re-circulation
Cooling towers Agriculture:
Cooling systems Irrigation
Temperature control Greenhouses
Chillaer Poultry Washing
Induction heating Cotton humidifiers
Heat exchangers
Water heating Computers:
Booster packages Washing of circuit boards

Graphics: Laundry:
Film washing Commercial washing
Cooling of presses

Plastics: General Industry:


Extrusion machines Spray Booths
Temperature control Light chemical transfer
Manufacture of polymers Booster systems
Fire fighting

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 104


NPSH

The minimum operating values that can be reached at the The maximum possible suction head for installation
pump suction end are limited by the onset of cavitation. depends on the value of the atmospheric pressure
(i.e. the elevation above sea level at which the pump
Cavitation is the formation of vapour-filled cavities within is installed) and the temperature of the liquid.
liquids where the pressure is locally reduced to a critical value,
or where the local pressure is equal to, or just below the To help the user, with reference to water temperature
vapour pressure of the liquid. (4° C) and to the elevation above sea level, the
following tables show the drop in hydraulic pressure
The vapour-filled cavities flow with the current and head in relation to the elevation above sea level, and
when they reach a higher pressure area the vapour the suction loss in relation to temperature.
contained in the cavities condenses. The cavities collide,
generating pressure waves that are transmitted to the Water
walls. These, being subjected to stress cycles, gradually temperature (°C) 20 40 60 80 90 110 120
become deformed and yield due to fatigue. This Suction
phenomenon, characterized by a metallic noise loss (m) 0,2 0,7 2,0 5,0 7,4 15,4 21,5
produced by the hammering on the pipe walls, is called
incipient cavitation.
Elevation above
sea level (m) 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
The damage caused by cavitation may be magnified by
electrochemical corrosion and a local rise in Suction
temperature due to the plastic deformation of the loss (m) 0,55 1,1 1,65 2,2 2,75 3,3
walls. The materials that offer the highest resistance to
heat and corrosion are alloy steels, especially austenitic
steel. The conditions that trigger cavitation may be Friction loss is shown in the tables at pages 107-108 of
assessed by calculating the total net suction head, this catalogue. To reduce it to a minimum, especially
referred to in technical literature with the acronym in cases of high suction head (over 4-5 m.) or within
NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head). the operating limits with high flow rates, we
recommend using a suction line having a larger
The NPSH represents the total energy (expressed in m.) diameter than that of the pump’s suction port.
of the liquid measured at suction under conditions of It is always a good idea to position the pump as close
incipient cavitation, excluding the vapour pressure as possible to the liquid to be pumped.
(expressed in m.) that the liquid has at the pump inlet.
Make the following calculation:
To find the static height hz at which to install the
machine under safe conditions, the following formula Liquid: water at ~15°C γ = 1 kg/dm3
must be verified: Flow rate required: 30 m3/h
Head for required delivery: 43 m.
Suction lift: 3,5 m.
hp + hz ≥ (NPSHr + 0.5) + hf + hpv 1 The selection is an FHE 40-200/75 pump whose NPSH
required value is, at 30 m3/h, di 2,5 m.
where:
hp is the absolute pressure applied to the free liquid For water at 15 °C
surface in the suction tank, expressed in m. of
liquid; hp is the quotient between the barometric hp = Pa / γ = 10,33m, hpv = Pv / γ = 0,174m (0,01701 bar)
pressure and the specific weight of the liquid.
The Hf flow resistance in the suction line with foot
hz is the suction lift between the pump axis and the
valves is ~ 1,2 m.
free liquid surface in the suction tank, expressed
By substituting the parameters in formula 1 with the
in m.; hz is negative when the liquid level is
numeric values above, we have:
lower than the pump axis.
hf is the flow resistance in the suction line and its
10,33 + (-3,5) ≥ (2,5 + 0,5) + 1,2 + 0,17
accessories, such as: fittings, foot valve, gate
valve, elbows, etc. from which we have: 6,8 > 4,4
hpv is the vapour pressure of the liquid at the
operating temperature, expressed in m. of The relation is therefore verified.
liquid. hpv is the quotient between the Pv vapour
pressure and the liquid’s specific weight.
0,5 is the safety factor.

105 TECHNICAL APPENDIX


TENSIONE DI VAPORE
VAPOUR PRES SURE
PRESSURE
TABELLA TENSIONE DI VAPORE ps E DENSITA' DELL'ACQUA
VAPOUR PRES SURE ps AND ρ DENSITY OF WA
PRESSURE TER T
WATER ABLE
TABLE
t T ps ρ t T ps ρ t T ps ρ
3 3
°C K bar kg/dm °C K bar kg/dm °C K bar kg/dm3
0 273,15 0,00611 0,9998 55 328,15 0,15741 0,9857 120 393,15 1,9854 0,9429
1 274,15 0,00657 0,9999 56 329,15 0,16511 0,9852 122 395,15 2,1145 0,9412
2 275,15 0,00706 0,9999 57 330,15 0,17313 0,9846 124 397,15 2,2504 0,9396
3 276,15 0,00758 0,9999 58 331,15 0,18147 0,9842 126 399,15 2,3933 0,9379
4 277,15 0,00813 1,0000 59 332,15 0,19016 0,9837 128 401,15 2,5435 0,9362
5 278,15 0,00872 1,0000 60 333,15 0,1992 0,9832 130 403,15 2,7013 0,9346
6 279,15 0,00935 1,0000 61 334,15 0,2086 0,9826 132 405,15 2,867 0,9328
7 280,15 0,01001 0,9999 62 335,15 0,2184 0,9821 134 407,15 3,041 0,9311
8 281,15 0,01072 0,9999 63 336,15 0,2286 0,9816 136 409,15 3,223 0,9294
9 282,15 0,01147 0,9998 64 337,15 0,2391 0,9811 138 411,15 3,414 0,9276
10 283,15 0,01227 0,9997 65 338,15 0,2501 0,9805 140 413,15 3,614 0,9258
11 284,15 0,01312 0,9997 66 339,15 0,2615 0,9799 145 418,15 4,155 0,9214
12 285,15 0,01401 0,9996 67 340,15 0,2733 0,9793 155 428,15 5,433 0,9121
13 286,15 0,01497 0,9994 68 341,15 0,2856 0,9788 160 433,15 6,181 0,9073
14 287,15 0,01597 0,9993 69 342,15 0,2984 0,9782 165 438,15 7,008 0,9024
15 288,15 0,01704 0,9992 70 343,15 0,3116 0,9777 170 433,15 7,920 0,8973
16 289,15 0,01817 0,9990 71 344,15 0,3253 0,9770 175 448,15 8,924 0,8921
17 290,15 0,01936 0,9988 72 345,15 0,3396 0,9765 180 453,15 10,027 0,8869
18 291,15 0,02062 0,9987 73 346,15 0,3543 0,9760 185 458,15 11,233 0,8815
19 292,15 0,02196 0,9985 74 347,15 0,3696 0,9753 190 463,15 12,551 0,8760
20 293,15 0,02337 0,9983 75 348,15 0,3855 0,9748 195 468,15 13,987 0,8704
21 294,15 0,24850 0,9981 76 349,15 0,4019 0,9741 200 473,15 15,550 0,8647
22 295,15 0,02642 0,9978 77 350,15 0,4189 0,9735 205 478,15 17,243 0,8588
23 296,15 0,02808 0,9976 78 351,15 0,4365 0,9729 210 483,15 19,077 0,8528
24 297,15 0,02982 0,9974 79 352,15 0,4547 0,9723 215 488,15 21,060 0,8467
25 298,15 0,03166 0,9971 80 353,15 0,4736 0,9716 220 493,15 23,198 0,8403
26 299,15 0,03360 0,9968 81 354,15 0,4931 0,9710 225 498,15 25,501 0,8339
27 300,15 0,03564 0,9966 82 355,15 0,5133 0,9704 230 503,15 27,976 0,8273
28 301,15 0,03778 0,9963 83 356,15 0,5342 0,9697 235 508,15 30,632 0,8205
29 302,15 0,04004 0,9960 84 357,15 0,5557 0,9691 240 513,15 33,478 0,8136
30 303,15 0,04241 0,9957 85 358,15 0,5780 0,9684 245 518,15 36,523 0,8065
31 304,15 0,04491 0,9954 86 359,15 0,6011 0,9678 250 523,15 39,776 0,7992
32 305,15 0,04753 0,9951 87 360,15 0,6249 0,9671 255 528,15 43,246 0,7916
33 306,15 0,05029 0,9947 88 361,15 0,6495 0,9665 260 533,15 46,943 0,7839
34 307,15 0,05318 0,9944 89 362,15 0,6749 0,9658 265 538,15 50,877 0,7759
35 308,15 0,05622 0,9940 90 363,15 0,7011 0,9652 270 543,15 55,058 0,7678
36 309,15 0,05940 0,9937 91 364,15 0,7281 0,9644 275 548,15 59,496 0,7593
37 310,15 0,06274 0,9933 92 365,15 0,7561 0,9638 280 553,15 64,202 0,7505
38 311,15 0,06624 0,9930 93 366,15 0,7849 0,9630 285 558,15 69,186 0,7415
39 312,15 0,06991 0,9927 94 367,15 0,8146 0,9624 290 563,15 74,461 0,7321
40 313,15 0,07375 0,9923 95 368,15 0,8453 0,9616 295 568,15 80,037 0,7223
41 314,15 0,07777 0,9919 96 369,15 0,8769 0,9610 300 573,15 85,927 0,7122
42 315,15 0,08198 0,9915 97 370,15 0,9094 0,9602 305 578,15 92,144 0,7017
43 316,15 0,09639 0,9911 98 371,15 0,9430 0,9596 310 583,15 98,70 0,6906
44 317,15 0,09100 0,9907 99 372,15 0,9776 0,9586 315 588,15 105,61 0,6791
45 318,15 0,09582 0,9902 100 373,15 1,0133 0,9581 320 593,15 112,89 0,6669
46 319,15 0,10086 0,9898 102 375,15 1,0878 0,9567 325 598,15 120,56 0,6541
47 320,15 0,10612 0,9894 104 377,15 1,1668 0,9552 330 603,15 128,63 0,6404
48 321,15 0,11162 0,9889 106 379,15 1,2504 0,9537 340 613,15 146,05 0,6102
49 322,15 0,11736 0,9884 108 381,15 1,3390 0,9522 350 623,15 165,35 0,5743
50 323,15 0,12335 0,9880 110 383,15 1,4327 0,9507 360 633,15 186,75 0,5275
51 324,15 0,12961 0,9876 112 385,15 1,5316 0,9491 370 643,15 210,54 0,4518
52 325,15 0,13613 0,9871 114 387,15 1,6362 0,9476 374,15 647,30 221,20 0,3154
53 326,15 0,14293 0,9862 116 389,15 1,7465 0,9460
54 327,15 0,15002 0,9862 118 391,15 1,8628 0,9445
G-at_npsh_b_sc

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 106


TABLE OF FLOW RESIST
FLOW ANCE IN 100 m OF STRAIGHT CAST
RESISTANCE
IRON PIPELINE (HAZEN-WILLIAMS FORMULA C=100)
(HAZEN-WILLIAMS
FLOW RATE NOMINAL DIAMETER in mm and inches
m3/h l/min 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16"
v 0,94 0,53 0,34 0,21 0,13
0,6 10
hr 16 3,94 1,33 0,40 0,13 The hr values must be multiplied by:
v 1,42 0,80 0,51 0,31 0,20 0,71 for galvanized or painted steel pipes
0,9 15
hr 33,9 8,35 2,82 0,85 0,29 0,54 for stainless steel or copper pipes
v 1,89 1,06 0,68 0,41 0,27 0,17 0,47 for PVC or PE pipes
1,2 20
hr 57,7 14,21 4,79 1,44 0,49 0,16
v 2,36 1,33 0,85 0,52 0,33 0,21
1,5 25
hr 87,2 21,5 7,24 2,18 0,73 0,25
v 2,83 1,59 1,02 0,62 0,40 0,25
1,8 30
hr 122 30,1 10,1 3,05 1,03 0,35
v 3,30 1,86 1,19 0,73 0,46 0,30
2,1 35
hr 162 40,0 13,5 4,06 1,37 0,46
v 2,12 1,36 0,83 0,53 0,34 0,20
2,4 40
hr 51,2 17,3 5,19 1,75 0,59 0,16
v 2,65 1,70 1,04 0,66 0,42 0,25
3 50
hr 77,4 26,1 7,85 2,65 0,89 0,25
v 3,18 2,04 1,24 0,80 0,51 0,30
3,6 60
hr 108 36,6 11,0 3,71 1,25 0,35
v 3,72 2,38 1,45 0,93 0,59 0,35
4,2 70
hr 144 48,7 14,6 4,93 1,66 0,46
v 4,25 2,72 1,66 1,06 0,68 0,40
4,8 80
hr 185 62,3 18,7 6,32 2,13 0,59
v 3,06 1,87 1,19 0,76 0,45 0,30
5,4 90
hr 77,5 23,3 7,85 2,65 0,74 0,27
v 3,40 2,07 1,33 0,85 0,50 0,33
6 100
hr 94,1 28,3 9,54 3,22 0,90 0,33
v 4,25 2,59 1,66 1,06 0,63 0,41
7,5 125
hr 142 42,8 14,4 4,86 1,36 0,49
v 3,11 1,99 1,27 0,75 0,50 0,32
9 150
hr 59,9 20,2 6,82 1,90 0,69 0,23
v 3,63 2,32 1,49 0,88 0,58 0,37
10,5 175
hr 79,7 26,9 9,07 2,53 0,92 0,31
v 4,15 2,65 1,70 1,01 0,66 0,42
12 200
hr 102 34,4 11,6 3,23 1,18 0,40
v 5,18 3,32 2,12 1,26 0,83 0,53 0,34
15 250
hr 154 52,0 17,5 4,89 1,78 0,60 0,20
v 3,98 2,55 1,51 1,00 0,64 0,41
18 300
hr 72,8 24,6 6,85 2,49 0,84 0,28
v 5,31 3,40 2,01 1,33 0,85 0,54 0,38
24 400
hr 124 41,8 11,66 4,24 1,43 0,48 0,20
v 6,63 4,25 2,51 1,66 1,06 0,68 0,47
30 500
hr 187 63,2 17,6 6,41 2,16 0,73 0,30
v 5,10 3,02 1,99 1,27 0,82 0,57 0,42
36 600
hr 88,6 24,7 8,98 3,03 1,02 0,42 0,20
v 5,94 3,52 2,32 1,49 0,95 0,66 0,49
42 700
hr 118 32,8 11,9 4,03 1,36 0,56 0,26
v 6,79 4,02 2,65 1,70 1,09 0,75 0,55
48 800
hr 151 42,0 15,3 5,16 1,74 0,72 0,34
v 7,64 4,52 2,99 1,91 1,22 0,85 0,62
54 900
hr 188 52,3 19,0 6,41 2,16 0,89 0,42
v 5,03 3,32 2,12 1,36 0,94 0,69 0,53
60 1000
hr 63,5 23,1 7,79 2,63 1,08 0,51 0,27
v 6,28 4,15 2,65 1,70 1,18 0,87 0,66
75 1250
hr 96,0 34,9 11,8 3,97 1,63 0,77 0,40
v 7,54 4,98 3,18 2,04 1,42 1,04 0,80
90 1500
hr 134 48,9 16,5 5,57 2,29 1,08 0,56
v 8,79 5,81 3,72 2,38 1,65 1,21 0,93
105 1750
hr 179 65,1 21,9 7,40 3,05 1,44 0,75
v 6,63 4,25 2,72 1,89 1,39 1,06 0,68
120 2000
hr 83,3 28,1 9,48 3,90 1,84 0,96 0,32
v 8,29 5,31 3,40 2,36 1,73 1,33 0,85
150 2500
hr 126 42,5 14,3 5,89 2,78 1,45 0,49
v 6,37 4,08 2,83 2,08 1,59 1,02 0,71
180 3000
hr 59,5 20,1 8,26 3,90 2,03 0,69 0,28
v 7,43 4,76 3,30 2,43 1,86 1,19 0,83
210 3500
hr 79,1 26,7 11,0 5,18 2,71 0,91 0,38
v 8,49 5,44 3,77 2,77 2,12 1,36 0,94
240 4000
hr 101 34,2 14,1 6,64 3,46 1,17 0,48
v 6,79 4,72 3,47 2,65 1,70 1,18
300 5000
hr 51,6 21,2 10,0 5,23 1,77 0,73
v 8,15 5,66 4,16 3,18 2,04 1,42
360 6000
hr 72,3 29,8 14,1 7,33 2,47 1,02
v 6,61 4,85 3,72 2,38 1,65 1,21
420 7000
hr 39,6 18,7 9,75 3,29 1,35 0,64
v 7,55 5,55 4,25 2,72 1,89 1,39
480 8000
hr 50,7 23,9 12,49 4,21 1,73 0,82
v 8,49 6,24 4,78 3,06 2,12 1,56 1,19
540 9000
hr 63,0 29,8 15,5 5,24 2,16 1,02 0,53
v 6,93 5,31 3,40 2,36 1,73 1,33
600 10000
hr 36,2 18,9 6,36 2,62 1,24 0,65
G-at-pct-en_a_th
hr = flow resistance for 100 m of straight pipeline (m)
V = water speed (m/s)

107 TECHNICAL APPENDIX


FLOW RESIST
FLOW ANCE
RESISTANCE
TABLE OF FL OW RESIST
FLOW ANCE IN BENDS, V
RESISTANCE AL
VALVES AND
ALVES
GA TES
GATES

The flow resistance is calculated using the equivalent pipeline length method according to the table below:

TABELLA LUNGHEZZA DI TUBAZIONE EQUIVALENTE

ACCESSORY DN
TYPE 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Equivalent pipeline length (m)
45° bend 0,2 0,2 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,5 1,9 2,4 2,8
90° bend 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,5 2,1 2,6 3,0 3,9 4,7 5,8
90° smooth bend 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,7 1,9 2,8 3,4 3,9
Union tee or cross 1,1 1,3 1,7 2,1 2,6 3,2 4,3 5,3 6,4 7,5 10,7 12,8
Gate - - - 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,3
Non return valve 1,1 1,5 1,9 2,4 3,0 3,4 4,7 5,9 7,4 9,6 11,8 13,9
G-a-pcv-en_a_th

The table is valid for the Hazen Williams coefficient C=100 (cast iron pipework);
for steel pipework, multiply the values by 1,41;
for stainless steel, copper and coated cast iron pipework, multiply the values by 1,85;
When the equivalent pipeline length has been determined, the flow resistance is obtained from the table of
flow resistance.
The values given are guideline values which are bound to vary slightly according to the model, especially for gate
valves and non-return valves, for which it is a good idea to check the values supplied by manufacturers.

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 108


VOL UMETRIC
OLUMETRIC
VOLUMETRIC CAP ACITY
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
Litres Cubic metres Cubic feet Cubic feet Imp. gal. US gal.
per minute per hour per hour per minute per minute per minute
l/min m3/h ft3/h ft3/min Imp. gal/min Us gal./min
1,0000 0,0600 2,1189 0,0353 0,2200 0,2642
16,6667 1,0000 35,3147 0,5886 3,6662 4,4029
0,4719 0,0283 1,0000 0,0167 0,1038 0,1247
28,3168 1,6990 60,0000 1,0000 6,2288 7,4805
4,5461 0,2728 9,6326 0,1605 1,0000 1,2009
3,7854 0,2271 8,0208 0,1337 0,8327 1,0000

PRES SURE
PRESSURE
PRESSURE AND
AND HEAD
HEAD
Newton per kilo Pascal bar Pound force per metre millimetre of
square metre square inch of water mercury
N/m2 kPa bar psi m H 2O mm Hg
1,0000 0,0010 1 x 10-5 1.45 x 10-4 1.02 x 10-4 0,0075
1000,0000 1,0000 0,0100 0,1450 0,1020 7,5006
1 x 105 100,0000 1,0000 14,5038 10,1972 750,0638
6894,7570 6,8948 0,0689 1,0000 0,7031 51,7151
9806,6500 9,8067 0,0981 1,4223 1,0000 73,5561
133,3220 0,1333 0,0013 0,0193 0,0136 1,0000

LENG TH
LENGTH
LENGTH
millimetre centimetre metre inch foot yard
mm cm m in ft yd

1,0000 0,1000 0,0010 0,0394 0,0033 0,0011


10,0000 1,0000 0,0100 0,3937 0,0328 0,0109
1000,0000 100,0000 1,0000 39,3701 3,2808 1,0936
25,4000 2,5400 0,0254 1,0000 0,0833 0,0278
304,8000 30,4800 0,3048 12,0000 1,0000 0,3333
914,4000 91,4400 0,9144 36,0000 3,0000 1,0000

V OL UME
OLUME
VOLUME
cubic metre litre millilitre imp. Gallon US gallon cubic foot
3
m litro ml imp. gal. US gal. ft3

1,0000 1000,0000 1 x 106 219,9694 264,1720 35,3147


0,0010 1,0000 1000,0000 0,2200 0,2642 0,0353
1 x 10-6 0,0010 1,0000 2.2 x 10-4 2.642 x 10-4 3.53 x 10-5
0,0045 4,5461 4546,0870 1,0000 1,2009 0,1605
0,0038 3,7854 3785,4120 0,8327 1,0000 0,1337
0,0283 28,3168 28316,8466 6,2288 7,4805 1,0000
G-at_pp-en_a_sc

109 TECHNICAL APPENDIX


FURTHER PRODUCT SELECTION AND DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTA

Xylect TM

XylectTM is pump solution selection software with an extensive online database of product information across the
entire Lowara, and Vogel range of pumps and related products, with multiple search options and helpful project
management facilities. The system holds up-to-date product information on thousands of products and accessories.
The possibility to search by applications and the detailed information output given makes it easy to make the optimal
selection without having detailed knowledge about the Lowara and Vogel products.

The search can be made by:


• Application
• Product type
• Duty point

XylectTM gives a detailed output:


• List with search results
• Performance curves (flow, head, power,
efficiency, NPSH)
• Motor data
• Dimensional drawings
• Options
• Data sheet printouts
The search by application guides users not familiar with
• Document downloads incl dxf files the product range to the right choice.

TECHNICAL APPENDIX 110


FURTHER PRODUCT SELECTION AND DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTA

Xylect TM

The detailed output makes it easy to select the optimal pump from the given alternatives.

The best way to work with XylectTM is to create a


personal account. This makes it possible to:

• Set own standard units

• Create and save projects

• Share projects with other XylectTM users

Every user have a My Xylect space, where all projects


are saved.

For more information about XylectTM please contact Dimensional drawings appear on the screen and can be
our sales network or visit www.xylect.com. downloaded in dxf format.

111 TECHNICAL APPENDIX


Xylem
1) The tissue in plants that brings water upward from the roots;
2) a leading global water technology company.

We’re approximately 12,700 people unified in a common purpose: creating innova-


tive solutions to meet our world’s water needs. Developing new technologies that
will improve the way water is used, conserved, and re-used in the future is central to
our work. We move, treat, analyze, and return water to the environment, and we help
people use water efficiently, in their homes, buildings, factories and farms. In more
than 150 countries, we have strong, long-standing relationships with customers who
know us for our powerful combination of leading product brands and applications
expertise, backed by a legacy of innovation.

For more information on how Xylem can help you, go to xyleminc.com.

Headquarters
LOWARA S.r.l. Unipersonale
Via Vittorio Lombardi 14
36075 Montecchio Maggiore - Vicenza - Italy
Tel.(+39) 0444 707111 - Fax(+39) 0444 492166
e-mail: [email protected]
web: www.lowara.com
LOWARA reserves the right to make modification without prior notice.
© 2013 Xylem, Inc.
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.3 Hose - UPE 63 - Parker

- Technical information

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


ݸ»³·½¿´
ÐÑÔÇóÝØÛÓr
ÈÔÐÛ Ý±®®«¹¿¬»¼ ݸ»³·½¿´ ر-»
Í»®·»- éîéì

´»¿½¸ ·²¬± ¿²¼ ½±²¬¿³·²¿¬» ¬¸» °®±¼«½¬ ¾»·²¹ ½±²ª»§

½¸»³·½¿´- ¿²¼ ±¦±²»ò Í»®·»- éîéì ·- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ·² îðð󺱱¬ ½±²¬·²«±«- ´»²¹¬¸-ò


ÒÑÌÛæ ±º ¬¸·- ½¿¬¿´±¹ º±® -¿º»¬§ô ¸¿²¼´·²¹ ¿²¼
«-» ·²º±®³¿¬·±²ò ±º ¬¸·- ½¿¬¿´±¹ ¬± ¼»¬»®³·²»
½±³°¿¬·¾·´·¬§ ©·¬¸ -
½±³°¿¬·¾·´·¬§ ·²º±®³¿¬·±²ò
Ì«¾»æ Ì®¿²-´«½»²¬ ½®±--ó´·²µ»¼ °±´§»¬¸§´»²» øÈÔÐÛ÷
λ·²º±®½»³»²¬æ Ó«´¬·°´» ¬»¨¬·´» °´·»- ©·¬¸ ¼«¿´ ©·®» ¸»´·¨
ݱª»®æ
Ì»³°ò ο²¹»æ óîðpÚ ¬± õïêðpÚ øóîçpÝ ¬± õéïpÝ÷
Þ®¿²¼ Ó»¬¸±¼æ Ù®»»² ¬»¨¬ ±² §»´´±© -¬®·°»
Þ®¿²¼ Û¨¿³°´»æ ÐßÎÕÛÎ ÍÛÎ×ÛÍ éîéì ÝÑÎÎËÙßÌÛÜ ÐÑÔÇóÝØÛÓr îðð ÐÍ× ÓßÈ ÉÐ
ÓßÜÛ ×Ò ËÍß øÔÑÌý÷
Ü»-·¹² Ú¿½¬±®æ ìæï
ײ¼«-¬®§ ͬ¿²¼¿®¼-æ Ò±²» ¿°°´·½¿¾´»
ß°°´·½¿¬·±²-æ

Ê¿½««³æ Ú«´´
ݱ³°¿®» ¬±æ Þ±-¬±² п²¬¸»® ݸ»³·½¿´ Ì®¿²-º»®å Ê»§¿²½» Þ´«» Ú´»¨©·²¹
п½µ¿¹·²¹æ ݱ·´-

ﮬ ×Ü ×Ü Î»·²º ÑÜ ÑÜ ß°°®±¨ ß°°®±¨ Ó·² Ó·² Ó¿¨ Ó¿¨ л®³ ͬ¼ ͬ±½µ
Ò«³¾»® ø·²÷ ø³³÷ д·»- ø·²÷ ø³³÷ ɬ ɬ Þ»²¼ Þ»²¼ λ½ λ½ Ý°´¹ п½µ ͬ¿¬«-
ø´¾-ñº¬÷ øµ¹ñº¬÷ ο¼ ο¼ ÉÐ ÉРλ½ Ϭ§ öö
ø·²÷ ø³³÷ ø°-·÷ ø¾¿®÷ ö øº¬÷
éîéìóïððî ï îëòì î ïòìéë íéòë ðòëë ðòîë íòð éêòî îðð ïíòè ìí ïðð Ç
éîéìóïîëî ïóïñì íïòè î ïòéïð ìíòì ðòêí ðòîç ìòð ïðïòê îðð ïíòè ìí ïðð Ç
éîéìóïëðî ïóïñî íèòð î îòððð ëðòè ðòéé ðòíë ëòð ïîéòð îðð ïíòè ìí ïðð Ç
éîéìóîððî î ëðòè î îòëïç êëòî ïòïì ðòëî êòð ïëîòì îðð ïíòè ìíô ÎÛô ÎÍÌô ÌÓô ÉÝ ïðð Ç
éîéìóîëðî îóïñî êíòë ì íòðèê éèòì ïòëè ðòéî éòð ïééòè îðð ïíòè ö ïðð Ò
éîéìóíððî í éêòî ì íòëèð çðòç ïòçï ðòèé éòð ïééòè îðð ïíòè ÎÛô ÎÍÌô ÌÓ ïðð Ç
éîéìóìððî ì ïðïòê ì ìòéïð ïïçòê îòèë ïòîç èòð îðíòî îðð ïíòè ö ïðð Ò
ö ݱ«°´·²¹-æ λº»® ¬± Ý®·³°Í±«®½» ¿¬ ©©©ò-¿º»¸±-»ò½±³
öö ͬ±½µæ •ÇŒ ·²¼·½¿¬»- -¬±½µ»¼ ·¬»³å •ÒŒ ·²¼·½¿¬»- ²±²ó-¬±½µ»¼ ·¬»³ò ͬ±½µ -¬¿¬«- -«¾¶»½¬ ¬± ½¸¿²¹»ò ݱ²¬¿½¬ п®µ»® Ý«-¬±³»® Í»®ª·½»ò

ÿ Éß ÎÒ ×Ò Ù Í ÿ
׬ ·- ¬¸» ®»-°±²-·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¬¸» «-»® ¬± ¼»¬»®³·²» ·º ¬¸» ¸±-» ·- -«·¬¿¾´» º±® ¬¸» ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²ò Ó±-¬ ½¸»³·½¿´ ®»-·-¬¿²½» ¹«·¼»- ¿®» ¾¿-»¼ ±²
¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ±º éðpÚ øîïpÝ÷ò Û´»ª¿¬»¼ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ½¿² ½¸¿²¹» ¬¸» ½¸»³·½¿´ ®»-·-¬¿²½» ®¿¬·²¹-ò Ó¿²§ ½¸»³·½¿´- ©·´´ ¾»½±³» ³±®»
¿¹¹®»--·ª» ¿- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ·²½®»¿-»ô ®»¼«½·²¹ ¬¸» ¿¾·´·¬§ ±º ¸±-» ½±³°±«²¼- ¬± ©·¬¸-¬¿²¼ ¬¸»³ò ݱ²¬¿½¬ п®µ»® º±® ½¸»³·½¿´ ½±³°¿¬·¾·´·¬§
¼¿¬¿ ¿¬ »´»ª¿¬»¼ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»-ò ׺ ²± ¼¿¬¿ »¨·-¬-ô «-»®- ¿®» ®»¯«·®»¼ ¬± °»®º±®³ ½±³°¿¬·¾·´·¬§ ¬»-¬·²¹ ¿¬ ¬¸» ¼»-·®»¼ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»ò
߬ ±°»®¿¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ±º ïîëpÚ ¿²¼ ¿¾±ª»ô ±²´§ °»®³¿²»²¬´§ ¿¬¬¿½¸»¼ ½±«°´·²¹- -¸±«´¼ ¾» ·²-¬¿´´»¼ò ߬ ¿²§ ±°»®¿¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»ô
½±«°´·²¹- ¿¬¬¿½¸»¼ ©·¬¸ ¾¿²¼- ±® ½´¿³°- ³¿§ ®»¼«½» ¬¸» ©±®µ·²¹ °®»--«®» ±º ¬¸» ¸±-» ¿--»³¾´§ ¬± ´»-- ¬¸¿² ¬¸» ³¿¨·³«³ ®¿¬»¼ ©±®µ·²¹
°®»--«®» ±º ¬¸» ¸±-»ò λº»® ¬± ¬¸» ÒßØßÜ ×²¼«-¬®·¿´ ر-» ß--»³¾´§ Ù«·¼»´·²»-ò
ܱ ²±¬ «-» ©·¬¸ ·²¬»®²¿´´§ »¨°¿²¼»¼ ½±«°´·²¹-ò λº»® ¬± ½¸»³·½¿´ ¸±-»- ¬¸¿¬ ·²½±®°±®¿¬» ¿ ÓÈÔÐÛ ¬«¾»ò

п®µ»® ײ¼«-¬®·¿´ ر-» Ý«-¬±³»® Í»®ª·½» êí


èêê èïð ØÑÍÛ øìêéí÷ èðð îìî ØÑÍÛ øìêéí÷
ͬ®±²¹-ª·´´»ô ÑØ Í±«¬¸ Ù¿¬»ô Ýß
Û¿-¬»®² ËÍß É»-¬»®² ËÍß
©©©ò-¿º»¸±-»ò½±³
»ó³¿·´æ ·²¼¸±-»à°¿®µ»®ò½±³

PDF created with pdfFactory trial version www.pdffactory.com


8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.4 Y filter - 7023 - Kieselmann

- Technical information

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Operating Instructions

ak 23.1.06 / 19.4.07
7023 065 320-041
Dirt trap DN65 K/M - G
Kieselmann GmbH Paul-Kieselmann-Str.4-10 D-75438 Knittlingen
+49 (07043) 371-0 Fax +49 (07043) 371-125 EPDM
http://www.kieselmann.de e-mail: [email protected] filter cartridge 5x10mm / 0,25mm

❒ Field of Application ❒ Technical Data


Dirt trap is applicated for the separation of solid matters in Model: Dirt trap
liquids, in plants of the food and drink industry.
Filter cartridge: Slotted hole 5x10mm
ATTENTION Fine wire-cloth screen 0,25mm
To avoid danger and damage, the fitting must be used
in accordance with the safety instructions and techni- Valve size: DN 65
cal data contained in the operating instructions. Connection: Liner/nut - male DIN11851
Temperature: 95°C depending on the medium
❒ Safety instructions 140°C (sterilisation) cyclic
DANGER Operating pressure: 10 bar
• Dismantling the valve or valve assemblies from the plant
can cause injuries from fluids or gases flowing out. Vacuum: (Prüfdruck 0,5 mbar) 1,5 - 10-6 mbar x L/S
Dismantle the valve or valve assembly only when the plant
has been rendered pressure-less and free of liquid and
gas. Material: in product contact not in product contact
Stainless steel:1.4404 AISI316L 1.4301 AISI304
ATTENTION
• Steps should be taken to ensure that no external forces are
exerted on the fitting. Surefaces: RA 0,8µm RA 1,5 - 2,5µm E-polished
Seals: EPDM -
❒ Installation Instructions
Fitting position has to be arranged according to Fig.1 with fil- ❒ Spare parts list
ter element below.
Item. Designation Material
❒ Disassembly and Assembly
Disassembly: Housing 1.4404
1 AISI 316L
• Screw off upper part (4). Art.-Nr.: 7023 065 001-041
• Remove filter cartridge (2) and O-Ring (3) out of the hou-
sing (1). Filter cartridge 1.4404
2 AISI 316L
Assembly Art.-Nr.: 7025 065 000-041
• Thouroughly clean and slightly lubricate mounting areas O-Ring ø104x3,0 EPDM
and running surfaces. 3
Art.-Nr.: 2304 104 030-170 70°Sh.
• Assemble in reverse order.
Seal material Grease types Upper part 1.4404
EPDM; Viton; K-Flex Klüber Paraliq GTE 703 4
Art.-Nr.: 7023 065 002-041 AISI 316L
NBR; HNBR; Silicone Klüber Paraliq GB 363
Thread Teflongrease Interflon

Fig. 1

All data are in line with the current state of development. Subject to change as a result of technical progress.
1/1
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.5 Butterfly valve - LKB 2 - Alfa Laval

- Technical information
- Instruction manual
- Spare parts

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Alfa Laval LKB and LKB-F
Butterfly valves

Introduction
The Alfa Laval LKB Butterfly Valve is a reliable, hygienic in-line
valve for routing low and medium-viscosity liquids in stainless
steel pipe systems due to its substantial opening area and low
flow resistance. The LKB is available with a standard handle
with spring-locking action for straightforward manual
operation or with a pneumatic actuator for pneumatic
operation.

Application
This hygienic valve is designed for on-off duties with low to
medium-viscosity liquids in hygienic applications across the
dairy, food, beverage, brewery and many other industries.

Benefits
• Versatile, highly modular, hygienic design
• Reliable, cost-effective performance
• Easy to configure in either a manual version or a
pneumatic version

Standard design
The LKB Butterfly Valve consists of two valve body halves,
valve disc, and bushings for the disc stem and a seal ring.
in three standard versions: normally closed (NC); normally
These components are assembled by means of screws and
open (NO); and, air/air activated (A/A).
nuts. The valve comes with standard weld ends but can also
be supplied with fittings. The valve can also be fitted with the For pneumatic operation, an actuator converts axial piston
Alfa Laval ThinkTop® V50 and V70 for sensing and control of motion into a 90° rotation of the shaft. The actuator torque
the valve. increases as the valve disc comes into contact with the seal
ring of the butterfly valve to secure proper closing of the valve
The valve is available in these dimension standards: the LKB
seat.
for ISO and the LKB-2 for DIN tubes. The LKB is also
available in a flange version, the LKB-F, with two flanges and For manual operation, a handle mechanically locks the valve in
two flange seal rings for easy removal of the valve body open or closed position. Two-position, four-position,
without dismantling further piping setups. regulating 90°-position, and multi-position handles are
available. Manual valves can also be mounted with indication
The actuator is available in two versions, the LKLA and the
units for feedback on the valve position (open/closed).
LKLA-T (T for mounting of an indication or control unit on the
actuator) and in two sizes, ø85 mm and ø133 mm, to cover all
valve requirements. The actuator is fitted onto the valve using
a bracket and screws. A handle for manual operation is fitted
onto the valve by means of a cap/block system and a screw.

Working principle
The Alfa Laval LKB Butterfly Valve can be operated either by
means of a pneumatic actuator from a remote location or
manually operated by means of a handle. The actuator comes
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve
Max. product pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar)
Min. product pressure: Full vacuum
-10°C to + 140°C (EPDM)
Temperature range:
However max. 95°C when operating the valve (All seals)

Actuator
Max. air pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar)
Min. air pressure, NC and NO: 400 kPa (4 bar)
Temperature range: -25°C to +90°C
Air consumption (litres free air) - ø85 mm: 0.24 x p (bar)
Air consumption (litres free air) - ø133 mm: 0.95 x p (bar)
- ø85 mm: 3 kg
Weight:
- ø133 mm: 12 kg

ATEX
Classification: II 2 G D1
1 This equipment is outside the scope of the directive 2014/34/EU and must not carry a separate CE marking according to the directive as the equipment has no own ignition source

PHYSICAL DATA
Valve bodies
Product wetted steel parts: 1.4307 (304L) or 1.4404 (316L)
Disc: 1.4301 (304) or 1.4404 (316L)
Other steel parts: 1.4301 (304)
Rubber grades: Q, EPDM, FPM, HNBR1 or PFA1
Bushes for valve disc: PVDF
Finish: Semi-bright
Inside surface finish: ≤ Ra 0.8 μm
1 LKB-F (DIN) with HNBR and LKB-F (DIN & ISO) with PFA are supplied with EPDM flange seal.

Actuator
Actuator body: 1.4307 (304L)
Light alloy (for ø85 mm:
Piston:
Bronze) Air/air version
Seals: NBR

Options
• Male parts or clamp liners in accordance with required standard.
• ThinkTop® for control and indication.1
• Indication unit with micro switches.1
• Indication unit with inductive proximity switches.1
• Indication unit with Hall proximity switches.1
• Explosion proof indication unit with inductive proximity switches.1
• Bracket for actuator. (Also for ball valves).
• Handle with two or four positions (standard on DN125 and DN150).
• Handle for electrical position indication.
• Handle with infinite intermediate positions (not for DN125 and DN150).
• Multipositioning handle2.
• Lockable Multiposition Handle. Padlock can be mounted as shown in fig. 3.Note! Padlock is not delivered.
• Special cap for 90° turned handle position.
• Service tool for actuator.
• Service tool for fitting 25-38 mm (DN25 - DN40) valve discs.

Note! For further details, see also ESE02446.

1 For further information see Product Catalogue chapter "Control & Indication".
2 Note! A padlock can be mounted on the Lockable Multiposition. Handle as shown in the opposite figure. Padlock is not delivered.
LKB Handle Options
Padlock

2100-0018

Figure 1. Lockable Multiposition Handle with padlock

A On/Off

C
B

Multi positioning
2100-0020

2100-0019
15°
Figure 2. Dimensions - padlock
Figure 3. Positioning cap
A. Min. 20 mm
B. Min. 35 mm
C. ø6 mm

Capacity/Pressure drop diagrams


P (kPa) In 25 38 51 63,5 76,1 101,6 P (kPa) NW25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125
50 50
2100-0021

2100-0022
40 40
30 30

20 20
150

10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3

2 2

1 1
6

70
80
90
100

200

300
400
500
600
700
800

70
80
90
100

200

300
400
500
600
700
800
1

3
4
5

7
8
9
10

20

30
40
50
60

3
4
5

7
8
9
10

20

30
40
50
60
2

Q[m³/h] Q[m³/h]

Figure 4. LKB and LKB-F fully open Figure 5. LKB-2 and LKB-F fully open

Note! For the diagrams the following applies:


Medium: Water (20°C).
Measurement: In accordance with VDI 2173.
Torque diagrams - Actuator
LKLA ø85 mm: LKLA ø133 mm:
[Nm] [Nm]
160 600

2100-0001

2100-0004
140 A
500 A
120
100 400
B
80 300
B
60
200
C
40
C
20 100

0 0
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Closing - Opening - Closing - Opening -


Spring activated Air activated Spring activated Air activated
A = 6 bar air pressure A = 6 bar air pressure
B = 5 bar air pressure B = 5 bar air pressure
C = Closing/opening with spring C = Closing/opening with spring

Figure 6. NC Figure 7. NC

[Nm] [Nm]
160 400

2100-0005
2100-0002

A A
140
120 300
B
100 B
80 200
C
60
40 100
20 C

0 0
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°
Closing - Opening -
Closing - Opening -
Air activated Spring activated
Air activated Spring activated
A = 6 bar air pressure
B = 5 bar air pressure A = 6 bar air pressure
C = Closing/opening with spring B = 5 bar air pressure
C = Closing/opening with spring
Figure 8. NO
Figure 9. NO

[Nm] [Nm]
2100-0006

160
2100-0003

D D
800
140
E
120 G
600
100 F E
G
80
400
60 F
40
200
20
0 0
0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Closing Opening Closing Opening


D = 6 bar air pressure connection on top D = 6 bar air pressure connection on top
E = 6 bar air pressure connection on bottom E = 6 bar air pressure connection on bottom
F = 5 bar air pressure connection on top F = 5 bar air pressure connection on top
G = 5 bar air pressure connection on bottom G = 5 bar air pressure connection on bottom

Figure 10. A/A Figure 11. A/A

Alfa Laval recommends actuator size ø133 for ≥ 101.6/DN100


Torque values (for rotating the valve disc in a dry seal ring)
Size Max. Nm
25mm/DN25 15
DN32 15
38mm/DN40 15
51mm/DN50 20
63.5mm/DN65 25
76mm/DN80 30
101.6mm/DN100 35
DN125 50
DN150 120

Valve Dimensions (mm)


Dimensions - valve
A H2 K
P
B

H1
G

J
C
E
N

2100-0025

Figure 13. b. LKB with 2100-0026

welding ends.
OD
M L

ID
Note! LKB sizes DN 125 and 150
2100-0023

F Figure 15. c. LKB with male


are with six screws. t
Figure 12. a. LKB-F. 2100-0024
part/nut and liner.
Figure 14. c. LKB with male
part/nut and liner.

Dimensions - actuator 2100-0008


2100-0000
A1 (LKLA-T)

A3 (LKLA-T)
A2 (LKLA-T)

A4 (LKLA-T)
A5 (LKLA)

A6 (LKLA)

d
D S
D
Figure 16. a. Without coupling.
a1 = d Figure 17. b. With coupling.
b1 =□S

Dimensions (mm) - Valve LKB, LKB-2, LKB-F:


Size 25 38 51 63.5 76.1 101.6 152 DN DN DN DN DN DN DN DN DN
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
A 42.0 42.0 61.0 61.0 79.5 106.0 98.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 61.0 61.0 79.0 106.0 106.0 98.0
B 15.5 16.7 16.6 17.5 16.6 16.0 18.0 14.7 15.9 16.7 16.6 17.5 16.0 16.0 18.0 18.0
C 49.0 49.0 58.5 69.5 73.5 93.0 122.0 48.0 49.0 54.0 63.0 75.0 79.0 93.0 115.0 122.0
OD 25.6 38.6 51.6 64.1 76.6 102.2 152.7 30.0 36.0 42.0 54.0 70.0 85.0 104.0 129.0 154.0
ID 22.5 35.5 48.5 60.5 72.0 97.6 146.9 26.0 32.0 38.0 50.0 66.0 81.0 100.0 125.0 150.0
t 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.8 2.3 2.3 2.9 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
E 32.5 32.5 42.0 52.0 57.0 77.0 104.0 33.3 33.3 37.7 46.6 57.3 63.0 77.0 96.7 104.0
F 78.0 78.0 99.0 117.0 132.0 169.0 216.0 79.0 79.0 86.5 105.7 125.0 143.0 169.0 199.0 216.0
G 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 15.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 15.0
H1 47.0 47.0 52.0 54.0 62.0 80.0 80.0 47.0 47.0 47.0 52.0 62.0 64.0 80.0 110.0 80.0
H2 83.0 83.0 92.0 92.0 114.0 132.0 - 83.0 83.0 83.0 92.0 114.0 116.0 132.0 136.0 152.0
J 82.0 82.0 92.0 102.0 107.0 127.0 161.0 74.0 74.0 78.0 88.0 98.0 104.0 118.0 150.0 161.0
K 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 162.0 162.0 338.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 162.0 162.0 162.0 223.0 338.0
Size 25 38 51 63.5 76.1 101.6 152 DN DN DN DN DN DN DN DN DN
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
L IDF/ISO 45.0 45.0 47.5 48.5 52.5 61.5 - - - - - - - - - -
M IDF/ISO 55.5 55.5 58.0 59.0 63.0 81.5 - - - - - - - - - -
L DS 42.0 43.5 46.0 51.0 55.0 64.0 - - - - - - - - - -
M DS 54.5 54.5 57.0 59.0 63.0 72.0 - - - - - - - - - -
L SMS 38.5 43.5 46.0 51.0 55.0 75.0 - - - - - - - - - -
M SMS 51.0 52.5 55.0 56.0 61.0 72.0 - - - - - - - - - -
L BS 45.7 45.7 48.2 49.2 53.2 67.0 - - - - - - - - - -
M BS 50.5 50.5 53.0 54.0 58.0 71.8 - - - - - - - - - -
L DIN 45.5 45.5 48.0 52.0 61.0 70.0 - 40.0 40.0 37.0 37.0 43.0 48.0 51.0 55.0 115.0
M DIN 61.5 61.5 66.0 67.0 71.0 83.0 - 45.5 48.5 49.5 54.0 63.0 69.0 84.0 89.0 77.0
L Clamp 45.0 45.0 47.5 48.5 52.5 61.5 78.1 45.0 45.0 45.0 47.5 59.0 60.0 68.0 83.0 68.0
N 26.5 26.5 30.5 40.5 43.5 53.0 85.0 27.3 27.3 31.7 35.1 45.8 49.5 53.0 72.7 85.0
P 42.0 42.0 46.0 46.0 58.0 58.0 - 42.0 42.0 42.0 46.0 58.0 58.0 58.0 62.0 78.0
Weight LKB-F (kg) 1.6 1.3 2.1 2.9 5.0 7.9 - 1.6 1.6 1.7 2.6 4.7 5.8 7.9 11.7 12.3
Weight LKB/
1.2 1.0 1.5 2.1 3.0 4.7 9.9 1.2 1.1 1.3 1.8 3.0 3.5 5.1 7.5 9.0
LKB-2 (kg)

Note! Weights are for valves with welding ends and handles.

Dimensions (mm) - Actuator


LKLA and LKLA-T:
Valve 25-63.5 76.1 101.6 101.6
size DN25-50 DN65-80 DN100 DN100 DN125 DN125 DN150 DN150
A1 217.1 217.1 217.1 337 217.1 337 217.1 337
A2 173.5 173.5 173.5 290 173.5 290 173.5 290
A3 236.1 234.1 234.1 363.5 237.1 363.5 237.1 363.5
A4 192.5 190.5 190.5 316.5 193.5 316.5 193.5 316.5
A5 165.5 165.5 165.5 282 165.5 282 165.5 282
A6 184.5 182.5 182.5 308.5 185.5 308.5 185.5 308.5
D 85 85 85 133 85 133 85 133
d 17 17 17 30 20 30 20 30
I 16.5 16.5 16.5 34 16.5 34 16.5 34
S 8 10 12 12 14 14 15 15
Function NC,NO,A/A NC,NO,A/A NC,NO,A/A NC,NO,A/A A/A NC,NO,A/A A/A NC,NO,A/A

Connections

Compressed air
R1/8" (BSP), internal thread.

This document and its contents are subject to copyrights and other intellectual property rights owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB. No part of this document may be copied, re-produced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, or for any purpose, without Alfa Laval Corporate AB’s prior express written permission. Information and services provided in this document are made
as a benefit and service to the user, and no representations or warranties are made about the accuracy or suitability of this information and these services for any purpose. All rights are
reserved.

200002159-2-EN-GB © Alfa Laval Corporate AB

How to contact Alfa Laval


Up-to-date Alfa Laval contact details for all countries are always available
on our website at www.alfalaval.com
Instruction Manual
LKB Automatic or Manual Butterfly Valve and LKB-LP Low Pressure Butterfly Valve

TD 403-262_1 TD 403-263 TD 458-002


TD 403-284_1

ESE02446-EN15 2020-05
Original manual
Table of contents

The information herein is correct at the time of issue but may be subject to change without prior notice

1. CE Declaration of Incorporation for Machinery .................................................. 5

2. Safety .................................................................................................... 6
2.1. Important information ............................................................................. 6
2.2. Warning signs ..................................................................................... 6
2.3. Safety precautions ................................................................................ 7

3. Installation .............................................................................................. 8
3.1. Unpacking/delivery ............................................................................... 8
3.2. General installation ................................................................................ 9
3.3. Welding ............................................................................................ 11
3.4. Fitting actuator/bracket/handle on the valve (optional extras) ................................ 12
3.5. Recycling information ............................................................................. 13

4. Operation ............................................................................................... 14
4.1. Operation .......................................................................................... 14
4.2. Troubleshooting ................................................................................... 15
4.3. Recommended cleaning ......................................................................... 16

5. Maintenance ........................................................................................... 17
5.1. General maintenance ............................................................................. 17
5.2. Dismantling of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP .................................................... 19
5.3. Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP ....................................................... 20
5.4. Dismantling of valve - LKB-F .................................................................... 22
5.5. Assembly of valve - LKB-F ....................................................................... 23
5.6. Dismantling of actuator ........................................................................... 24
5.7. Assembly of actuator ............................................................................. 25

6. Technical data ......................................................................................... 26


6.1. Technical data ..................................................................................... 26

7. Parts list and service kits ............................................................................ 28


7.1. LKB, LKB-2, LKB-F Butterfly valves, drawings ................................................ 28
7.2. LKB-LP Butterfly valve, drawing ................................................................. 29
7.3. LKLA and LKLA-T actuators Ø85 mm, drawings ............................................. 30
7.4. LKLA and LKLA-T actuators Ø133 mm, drawings ............................................ 33
7.5. LKB Butterfly valve, ISO .......................................................................... 34
7.6. LKB-F Butterfly valves, ISO ...................................................................... 36
7.7. LKB-F Butterfly valves, DIN ...................................................................... 38
7.8. LKB-2 Butterfly valves ............................................................................ 40
7.9. LKB-LP Butterfly valve ........................................................................... 42
7.10. LKLA ø85 mm (NO/NC) .......................................................................... 44
7.11. LKLA ø85 mm (A/A) .............................................................................. 46
7.12. LKLA DN 125-150 ø85 mm (A/A) ............................................................... 48
7.13. LKLA ø133 mm (NO/NC) ........................................................................ 50
7.14. LKLA ø133 mm (A/A) ............................................................................. 52
7.15. LKLA-T ø85 mm (NO/NC) ....................................................................... 54
7.16. LKLA-T ø85 mm (A/A) ............................................................................ 56
7.17. LKLA-T DN 125-150 ø85 mm (A/A) ............................................................ 58
7.18. LKLA-T ø133 mm (NO/NC) ...................................................................... 60
7.19. LKLA-T ø133 mm (A/A) .......................................................................... 62

3
Table of contents

The information herein is correct at the time of issue but may be subject to change without prior notice

7.20. LKB lockable multiposition handle for valve .................................................... 64


7.21. LKB handle 1.1 for butterfly valve ............................................................... 66
7.22. Handle 1.1 for indication unit .................................................................... 68

4
1 CE Declaration of Incorporation for Machinery

Revision of Declaration of Conformity 2013-12-03

The Designated Company

Alfa Laval Kolding A/S


Company Name

Albuen 31, DK-6000 Kolding, Denmark


Address

+45 79 32 22 00
Phone No.

hereby declare that


Valve actuator
Designation

LKLA NC, LKLA NO, LKLA A/A, LKLA-T NO, LKLA-T NC, LKLA-T A/A
Type

is in conformity with the following directive with amendments:

- Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC

The person authorised to compile the technical file is the signer of this document
Global Product Quality Manager
Pumps, Valves, Fittings and Tank Equipment Lars Kruse Andersen
Title Name

Kolding 2016-06-01
Place Date Signature

5
2 Safety
Unsafe practices and other important information are highlighted in this manual.
Warnings are emphasized by means of special signs.

2.1 Important information

Always read the manual before using the valve!

WARNING
Indicates that special procedures must be followed to avoid serious personal injury.

CAUTION
Indicates that special procedures must be followed to avoid damage to the valve.

NOTE
Indicates important information to simplify or clarify procedures.

2.2 Warning signs

General warning:

Caustic agents:

6
2 Safety
All warnings in the manual are summarised on this page.
”Mushrooms” = Fastening connections on the end cap.
Pay special attention to the instructions below so that severe personal injury and/or damage to the valve are avoided.

2.3 Safety precautions

Installation

Always read the technical data thoroughly (See chapter 6 Technical data). !
Always release compressed air after use.
Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

Operation

Always read the technical data thoroughly (See chapter 6 Technical data). !
Never touch the valve or the pipelines when processing hot liquids or when sterilising.
Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

Always handle lye and acid with great care.

Maintenance

Always observe the technical data thoroughly (See chapter 6 Technical data) !
Always release compressed air after use.
Never service the valve when it is hot.
The valve/actuator and the pipelines must never be pressurised when servicing the valve/actuator.

Never stick your fingers through the valve ports if the actuator is supplied with compressed air.
Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.
The actuator springs are not caged (ø85 mm, NC/NO).

Never use compressed air for removing the end caps of the actuator.
Always fit the end cap with the “mushrooms” turned outwards and position it correctly before supplying compressed
air to the actuator.
Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts. The warranty of Alfa Laval products is dependent on the use of Alfa
Laval genuine spare parts.

Transportation

Always ensure that compressed air is released.


Always ensure that all connections are disconnected before attempting to remove the valve from the installation.
Always drain liquid out of valves before transportation.
Always used predesigned lifting points if defined.
Always secure sufficient fixing of the valve during transportation - if specially designed packaging material is available, it
must be used.

7
3 Installation
The instruction manual is part of the delivery. Read the instructions carefully.
The items refer to parts list and service kits sections.
The valve is supplied as separate parts as standard (for welding)
The valve is assembled before delivery, if it is supplied with fittings (LKB/LKB-2)

3.1 Unpacking/delivery

Step 1
CAUTION
Alfa Laval cannot be held responsible for incorrect unpacking.
Check the delivery:
1. Complete valve (see Step 2).
2. Complete actuator, if supplied (see Step 3).
3. Bracket for actuator, if supplied (see Step 3).
4. Complete handle, if supplied.
5. Delivery note.
6. Instruction manual.

Step 2 Separate parts for welding


Standard delivery of valve parts:
1. Two valve body halves (1). 1 5 2 4 3 6 3 4 2 5 7 1 8 6
2. Valve disc (2) fitted in seal ring (5).
3. Two bushes (3, 4) fitted on the disc stem.
4. A set of screws and nuts (6).
5. Two flanges (7) and two flange seal rings (8), (LKB-F).
TD 403-102
TD 403-285

LKB/LKB-2 LKB-F (only for welding)

Step 3 LKLA Bracket LKLA


Delivery of actuator and bracket: ø85mm with screws ø133mm
1. Complete actuator with coupling and activating ring (ø85 mm)
or indication pin (ø133 mm).
2. Bracket with screws for the actuator.
3. Water rejector (if not mounted)

TD403-103

Coupling

Step 4 Handle Valve Actuator


1. Clean the valve/valve parts for possible packing materials.
2. Clean the handle or the actuator, if supplied.

TD 403-090

Remove packing materials!

Step 5 Handle Valve Actuator


Inspection!
1. Inspect the valve/valve parts for visible transport damage.
2. Inspect the handle or the actuator, if supplied.
Caution!
Avoid damaging the valve/valve parts.
Avoid damaging the handle or the actuator, if supplied.

TD 403-090

8
3 Installation
Read the instructions carefully. The valve has welding ends as standard but can also be supplied with fittings (not LKB-F).
NC = Normally closed.
NO = Normally open.
A/A = Air/air activated.

3.2 General installation

Step 1

Always read the technical data thoroughly.


See chapter 6 Technical data

Always release compressed air after use.


Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

CAUTION
Alfa Laval cannot be held responsible for incorrect installation.

Step 2 Risk of damage!


Avoid stressing the valve.
Pay special attention to:
- Vibrations
- Thermal expansion of the tubes
- Excessive welding
- Overloading of the pipelines

TD 403-091

Step 3 Remember seal rings!


Fittings:
Ensure that the connections are tight.

TD 403-092

Step 4 Turn the ventilation opening downwards!


Position of actuator:
TD 403-286

Position the water rejector on the actuator correctly.


(The actuator can be installed in any position).

Important!

9
3 Installation
Read the instructions carefully. The valve has welding ends as standard but can also be supplied with fittings (not LKB-F).
NC = Normally closed.
NO = Normally open.
A/A = Air/air activated.

Air Air Air


Air connection of actuator: R⅛” (BSP)
Connect compressed air correctly.
Pay special attention to the warnings!

TD 403-107

NC NO A/A
Pre-use check:
Open and close the valve several times to ensure that the valve disc
moves smoothly against the seal ring.
Pay special attention to the warnings!

Note:
Removal of transportation bracket on A/A actuators, pos. 22 + 23 (Section 7.11)

10
3 Installation
Read the instructions carefully. The valve is supplied as separate parts to facilitate welding.
LKB: for ISO tubes.
LKB-2: for DIN tubes.
LKB-F: with flange connection.

3.3 Welding

Step 1
LKB/LKB-2
1. Weld the valve body halves into the pipelines.
2. Maintain the minimum clearance (A) so that the actuator can be removed.
3. If welding both valve body halves, ensure that they can be moved axially B1 mm, so that the valve parts can be removed.
4. After welding, assemble the valve according to steps 1-5, chapter 5.3 Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP

LKB-F
1. Weld the flanges into the pipelines.
2. Maintain the minimum clearances (A and B2) so that the actuator and the valve parts can be removed.
3. After welding, assemble the valve according to steps 1-5, chapter 5.3 Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP

Pre-use check - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-F


Open and close the valve several times to ensure that the valve disc moves smoothly against the seal ring.
Pay special attention to the warnings!

LKB LKB-F

A
A

TD432-002_1

TD 403-088
B1 B2

Caution!

A
Size (mm) B1 (mm) B2 (mm)
Ø85 Ø133
LKLA LKLA-T LKLA LKLA-T
1” 245 20 43
1½” 245 20 43
2” 255 20 47
2½” 265 24 46
3” 265 24 59
4” 290 420 37 59
DN25 245 + 172 + 172 20 43
DN32 245 20 43
DN40 250 (incl. top unit) (incl. top unit) 20 43
DN50 260 20 47
DN65 270 24 59
DN80 275 27 59
DN100 290 420 27 59
DN125 315 440 30 63
DN250 325 445 41 79

11
3 Installation
Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
NC = Normally closed.
NO = Normally open.
A/A = Air/air activated.

3.4 Fitting actuator/bracket/handle on the valve (optional extras)

Step 1 Screw for bracket


Bracket/indication: Bracket
1. Fit the bracket as shown.
2. Fit and tighten the screws.
3. Fit the activating ring/indication pin as shown.
TD 403-121

Drain hole Direction Activating ring/


of rotation indication pin

Step 2 NC actuator No pressure!


Actuator/bracket - NC:
1. Ensure that the valve is closed by checking the position of the
groove of the disc stem top.
2. Fit the actuator/bracket in accordance with chapter 5.3
Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP, Step 4.
Closed

TD 403-122

Step 3 NO actuator No pressure!


Actuator/bracket - NO:
1. Ensure that the valve is open by checking the position of the
groove of the disc stem top.
2. Fit the actuator/bracket in accordance with chapter 5.3
Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP, Step 4.
Open

TD 403-123

Step 4 A/A actuator


Actuator/bracket - A/A:
1. Ensure that the valve is open by checking the position of the
groove of the disc stem top.
2. Supply compressed air to the actuator. Air pressure!
3. Fit the actuator/bracket in accordance with chapter 5.3 Open
Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP, Step 4.

TD 403-124

12
3 Installation

Step 5 Standard handle Handle with position


Handle/indication: indication
1. Fit the standard handle on the valve so that the screw can enter
the hole in the disc connection.
2. Fit the handle with position indication as shown and
in accordance with chapter 5.3 Assembly of valve -
LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP, Step 3 + Step 4.

Pre-use check:
Open and close the valve several times to ensure that it operates smoothly.
Pay special attention to the warnings!

3.5 Recycling information

• Unpacking
- Packing material consists of wood, plastics, cardboard boxes and in some cases metal straps
- Wood and cardboard boxes can be reused, recycled or used for energy recovery
- Plastics should be recycled or burnt at a licensed waste incineration plant
- Metal straps should be sent for material recycling

• Maintenance
- During maintenance, oil and wear parts in the machine are replaced
- All metal parts should be sent for material recycling
- Worn out or defective electronic parts should be sent to a licensed handler for material recycling
- Oil and all non-metal wear parts must be disposed of in accordance with local regulations

• Scrapping
- At end of use, the equipment must be recycled according to the relevant local regulations. Beside the equipment itself, any
hazardous residues from the process liquid must be considered and dealt with in a proper manner. When in doubt, or in the
absence of local regulations, please contact your local Alfa Laval sales company

13
4 Operation
Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
The valve is automatically or manually operated by means of an actuator or a handle.

4.1 Operation

Step 1

Always read the technical data thoroughly.


See chapter 6 Technical data

CAUTION
Alfa Laval cannot be held responsible for incorrect operation.

Step 2

Never touch the valve or the pipelines when processing hot liquids Danger of burns!
or when sterilising.

TD 403-110

Step 3 Air

Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator
if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

Rotating parts

TD 403-111

Step 4 Air
Operation by means of actuator:
Automatic on/off operation by means of compressed air.

Rotating parts

TD 403-111

Step 5 Closed valve


Operation by means of standard handle:
1. Manual on/off operation.
2. Pull the handle outwards while rotating it.
NOTE!
Open valve Open valve
This also applies for the Lockable Multiposition Handle.
TD 403-114

Closed valve

14
4 Operation
Pay attention to possible breakdown.
Read the instructions carefully.
LKB-F: With flange connection.
NC = Normally closed. NO = Normally open. A/A = Air/air activated.

Step 6 Closed valve


Operation by means of regulating handle:
1. Manual flow regulation because of infinite locking positions.
2. Loosen the handle, rotate it and tighten again.
Open valve Open valve

Closed valve

4.2 Troubleshooting

Step 1
NOTE!
Read the maintenance instructions carefully before replacing worn parts. - See chapter 5.1 General maintenance

Problem Cause/result Repair

- External leakage - Worn seal ring Replace the seal ring and the bushes
- Internal leakage by closed valve - Worn flange seal ring (LKB-F)
(normal wear)

- External leakage - High pressure - Change rubber grade


- Internal leakage by closed valve (too - High temperature - Change the operating conditions
early) - Aggressive liquids
- Many activations

- Difficult to open/close Incorrect seal ring (swelling) Replace by a seal ring of a different rubber
- Damage to disc connection (high grade
torque)

Difficult to open/close - 90° displacement of the actuator - Fit correctly (see chapter 3.4 Fitting
- Incorrect actuator function (NC,NO) actuator/bracket/handle on the valve
- Worn actuator bearings (optional extras))
- Dirt penetration into the actuator - Change from NC to NO or vice versa
- Replace the bearings
- Service the actuator

15
4 Operation
The valve is designed for Cleaning In Place (= CIP).
Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
NaOH = Caustic Soda.
HNO3 = Nitric acid.

4.3 Recommended cleaning

Step 1 Caustic danger!

Always handle lye and acid with great care.

Always use Always use


rubber gloves! protective goggles!

Step 2

Never touch the valve or the pipelines when sterilising.

Danger of burns!

TD 403-110

Step 3
Examples of cleaning agents:
Use clean water, free from chlorides.

1. 1% by weight NaOH at 70o C (158o F) 2. 0.5% by weight HNO3 at 70o C (158o F)

1 kg (2.2 lbs) 100 l (26.4 gal) 0.7 l (0.2 gal) 100 l (26.4 gal)
+ = Cleaning agent. + = Cleaning agent.
NaOH water 53% HNO3 water

2.2 l (0.6 gal) 100 l (26.4 gal)


+ = Cleaning agent.
33% NaOH water

Step 4 Always rinse!


1. Avoid excessive concentration of the cleaning agent.
⇒ Dose gradually
2. Adjust the cleaning flow to the process.
⇒ Sterilisation of milk/viscous liquids
⇒ Increase the cleaning flow
Clean water Cleaning agents
3. Always rinse well with clean water after the cleaning.

Step 5
NOTE
The cleaning agents must be stored/disposed of in accordance with current regulations/directives.

16
5 Maintenance
Maintain the valve and the regulator carefully. Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
Always keep spare seal rings, rubber seals, bushes and actuator bearings in stock. Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.
”Mushrooms” = fastening connections on the end cap.

5.1 General maintenance

Step 1

Always read the technical data thoroughly.


See section 6 Technical data

Always release compressed air after use.

NOTE
All scrap must be stored/disposed of in accordance with current regulations/directives.

Step 2
Atmospheric
Never service the valve when it is hot. pressure
required!

Never service the valve with valve and pipelines under pressure. Danger of burns!

TD 403-139

Step 3 Air

Never stick your fingers through the valve ports if the actuator is
supplied with compressed air. Cutting danger!

TD 403-112

Step 4 Air

Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator
if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

Rotating parts

TD 403-112

Step 5

!
Actuator size ø85 mm (NC/NO): Springs
The actuator springs are not caged. Caution!

TD 403-118

17
5 Maintenance
Maintain the valve and the regulator carefully. Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
Always keep spare seal rings, rubber seals, bushes and actuator bearings in stock. Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.
”Mushrooms” = fastening connections on the end cap.

Step 6 Caution!

! End cap “Mushrooms”

End cap of actuator:


- Never remove the end cap by using compressed air.
- Always fit the end cap with the “mushrooms” turned outwards
and position it correctly before supplying compressed air to
the actuator. TD 403-113

Recommended spare parts: Service kits (see chapter 7 Parts list and service kits).
Order service kits from the service kits list (see chapter 7 Parts list and service kits)

Ordering spare parts


Contact the Sales Department.

Valve seal rings Valve bushes Actuator rubber seals Actuator bearings

Preventive maintenance Replace after 12 Replace when replacing Replace after 5 years
months the valve seal rings

Maintenance after Replace by the end of Replace when replacing Replace when possible
leakage (leakage the day the valve seal rings
normally starts slowly)

Planned maintenance - Regular inspection Replace when replacing - Regular inspection Replace when they
for leakage and the valve seal rings for leakage and become worn
smooth operation smooth operation
- Keep a record of the - Keep a record of the
valve actuator
- Use the statistics for - Use the statistics
inspection planning for planning of
inspections
Replace after leakage Replace after air
leakage

Lubrication Before fitting None Before fitting When replacing


(use USDA-H1 - Molycote Long term 2 actuator rubber seals
approved) Plus (Δ) - Molycote Long term
- Unisilcon L641(*) - Molycote 1132(Δ) (for 2 Plus (Δ)
- Paraliq(*) GTE 703 aggressive environment) - Molycote 1132
- Molycote 111(D) (Δ) (for aggressive
environment)

18
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully. The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.
Handle scrap correctly.
LKB: for ISO tubes.
LKB-2: for DIN tubes.

5.2 Dismantling of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP

Step 1
Valve with actuator:
1. Remove screws and nuts (6).
2. Remove the bracket with the actuator.

TD 403-093

Step 2
Valve with handle:
1. Remove the complete handle.
2. Remove screws and nuts (6).

TD 403-094

Step 3
Remove seal ring (5) together with valve disc (2).

TD 403-096

Step 4
Remove bushes (3, 4) from the disc stems.

TD 403-096

Step 5
Remove valve disc (2) from seal ring (5).
NOTE!
For valve sizes 25-38 mm and DN25-40, it is recommended to
remove the valve disc by using a special service tool (item no.
9611981090). TD 403-097

19
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully. The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.
LKB: for ISO tubes. LKB-2: for DIN tubes.
Lubricate the seal ring before fitting it.
Lubricate the disc stem before fitting the bushes.

5.3 Assembly of valve - LKB/LKB-2/LKB-LP


Step 1
1. Lubricate the pin holes in seal ring (5), (important for Silicone
and Viton).
2. Fit valve disc (2) in the seal ring (5).
NOTE!
For the valve sizes 25-38 mm and DN25-40, it is recommended TD 403-265

to fit the valve disc by using a special service tool (item no.
9611981090).

Step 2
1. Fit bushes (3,4) on the disc stem.
2. Fit seal ring (5) together with valve disc (2) between the two
valve body halves (1).
CAUTION!
Rotate the valve disc so that the valve is open before tightening
screws and nuts (6).
TD 403-266

Step 3
Valve with handle:
1. Fit screws and nuts (6) and torque tighten in accordance with
the requirements (see Step 5).
2. Fit the complete handle on the disc connection and tighten
the screw on the handle.
NOTE!
TD 403-267
This also applies for the Lockable Multiposition Handle.

Step 4 Fit correctly!


Valve with actuator: See chapter 3.4 Fitting
1. Fit the actuator with the bracket so that the disc actuator/bracket/handle on
connection enters the coupling (see Chapter 3.4 Fitting the valve (optional extras)
actuator/bracket/handle on the valve (optional extras)).
2. Fit screws and nuts (6) and torque tighten in accordance with
the requirements so that the bracket is fixed to the valve (see
Step 5).

TD 403-268

20
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully. The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.
LKB: for ISO tubes. LKB-2: for DIN tubes.
Lubricate the seal ring before fitting it.
Lubricate the disc stem before fitting the bushes.

Step 5
Pre-use check:
Check that the valve disc moves smoothly against the seal ring.

Pay special attention to the warnings!


Tools/torque values for assembly of the valve body halves:

Valve size 25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm


DN 25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN 125 DN150

5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
Allen Key
(0.2”) (0.2”) (0.2”) (0.24”) (0.24”) (0.24”) (0.3”) (0.3”) (0.3”)

Recomm. 18 Nm 18 Nm 18 Nm 20 Nm 20 Nm 20 Nm 38 Nm 38 Nm 38 Nm
Torque (13 lbf-ft) (13 lbf-ft) (13 lbf-ft) (15 lbf-ft) (15 lbf-ft) (15 lbf-ft) (28 lbf-ft) (28 lbf-ft) (28 lbf-ft)

21
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully.
The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.
Handle scrap correctly.
LKB-F: with flange connection.

5.4 Dismantling of valve - LKB-F


Step 1
1. Loosen the two upper screws and nuts (6).
2. Loosen and remove the two lower screws and nuts (6).
3. Remove the valve unit from flanges (7).

Step 2
1. Remove the two upper screws and nuts (6), (4 nuts).
2. If supplied, remove the actuator from the valve body unit.
3. If supplied, loosen the screw and remove the handle from the
valve body unit.

Step 3
1. Loosen and remove the two centre screws and nuts (6).
2. Remove seal ring (5) together with valve disc (2).
3. Remove flange seal rings (8).

Step 4
Remove bushes (3,4) from the disc stems.

TD 403-096

Step 5
Remove valve disc (2) from seal ring (5).
NOTE!
For valve sizes 25-38 mm and DN25-40, it is recommended to
remove the valve disc by using a special service tool (item no.
9611981090). TD 403-097

22
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully. The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.
LKB-F: With flange connection.
Lubricate the seal rings before fitting them.
Lubricate the disc stem before fitting the bushes.

5.5 Assembly of valve - LKB-F


Step 1
1. Lubricate the pin holes in seal ring (5), (important for Silicone
and Viton).
2. Fit valve disc (2) on seal ring (5).
3. Fit bushes (3,4) in the disc stem.
NOTE! TD 403-265

For valve size 25-38 mm and DN25-40, it is recommended to fit the


valve disc by using a special service tool (item no. 9611981090).

Step 2
1. Lubricate flange seal rings (8) with water and fit them.
2. Fit seal ring (5) together with valve disc (2) between the valve
body halves (1).
3. Fit and tighten the two centre screws and nuts (6).
CAUTION!
Rotate the valve disc so that the valve is open before tightening
screws and nuts (6).

Step 3
1. If supplied, fit the handle and tighten the screw.
2. If supplied, fit the actuator.
3. Fit the two upper screws and nuts (6), (4 nuts).

Step 4
1. Fit the valve unit between flanges (7).
2. Fit and tighten the two lower screws and nuts (6).
3. Tighten the two upper screws and nuts (6).

Step 5
Pre-use check: Check that the valve disc moves smoothly against the seal ring.
Pay special attention to the warnings!
Tools/torque values for assembly of the valve body halves:

Valve size 25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm


DN 25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN 125 DN150

Spanner 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 13 mm 13 mm 13 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm
flats (0.4”) (0.4”) (0.4”) (0.5”) (0.5”) (0.5”) (0.67”) (0.67”) (0.67”)

Recomm. 18 Nm 18 Nm 18 Nm 20 Nm 20 Nm 20 Nm 38 Nm 38 Nm 38 Nm
torque (13 lbf-ft) (13 lbf-ft) (13 lbf-ft) (15 lbf-ft) (15 lbf-ft) (15 lbf-ft) (28 lbf-ft) (28 lbf-ft) (28 lbf-ft)

23
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully. The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.
Handle scrap correctly.
NC = Normally closed. NO = Normally open. A/A = Air/air activated.

5.6 Dismantling of actuator


Step 1
1. Press end cap (5) into air cylinder (1).
2. Remove retaining ring (6).
Use a press or special tool (item no. 9611416791).

TD 403-099

Step 2
NC/NO actuator:
Release the pressure on end cap (5) carefully and remove the end

TD 403-100
cap.
Pay special attention to the warning!

Step 3
A/A actuator:
Remove end cap (5) by hand.
Pay special attention to the warning!

TD 403-101

Step 4
Remove piston (3) and the springs.
NOTE!
- The actuator size ø133 mm has a caged spring assembly.
- The air/air actuator has no springs.

TD 403-271

Step 5
Remove connex pin (16) and coupling (17) from rotating cylinder
stem (2).
TD 403-119

Step 6
Remove rotating cylinder (2) and the remaining internal parts from
air cylinder (1).

TD 403-120

24
5 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully.
NC = Normally closed. NO = Normally open. A/A = Air/air activated.
Lubricate the rubber seals before fitting them. Lubricate the bearings.
Clean the piston before assembly.

5.7 Assembly of actuator

Step 1
Fit rotating cylinder (2) in air cylinder (1).

TD 403-269

Step 2
Fit coupling (17) on rotating cylinder stem (2) and fit connex pin
Fit the connex pin
(16).
correctly!
TD 403-270

Step 3
Fit the springs in rotating cylinder (2) and fit piston (3) carefully.
CAUTION!
Fit the piston correctly in relation to the bearings.
NOTE! Fit correctly!
The air/air actuator has no springs.

TD 403-274

Step 4
A/A actuator:
1. Fit end cap (5) sufficiently into air cylinder (1) so that retaining
ring (6) can be fitted in the air cylinder.
2. Position the end cap correctly by hand.
Pay special attention to the warning! TD 403-272

Step 5
1. Fit end cap (5) in air cylinder (1) and press down sufficiently so
Use a press!
that retaining ring (6) can be fitted in the air cylinder.
2. Release the pressure on the end cap.
Pay special attention to the warning! NC/NO actuator
Use a press or special tool (item no. 9611416791).

TD 403-273

Step 6
Pre-use check:
1. Supply compressed air to the actuator.
2. Activate the actuator several times to ensure that it operates smoothly.
Pay special attention to the warnings!

25
6 Technical data
It is important to observe the technical data during installation, operation and maintenance.
Inform personnel about the technical data.
NC = Normally closed. NO = Normally open. A/A = Air/air activated.

6.1 Technical data

LKB is a sanitary automatically or manually operated butterfly valve for use in stainless steel pipe systems.

LKB is either remote-controlled by means of an actuator or manually operated by means of a handle.


The actuator is made in three standard versions, normally closed (NC), normally open (NO) and air/air activated (A/A).

The actuator is designed so that an axial movement of a piston is transformed into a 90° rotation of a shaft. The torque of the
actuator is increased when the valve disc contacts the seal ring of the butterfly valve.

The handle for manual operation mechanically locks the valve in its open or closed position. The handles for the valve sizes
DN125 and DN150, which are designed for locking in two intermediate positions, enable adjusting of the valve, so that the
flow rate can be regulated.

Valve - data
Max. product pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi)
Min. product pressure Full vacuum
Temperature range -10° C to +140° C* (EPDM )
However max. 95° C when operating the valve
Product acc. to PED 97/23/EC Fluids group 2
Valve - materials
Product wetted steel parts AISI 304 or AISI 316L
Other steel parts AISI 304
Rubber grades EPDM, Silicone (Q), Viton (FPM), HNBR, PFA
Bushes for valve disc PVDF
Finish Semi bright, RA 3.2 µm
Actuator - data
Max. air pressure 700 kPa (7 bar) (101.5 psi)
Min. air pressure, NC or NO 400 kPa (4 bar) (58 psi)
Temperature range -25° C to +90° C (-13°F to +194°F )
Air consumption (litres free air) - ø85 mm 0.24 x p (bar)
- ø133 mm 0.95 x p (bar)
Actuator - materials
Actuator body AISI 304
Piston Light alloy, bronze for ø85 mm A/A
Seals Nitrile (NBR)
Housing for switches Noryl (PPO)
Finish Semi bright

26
6 Technical data
It is important to observe the technical data during installation, operation and maintenance.
Inform personnel about the technical data.
NC = Normally closed. NO = Normally open. A/A = Air/air activated.

Weight (kg)

25 38 51 63.5 76.1 101.6 DN DN DN DN DN DN DN DN DN


Size
mm mm mm mm mm mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
Weight LKB-F with welding
1.6 1.3 2.1 2.9 5.0 7.9 1.6 1.6 1.7 2.6 4.7 5.8 7.9 11.7 12.3
ends and handle
Weight LKB/LKB-2 with
1.2 1.0 1.5 2.1 3.0 4.7 1.2 1.1 1.3 1.8 3.0 3.5 5.1 7.5 9.0
welding ends and handle

Weight LKB-F with welding


4.3 4.0 4.8 5.6 7.6 19.5 4.3 4.3 4.4 5.3 7.3 8.4 19.5 23.3 23.9
ends and LKLA/LKLA-T ø85
Weight LKB/LKB-2
with welding ends and 3.9 3.7 4.2 4.8 5.6 16.3 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.5 5.6 6.1 16.7 19.1 20.6
LKLA/LKLA-T ø133

Noise
One metre away from - and 1.6 metre above the exhaust, the noise level of a valve actuator will be approximately 77dB(A)
without noise damper and approximately 72 dB(A) with noise damper - Measured at 7 bars air pressure.

27
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawings include all parts of the valves. For the parts list, please see chapters 7.5 LKB Butterfly valve, ISO, 7.6 LKB-F
Butterfly valves, ISO, 7.7 LKB-F Butterfly valves, DIN, 7.8 LKB-2 Butterfly valves
Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts. The warranty of Alfa Laval products is dependent on the use of Alfa Laval genuine
spare parts.

7.1 LKB, LKB-2, LKB-F Butterfly valves, drawings

LKB/LKB-2

LKB-F

28
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawings include all parts of the actuators.
For the parts list, please see chapter 7.9 LKB-LP Butterfly valve

7.2 LKB-LP Butterfly valve, drawing

29
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawings include all parts of the actuators.
For the parts list, please see chapters 7.10 LKLA ø85 mm (NO/NC) - 7.19 LKLA-T ø133 mm (A/A).

7.3 LKLA and LKLA-T actuators Ø85 mm, drawings

LKLA-T (NC-NO) LKLA-T (A/A)

21

20

TD 403-132
TD 403-137

LKLA (NC-NO) LKLA (A/A)

5 23
6 22

3 7

4
1

11
10

9 2

12
8

19 14
23

15

16 14
18
TD 403-136

17
TD 403-133

30
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawings include all parts of the actuators.
For the parts list, please see chapters 7.10 LKLA ø85 mm (NO/NC) - 7.19 LKLA-T ø133 mm (A/A).

DN 125-150 (A/A)

403-138

31
.

32
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawings include all parts of the actuators.
For the parts list, please see chapters 7.10 LKLA ø85 mm (NO/NC) - 7.19 LKLA-T ø133 mm (A/A).

7.4 LKLA and LKLA-T actuators Ø133 mm, drawings

LKLA-T (NC-NO) LKLA-T (A/A)

21

20

24

25 3

TD 403-135 TD 403-134

LKLA (NC-NO) LKLA (A/A)


6 23

7
22
5

1
3

10

11

8
2

12
14
14
19
15

18
16
18
17 TD 403-083 13
TD 403-082

33
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items of the valve.

7.5 LKB Butterfly valve, ISO

_1

34
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items of the valve.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 2 Valve body half
2 1 Disc
3  1 Bush
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
4  1 Bush
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
5  1 Seal ring
6 1 Set of screws

Service kits

25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm
Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

Service kits for product wetted parts


 Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923028 9611923029 9611923030 9611923031
 Service kit Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923034 9611923035 9611923036 9611923037
 Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923040 9611923041 9611923042 9611923043
 Service kit HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923160 9611923161 9611923162 9611923163
 Service kit PFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923183 9611923184 9611923185

Service kits

76mm 101.6mm 101.6mm 152mm


Denomination Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 15

Service kits for product wetted parts


 Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923032 9611923033 9611923033 9611923046
 Service kit Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923038 9611923039 9611923039 9611923047
 Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923044 9611923045 9611923045 9611923048
 Service kit HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923164 9611923165 9611923165 9611923197
 Service kit PFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923186 9611923187 9611923187

NB: * Disc connection □ 10 for 101.6 mm and DN100 is no longer available. Please rebuild the air actuator or/and handle to: disc connection □ 12
Reg. 2.14.1 9805 / Intro. 8001
NOTE! Lubricate the pin holes in the seal (5) with Klüber Paraliq GTE 703 or similar. Very important for Q and FPM.
Parts marked with  are included in the service kits. Recommended spare parts: Service kits.
900069/4

35
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items of the valve.

7.6 LKB-F Butterfly valves, ISO

TD4
03 -230
_1

36
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items of the valve.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 2 Valve body half
2 1 Disc
3  1 Bush
1 Bush set (10 pcs.)
4  1 Bush
1 Bush set (10 pcs.)
5  1 Seal ring
6 1 Set of screws and nuts
7 2 Flange
8  2 Seal ring

Service kits

25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12

Service kits for product wetted parts


 Service kit, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . 9611923058 9611923059 9611923060 9611923061 9611923062 9611923063
 Service kit, Silicone (Q) .... 9611923064 9611923065 9611923066 9611923067 9611923068 9611923069
 Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923070 9611923071 9611923072 9611923073 9611923074 9611923099
 Service kit, HNBR . . . . . . . . . . 9611923310 9611923311 9611923312 9611923313 9611923314 9611923315
 Service kit, PFA ** ...........

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits.


Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

NB:
* Disc connection □ 10 for 101.6 mm and DN 100 is no longer available. Please rebuild the air-actuator or/and handle to: disc connection □ 12
** Service kits for PFA are delivered with EPDM flange seals.

900529/4

37
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items.

7.7 LKB-F Butterfly valves, DIN

TD4
03 -230
_1

38
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 2 Valve body half
2 1 Disc
3  1 Bush
1 Bush set (10 pcs.)
1 Bush set (10 pcs)
1 Bush set (10 pcs)
4  1 Bush
1 Bush set (10 pcs.)
5  1 Seal ring
1 Seal ring
1 Seal ring
6 1 Set of screws and nuts
7 2 Flange
8  2 Seal ring

Service kits

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

Service kits for product wetted parts


 Service kit, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923100 9611923101 9611923102 9611923103
 Service kit, Silicone (Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923109 9611923110 9611923111 9611923112
 Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923118 9611923119 9611923120 9611923121
a Service kit, HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a Service kit, PFA ................................................

Service kits

DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150


Denomination Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15

 Service kit, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923104 9611923105 9611923106 9611923107 9611923108


 Service kit, Silicone (Q) ...................... 9611923113 9611923114 9611923115 9611923116 9611923117
 Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923122 9611923123 9611923124 9611923125 9611923126
a Service kit, HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a Service kit, PFA ..............................

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits.


Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

1) Seal ring is delivered assembled with disc.

NB: * Service kits for HNBR and PFA are delivered with EPDM flange seals.
900529/4

39
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items.

7.8 LKB-2 Butterfly valves

TD 403-231_2

40
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1a 2 Valve body half
1 2 Valve body half
2 1 Disc
3  1 Bush
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
4  1 Bush
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
5  1 Seal ring
6 1 Set screw

Service kits

DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50


Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

Service kits for product wetted parts


 Service kit, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923075 9611923076 9611923077 9611923078
 Service kit, Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923083 9611923084 9611923085 9611923086
 Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923091 9611923092 9611923093 9611923094
 Service kit, HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923210 9611923211 9611923212 9611923213
 Service kit, PFA ................................................ 9611923191 9611923192 1)

Service kits

DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125


Denomination Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 DN 150

Service kits for product wetted parts


 Service kit, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923079 9611923080 9611923081 9611923082 9611923046
 Service kit, Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923087 9611923088 9611923089 9611923090 9611923047
 Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923095 9611923096 9611923097 9611923098 9611923048
 Service kit, HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923214 9611923215 9611923216 9611923217 9611923197
 Service kit, PFA .............................. 9611923193 9611923194 9611923195

NB:1) Seal ring is delivered assembled with disc.


NOTE!! Lubricate the pin holes in the seal (5) with Klüber Paraliq GTE 703 or similar. Very important for Q and FPM.
Parts marked with  are included in the service kits. Recommended spare parts: Service kits.
900245/4

41
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items.

7.9 LKB-LP Butterfly valve

TD 458-001_1

42
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and parts list include all items.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 2 Valve body half
2 1 Disc
3  1 Bush
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
4  1 Bush
1 Bush, set (10 pcs.)
5  1 Seal ring
6 1 Set screw
7 1 Handle
7a 1 Lockable multiposition handle
(only ISO)

Service kits

Denomination 25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm 76.1 mm 101.6 mm

Service Kits for product wetted parts, ISO


 Service kit EPDM .......... 9611923028 9611923204 9611923205 9611923031 9611923032 9611923033

Service kits

Denomination DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

Service Kits for product wetted parts, DIN


 Service kit EPDM .......... 9611923206 9611923207 9611923208 9611923079 9611923209 9611923218

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits.


Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

TD 900-204/4

43
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

7.10 LKLA ø85 mm (NO/NC)

44
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kit for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923010
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5a 1 End cap
5b 1 End cap, Mark lll
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
8 1 Inner spring
9 1 Outer spring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  2 Thrust bearing
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Activating ring, Noryl with screw
19 1 Water rejector (period 8310-)

Note:
Butterfly valve 101.6 mm / DN100 sold before 8906 = □ 10 mm
Butterfly valve DN 65 (ISO) sold before 8910 = □ 8 mm
Please check the square size of the disc when ordering spares.

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: Service kit.

900128/2

45
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.11 LKLA ø85 mm (A/A)

46
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list Service kits


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923011
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5a 1 End cap
5b 1 End cap, Mark lll
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  1 Thrust bearing
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Activating ring with screw
22*** 1 Retaining plate
23 2 Threaded plug

Note:
*** Up to 8910 supplied without holes, not available anymore
Butterfly valve 101.6 mm / DN100 sold before 8906 = □ 10 mm
Butterfly valve DN 65 (ISO) sold before 8910 = □ 8 mm
Please check the square size of the disc when ordering spares.

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: Service kit.

900129/1

47
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items

7.12 LKLA DN 125-150 ø85 mm (A/A)

TD 407-023_1

48
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923012
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5a 1 End cap
5b 1 End cap, Mark lll
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  1 Thrust bearing
13 1 Connex pin
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Activating ring with screw
22*** 1 Retaining plate
23 2 Threaded plug

*** Up to 8910 supplied without holes, not available anymore


Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.
Recommended spare parts: Service kit.

900130/1

49
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

7.13 LKLA ø133 mm (NO/NC)

TD 407-022_1

50
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923020
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
8 1 Spring assembly
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  2 Thrust bearing
13 1 Connex pin
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Indication pin
19 1 Water rejector

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900131

51
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.14 LKLA ø133 mm (A/A)

23

TD 407-021_1

52
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air Cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923022
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  1 Thrust bearing
13 2 Connex pin
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 2 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Indication pin
22 1 Retaining plate
23 1 Threaded plug

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900132/1

53
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

7.15 LKLA-T ø85 mm (NO/NC)

19

TD 407-020_2

54
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923021
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
8 1 Inner spring
9 1 Outer spring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  2 Thrust bearing
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Activating ring with screw
19 1 Water rejector (period 8310- )
20  1 O-ring
21 1 Air fitting

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900133/1

55
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.16 LKLA-T ø85 mm (A/A)

56
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923023
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  1 Thrust bearing
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Activating ring with screw
20  1 O-ring
21 1 Air fitting
23 1 Threaded plug

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900134/1

57
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.17 LKLA-T DN 125-150 ø85 mm (A/A)

58
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list Service kits


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923024
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  1 Thrust bearing
13 1 Connex pin
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Activating ring with screw
20  1 O-ring
21 1 Air fitting
23 1 Threaded plug

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900135/1

59
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

7.18 LKLA-T ø133 mm (NO/NC)

TD 407-017_2

60
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.
NO = Normally open.
NC = Normally closed.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923056
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
8 1 Spring assembly
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  2 Thrust bearing
13 1 Connex pin
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 1 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Indication pin
19 1 Water rejector (period 8310- )
20  1 O-ring
21 1 Air fitting
24  1 Guiding ring
25 1 Spring

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900136

61
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.19 LKLA-T ø133 mm (A/A)

23

TD 407-016_2

62
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list Service kits


Pos. Qty Denomination
Service kits for actuator
1 1 Air cylinder
2 1 Rotating cylinder Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923057
3 1 Piston
4  1 O-ring
5 1 End cap
6 1 Retaining ring
7  1 O-ring
10  2 Needle bearing
11  2 Needle bearing
12  1 Thrust bearing
13 2 Connex pin
14 1 Thrust plate
15  1 O-ring
16 2 Connex pin
17 1 Coupling
18 1 Indication pin
20  1 O-ring
21 1 Air fitting
23 1 Threaded plug
24  1 Guiding band
25 1 Spring

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

190137/1

63
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.20 LKB lockable multiposition handle for valve

64
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 1 Insert
2 1 Positioning cap
3 1 Screw

65
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.21 LKB handle 1.1 for butterfly valve

Handle 1.1 for LKB butterfly valve

6
2
5

1a

1b

TD 403-227_1

Handle 1.1 with infinite positions for LKB Butterfly valve

TD 403-228_1

66
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
2 1 Transfer block
3 1 Handle
4 1 Screw with pin
5 1 Spring
6 1 Ball

67
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

7.22 Handle 1.1 for indication unit

TD 403-226_1

68
7 Parts list and service kits
The drawing and the parts list include all items.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 1 Location cap with 2 pos.
2 1 Transfer block
3 1 Handle
4 1 Screw with pin
5 1 Spring
6 1 Ball
8 1 Bracket
9 2 Screw
10 1 Coupling
11 1 Activating ring with screw

69
How to contact Alfa Laval
Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to access the information directly.

© Alfa Laval Corporate AB


This document and its contents is owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB and protected by laws governing intellectual property and thereto related rights. It is the responsibility of the user of this
document to comply with all applicable intellectual property laws. Without limiting any rights related to this document, no part of this document may be copied, reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without the expressed permission of Alfa Laval Corporate AB. Alfa Laval Corporate AB
will enforce its rights related to this document to the fullest extent of the law, including the seeking of criminal prosecution.
Spare Parts
LKB Automatic and Manual Butterfly Valve

TD 403-263
TD 403-262_1

ESE00779-EN10 2018-03
Original manual
Table of contents

The information herein is correct at the time of issue but may be subject to change without prior notice

1. LKB Butterfly Valve, ISO ............................................................................. 4

2. LKB-2 Butterfly Valve, DIN ........................................................................... 6

3. LKB-F Butterfly Valve, ISO ........................................................................... 8

4. LKB-F Butterfly Valve, DIN ........................................................................... 10

5. LKB Lockable Multiposition Handle for Valve .................................................... 12

6. LKB Handle 1.1 for Butterfly Valve ................................................................. 14

7. Handle 1.1 for Indication Unit ....................................................................... 16

8. Handle for Tri-Clover Butterfly Valves Series G .................................................. 18

9. LKLA actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø85 ............................................................ 20

10. LKLA actuator air/air ø85 ............................................................................ 22

11. LKLA actuator air/air DN125-150 ø85 ............................................................. 24

12. LKLA actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø133 ........................................................... 26

13. LKLA actuator air/air ø133 ........................................................................... 28

14. LKLA-T actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø85 .......................................................... 30

15. LKLA-T actuator air/air ø85 ......................................................................... 32

16. LKLA-T actuator air/air DN125-150 ø85 ........................................................... 34

17. LKLA-T actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø133 ........................................................ 36

18. LKLA-T actuator air/air ø133 ........................................................................ 38

3
LKB Butterfly Valve, ISO

_1

4 Intro 1980-01
LKB Butterfly Valve, ISO

25 mm 38 mm 51 mm
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

1 2l Valve body half, (AISI 304L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611443650 9611443220 9611443230


2l Valve body half, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611443651 9611443221 9611443231
2 1l Disc, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413680 9611411690 9611411770
1l Disc, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413681 9611411691 9611411771
1l Disc, 12 (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1l Disc, 12 (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411810 9611411730 9611411810
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413760 9611411730 9611411810
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414130 9611414090 9611414100
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413720 9611411740 9611411820
1l Seal ring, (Viton FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414133 9611414093 9611414103
1l Seal ring, (HNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414134 9611414094 9611414104
1l Seal ring, (PFA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96119232021) 9612900601
6 1l Set of screws, M6 + Nut M6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417340 9611417340
1l Set of screws, M8 + Nut M8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417350

63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm 101.6 mm


Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12

1 2l Valve body half, (AISI 304L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611443240 9611443070 9611413250 9611413250


2l Valve body half, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611443241 9611443071 9611413251 9611413251
2 1l Disc, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411850 9611411930
1l Disc, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411851 9611411931
1l Disc, 12 (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612046301
1l Disc, 12 (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612046302
1l Disc, 10 (AISI 316) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411890 9611411970 9611412060 9611412060
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411890 9611411970 9611412050 9611412050
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414110 9611414060 9611414120 9611414120
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411900 9611411980 9611412070 9611412070
1l Seal ring, (Viton FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414113 9611414063 9611414123 9611414123
1l Seal ring, (HNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414114 9611414064 9611414124 9611414124
1l Seal ring, (PFA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612900701 9612900801 9612900901 9612900901
6 1l Set of screws, M8 + Nut M8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417350 9611417360
1l Set of screws, M10 + Nut M10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417370 9611417370

25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm
DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65
Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

Service kits for product wetted parts


a Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923028 9611923029 9611923030 9611923031
a Service kit Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923034 9611923035 9611923036 9611923037
a Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923040 9611923041 9611923042 9611923043
a Service kit HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923160 9611923161 9611923162 9611923163
a Service kit PFA ................................................. 9611923183 9611923184 9611923185

76mm 101.6mm 101.6mm


DN80 DN80 DN100 DN100 DN150
Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 15

Service kits for product wetted parts


a Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923032 9611923051 9611923033 9611923033 9611923046
a Service kit Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923038 9611923039 9611923039 9611923047
a Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923044 9611923045 9611923045 9611923048
a Service kit HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923164 9611923165 9611923165 9611923197
a Service kit PFA ................................. 9611923186 9611923187 9611923187

NB: * Disc connection □ 10 for 101.6 mm and DN100 is no longer available. Please rebuild the air actuator or/and handle to: disc connection □ 12
1)Seal ring is delivered assembled with disc.
Reg. 2.14.1 9805 / Intro. 8001

NOTE!!
Lubricate the pin holes in the seal (5) with Klüber Paraliq GTE 703 or similar. Very important for Q and FPM.

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits. Recommended spare parts: Service kits.
900069/4

5
LKB-2 Butterfly Valve, DIN

TD 403-231_2

6 Intro 1989-01
LKB-2 Butterfly Valve, DIN

For valves with bushes (Period 9301-)

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

1 2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 304L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612323601 9612323701 9612323801 9612323901
2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612323602 9612323702 9612323802 9612323902
1a 2l Valve body half, male part (AISI 304L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612324301 9612324401 9612324501 9612324601
2l Valve body half, male part (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612324302 9612324402 9612324502 9612324602
2 1l Disc , (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612073605 9612073705 9612073805 9612073905
1l Disc , (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612073604 9612073704 9612073804 9612073904
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411810 9611411810 9611411810 9611411890
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411810 9611411810 9611411810 9611411890
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070001 9612070101 9612070201 9612070301
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070901 9612071001 9612071101 9612071201
1l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612071801 9612071901 9612072001 9612072101
1l Seal ring, (HNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070002 9612070102 9612070202 9612070302
l Seal ring, (PFA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96119232031) 9612901101
6 1l Set screw, M6 + Nut M6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417340 9611417340 9611417340
1l Set screw, M8 + Nut M8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417350

DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14

1 2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 304L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612324001 9612324101 9612324201 9612077401
2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612324002 9612324102 9612324202 9612077402
1a 2l Valve body half , male part (AISI 304L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612324701 9612324801 9612324901 9612077201
2l Valve body half, male part (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612324702 9612324802 9612324902 9612077202
2 1l Disc , (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612074005 9612074105 9612074205 9612076905
1l Disc , (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612074004 9612074104 9612074204 9612076904
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411890 9611411890 9611411970 9612078501
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411890 9611411890 9611411970 9612078501
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070401 9612070501 9612070601 9612077101
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612071301 9612071401 9612071501 9612078301
1l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612072201 9612072301 9612072401 9612078401
1l Seal ring, (HNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070402 9612070502 9612070602 9612077102
l Seal ring, (PFA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612901201 9612901301 9612901401
6 1l Set screw, M8 + Nut M8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417360 9611417360
1l Set screw, M10 + Nut M10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417370
1l Set screw, M10 + Nut M10 (6pcs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417770

DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50


Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

Service kits for product wetted parts


a Service kit, EPDM .............................................. 9611923075 9611923076 9611923077 9611923078
a Service kit, Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923083 9611923084 9611923085 9611923086
a Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923091 9611923092 9611923093 9611923094
a Service kit, HNBR .............................................. 9611923210 9611923211 9611923212 9611923213
a Service kit, PFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923191 9611923192

DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125


Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14

Service kits for product wetted parts


a Service kit, EPDM .............................................. 9611923079 9611923080 9611923081 9611923082
a Service kit, Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923087 9611923088 9611923089 9611923090
a Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923095 9611923096 9611923097 9611923098
a Service kit, HNBR .............................................. 9611923214 9611923215 9611923216 9611923217
a Service kit, PFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923193 9611923194 9611923195

NB:1)Seal ring is delivered assembled with disc.

NOTE!!
Lubricate the pin holes in the seal (5) with Klüber Paraliq GTE 703 or similar. Very important for Q and FPM.

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits. Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

900245/3

7
LKB-F Butterfly Valve, ISO

8 Intro 1994-08
LKB-F Butterfly Valve, ISO

LKB-F ISO

25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12

1 2l Valve body half, welding


, (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402410 9612402411 9612402412 9612402413 9612402414 9612402415
2l Valve body half, welding
, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402410 9612402411 9612402412 9612402413 9612402414 9612402415
2 1l Disc, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413680 9611411690 9611411770 9611411850 9611411930 9612046301
1l Disc , (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413681 9611411691 9611411771 9611411851 9611411931 9612046302
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411810 9611411730 9611411810 9611411890 9611411970 9611412060
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413760 9611411730 9611411810 9611411890 9611411970 9611412050
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414130 9611414090 9611414100 9611414110 9611414060 9611414120
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611413720 9611411740 9611411820 9611411900 9611411980 9611412070
1l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414133 9611414093 9611414103 9611414113 9611414063 9611414123
1l Seal ring, (HNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414134 9611414094 9611414104 9611414114 9611414064 9611414124
1l Seal ring, (PFA on EPDM) . . . . . . . . 96119232021 9612900601 9612900701 9612900801 9612900901
6 1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . 9612400101 9612400101
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . 9612400102 9612400102
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . 9612400103
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . 9612400104
7 2l Flange, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402510 9612402511 9612402512 9612402513 9612402514 9612402515
2l Flange, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402510 9612402511 9612402512 9612402513 9612402514 9612402515
8  2l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402631 9612402632 9612402633 9612402634 9612402635 9612402636
2l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402641 9612402642 9612402643 9612402644 9612402645 9612402646
2l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402651 9612402652 9612402653 9612402654 9612402655 9612402656
2l Seal ring, (HNBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402661 9612402662 9612402663 9612402664 9612402665 9612402666

25 mm 38 mm 51 mm 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
Disc 8 Disc 8 Disc 8 Disc 8 Disc 10 Disc 12

Service kits for product wetted parts


a Service kit, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923058 9611923059 9611923060 9611923061 9611923062 9611923063
a Service kit, Silicone (Q) . . . . . . . . . 9611923064 9611923065 9611923066 9611923067 9611923068 9611923069
a Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923070 9611923071 9611923072 9611923073 9611923074 9611923099
a Service kit, HNBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923310 9611923311 9611923312 9611923313 9611923314 9611923315

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits.


Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

NB:
* Disc connection □ 10 for 101.6 mm and DN 100 is no longer available. Please rebuild the air-actuator or/and handle to: disc connection □ 12

1) Seal ring is delivered assembled with disc.

900529/2

9
LKB-F Butterfly Valve, DIN

10 Intro 1994-08
LKB-F Butterfly Valve, DIN

LKB-F DIN

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

1 2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402401 9612402402 9612402403 9612402404
2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402416 9612402417 9612402418 9612402419
2 1l Disc, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612073604 9612073704 9612073804 9612073904
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411810 9611411810 9611411810 9611411890
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411810 9611411810 9611411810 9611411890
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070001 9612070101 9612070201 9612070301
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070901 9612071001 9612071101 9612071201
1l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612071801 9612071901 9612072001 9612072101
1l Seal ring, (PFA on EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96129232031) 9612901101
6 1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612400101 9612400101 9612400101
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612400102
7 2l Flange, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402501 9612402502 9612402503 9612402504
2l Flange, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402516 9612402517 9612402518 9612402519
8  2l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402601 9612402602 9612402603 9612402604
2l Seal ring, (Silicone, Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402611 9612402612 9612402613 9612402614
2l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402621 9612402622 9612402623 9612402624

DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN150


Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15

1 2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 316 L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402405 9612402406 9612402407 9612402408 9612402409
2l Valve body half, welding (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402420 9612402421 9612402422 9612402423 9612402424
2 1l Disc, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612074004 9612074104 9612074204 9612076904 9611413701
3  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411890 9611411890 9611411970 9612078501 9611413790
4  1l Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611411890 9611411890 9611411970 9612078501 9611413790
5  1l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612070401 9612070501 9612070601 9612077101 9611414150
1l Seal ring, (Silicone Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612071301 9612071401 9612071501 9612078301 9611413740
1l Seal ring (FPM), . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612072201 9612072301 9612072401 9612078401 9611414153
1l Seal ring, (PFA on EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612901201 9612901301 9612901401
6 1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612400103 9612400103
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612400104
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612400105
1l Set of screws and nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612400106
7 2l Flange, (AISI 316L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402505 9612402506 9612402507 9612402508 9612402509
2l Flange, (AISI 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402520 9612402521 9612402522 9612402523 9612402524
8  2l Seal ring, (EPDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402605 9612402606 9612402607 9612402608 9612402609
2l Seal ring, (Silicone, Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402615 9612402616 9612402617 9612402618 9612402619
2l Seal ring, (FPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612402625 9612402626 9612402627 9612402628 9612402629

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50
Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 8

Service kits for product wetted parts


a Service kit, EPDM .............................................. 9611923100 9611923101 9611923102 9611923103
a Service kit, Silicone (Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923109 9611923110 9611923111 9611923112
a Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923118 9611923119 9611923120 9611923121

DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150


Disc □ 10 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15

a Service kit, EPDM .............................. 9611923104 9611923105 9611923106 9611923107 9611923108


a Service kit, Silicone (Q) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923113 9611923114 9611923115 9611923116 9611923117
a Service kit, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923122 9611923123 9611923124 9611923125 9611923126

Parts marked with  are included in the service kits.


Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

1) Seal ring is delivered assembled with disc.

900529/2

11
LKB Lockable Multiposition Handle for Valve

12 Intro 1999-06
LKB Lockable Multiposition Handle for Valve

Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12


1 1l Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 1l Positioning cap, (76-101.6 mm/DN65-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
l Positioning cap, (25-63.5 mm/DN25-50) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1l Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612045302 9612045301 9612045301

900530

13
LKB Handle 1.1 for Butterfly Valve

Handle 1.1 for LKB butterfly valve

6
2
5

1a

1b

TD 403-227_1

Handle 1.1 with infinite positions for LKB Butterfly valve

TD 403-228_1

14 Intro 1988-02
LKB Handle 1.1 for Butterfly Valve

Handle 1.1 for Butterfly valve LKB (standard)

25 - 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25 - 50 DN 65 - 80 DN 100 DN 125 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15
1a 1l Location cap , with 2 pos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1b 1l Location cap , with 4 pos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 1l Transfer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1l Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 1l Screw with pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612045201 9612045301 9612045301 9612045301 9612045301
5 1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991998 9611991998 9611991982 9612078101 9612365101
6 1l Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991970 9611991970 9611991981 9611992512 9611992713

Handle 1.1 for Butterfly valve LKB (cap turned 90 o)

25 - 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25 - 50 DN 65 - 80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
1a 1l Location cap turned 900 2 pos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1b 1l Location cap turned 900 4 pos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 1l Transfer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1l Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 1l Screw with pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612045201 9612045301 9612045301
5 1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991998 9611991998 9611991982
6 1l Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991970 9611991970 9611991981

Handle 1.1 with infinite positions for Butterfly valve LKB

25 - 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25 - 50 DN 65 - 80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12

1 1l Location cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 1l Transfer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1l Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 1l Screw with pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612045201 9612045301 9612045301
7 1l Crosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NB:
1) Handle 1.1 with □ 10 connection can also be used for old version 101.6 mm DN 100 LKB valve.
1) Handle 1.1 with □ 8 connection can also be used for old version DN 65 LKB valve.

900265

15
Handle 1.1 for Indication Unit

TD 403-226_1

16 Intro 1990-06
Handle 1.1 for Indication Unit

25 - 63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm DN 65
DN 25-50 DN 80 DN 100 (LKB-DIN)
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 10
1 1l Location cap with 2 pos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 1l Transfer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 1l Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 1l Screw with pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612045201 9612045301 9612045301 9612045301
5 1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991998 9611991998 9611991982 9611991998
6 1l Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991970 9611991970 9611991981 9611991970
8 1l Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416470 9611416480 9611416480 9612081502
9 2l Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991686 9611991686 9611991686 9611991686
10 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 1l Activating ring with screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690

900167/1

17
Handle for Tri-Clover Butterfly Valves Series G

18
Handle for Tri-Clover Butterfly Valves Series G

Pos Qty Denomination 1” 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4”

6 1l Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331015 331015 331015 331015 331016 331016


7 1l Stop Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331141C 331141C 331141C 331141C 331142C 331142C
8 1l Ret. Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330028 330028 330028 330028 330035 330035

19
LKLA actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø85

20 Intro 1981-01
LKLA actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø85

NC NC NC NO NO NO
25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm 25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100 DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612194401 9612194401 9612194401 9612194301 9612194301 9612194301
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052
5a 1l End cap, (Period 0011-) . . . . . . . . . . 9611416330 9611416330 9611416330 9611416330 9611416330 9611416330
1l End cap, (Period 8301-0011) . . . . 3135707401 3135707401 3135707401 3135707401 3135707401 3135707401
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396
8 1l Inner spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629
9 1l Outer spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
12  2l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416440 9611416450 9612044703 9611416440 9611416450 9612044703
18 1l Activating ring, Noryl with screw . 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690
19 1l Water rejector (period 8310-) . . . . 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750

NC/NO for Altop

NC NC NC NO NO NO
25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm 25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100 DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
5b 1l End cap, Mark lll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416740 9611416740 9611416740 9611416740 9611416740 9611416740

All other parts as above.

Service kit for actuator


Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923010

Note:
Butterfly valve 101.6 mm / DN100 sold before 8906 = □ 10 mm
Butterfly valve DN 65 (ISO) sold before 8910 = □ 8 mm
Please check the square size of the disc when ordering spares.

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: Service kit.

900128/2

21
LKLA actuator air/air ø85

22 Intro 1981-01
LKLA actuator air/air ø85

25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417440 9611417440 9611417440
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417520 9611417520 9611417520
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052
5a 1l End cap, (Period 0011-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416330 9611416330 9611416330
1l End cap, (Period 8301-0011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3135707401 3135707401 3135707401
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021
7  1l O-ring , NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
12  1l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417570 9611417570 9611417570
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417550 9611417560 9612044802
18 1l Activating ring with screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690
22*** 1l Retaining plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414370 9611414370 9611414370
23 2l Threaded plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991221 9611991221 9611991221
*** Up to 8910 supplied without holes, not available anymore

Air/air for Altop

25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
5b 1l End cap, Mark lll ................................................... 9611416740 9611416740 9611416740

All other parts as above.

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923011

Note:
Butterfly valve 101.6 mm / DN100 sold before 8906 = □ 10 mm
Butterfly valve DN 65 (ISO) sold before 8910 = □ 8 mm
Please check the square size of the disc when ordering spares.

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: Service kit.

900129/1

23
LKLA actuator air/air DN125-150 ø85

TD 407-023_1

24 Intro 1985-01
LKLA actuator air/air DN125-150 ø85

DN 125 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417420 9611417420
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417440 9611417440
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417520 9611417520
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990052 9611990052
5a 1l End cap, (Period 0011-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416330 9611416330
1l End cap, (Period 8301-0011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3135707401 3135707401
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611402021 9611402021
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990396 9611990396
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991230 9611991230
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231
12  1l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991236 9611991236
13 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991314 9611991314
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417540 9611417540
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990030 9611990030
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991313 9611991313
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612285602 9611417471
18 1l Activating ring with screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416650 9611416650
22*** 1l Retaining plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611414370 9611414370
23 2l Threaded plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991221 9611991221
*** Up to 8910 supplied without holes, not available anymore

Air/air for Altop

Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15


5b 1l End cap, Mark lll ................................................... 9611416740 9611416740

All other parts as above.

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923012

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: Service kit.

900130/1

25
LKLA actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø133

TD 407-022_1

26 Intro 1991-09
LKLA actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø133

NC NO
101.6 mm 101.6 mm NC NO NC NO
DN 100 DN 100 DN 125 DN 125 DN 150 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 12 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15 Disc □ 15
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612270001 9612268001 9612270001 9612268001 9612270001 9612268001
4  1l O-ring , NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367
5 1l End cap, (Period: 0011- ) . . . . . . . . 9612267501 9612267501 9612267501 9612267501 9612267501 9612267501
1l End cap, (Period:9001 - 0011) . . . 9612271401 9612271401 9612271401 9612271401 9612271401 9612271401
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035
8 1l Spring assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355
12  2l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347
13 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271501 9612271501 9612271502 9612271502 9612271503 9612271503
18 1l Indication pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901
19 1l Water rejector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923020

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900131

27
LKLA actuator air/air ø133

23

TD 407-021_1

28 Intro 1991-09
LKLA actuator air/air ø133

101.6 mm
DN 100 DN 125 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15
1 1l Air Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268001 9612268001 9612268001
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367
5 1l End cap, (Period: 0011- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267501 9612267501 9612267501
1l End cap, (Period:9001 - 0011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271401 9612271401 9612271401
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201
7  1l O-ring , NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355
12  1l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347
13 2l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612280401 9612280401 9612280401
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079
16 2l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612282701 9612282702 9612282703
18 1l Indication pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901
22 1l Retaining plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612348601 9612348601 9612348601
23 1l Threaded plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991221 9611991221 9611991221

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923022

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900132/1

29
LKLA-T actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø85

19

TD 407-020_2

30 Intro 1990-09
LKLA-T actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø85

NC NC NC NO NO NO
25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm 25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100 DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380 9611416380
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612193902 9612193902 9612193902 9612193901 9612193901 9612193901
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052
5 1l End cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612193601 9612193601 9612193601 9612193601 9612193601 9612193601
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396
8 1l Inner spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629 9611991629
9 1l Outer spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631 9611991631
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
12  2l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460 9611416460
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416440 9611416450 9612044703 9611416440 9611416450 9612044703
18 1l Activating ring with screw . . . . . . . . 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690
19 1l Water rejector (period 8310- ) . . . . 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750
20  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22340421 22340421 22340421 22340421 22340421 22340421
21 1l Air fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923021

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900133/1

31
LKLA-T actuator air/air ø85

32 Intro 1990-09
LKLA-T actuator air/air ø85

25-63.5 mm 76 mm 101.6 mm
DN 25-50 DN 65-80 DN 100
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 8 Disc □ 10 Disc □ 12
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417580 9611417580 9611417580
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417441 9611417441 9611417441
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612193903 9612193903 9612193903
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990052 9611990052 9611990052
5 1l End cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612193601 9612193601 9612193601
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611402021 9611402021 9611402021
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990396 9611990396 9611990396
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991230 9611991230 9611991230
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
12  1l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991236 9611991236 9611991236
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417570 9611417570 9611417570
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991233 9611991233 9611991233
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991235 9611991235 9611991235
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417551 9611417561 9612044802
18 1l Activating ring with screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416690 9611416690 9611416690
20  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22340421 22340421 22340421
21 1l Air fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988
23 1l Threaded plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991221 9611991221 9611991221

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923023

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900134/1

33
LKLA-T actuator air/air DN125-150 ø85

34 Intro 1990-09
LKLA-T actuator air/air DN125-150 ø85

DN 125 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417420 9611417420
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417440 9611417440
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612193903 9612193903
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990052 9611990052
5 1l End cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612193601 9612193601
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611402021 9611402021
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990396 9611990396
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991230 9611991230
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231
12  1l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991236 9611991236
13 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991314 9611991314
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611417540 9611417540
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990030 9611990030
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991313 9611991313
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612285602 9611417471
18 1l Activating ring with screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611416650 9611416650
20  1l O-ring , NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22340421 22340421
21 1l Air fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991988 9611991988
23 1l Threaded plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991221 9611991221

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923024

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900135/1

35
LKLA-T actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø133

TD 407-017_2

36 Intro 1990-09
LKLA-T actuator air/spring (NC-NO) ø133

NC NO
101.6 mm 101.6 mm NC NO NC NO
DN 100 DN 100 DN 125 DN 125 DN 150 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 12 Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15 Disc □ 15
1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501
2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612369901 9612369902 9612369901 9612369902 9612369901 9612369902
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367
5 1l End cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271402 9612271402 9612271402 9612271402 9612271402 9612271402
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035
8 1l Spring assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101 9612270101
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355
12  2l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347
13 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101 9612267101
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079
16 1l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271501 9612271501 9612271502 9612271502 9612271503 9612271503
18 1l Indication pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901
19 1l Water rejector (period 8310- ) . . . . 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750 9611417750
20  1l O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22340421 22340421 22340421 22340421 22340421 22340421
21 1l Air fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988
24  1l Guiding ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612369801 9612369801 9612369801 9612369801 9612369801 9612369801
25 1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370001 9612370001 9612370001 9612370001 9612370001 9612370001

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923056

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

900136

37
LKLA-T actuator air/air ø133

23

TD 407-016_2

38 Intro 1990-09
LKLA-T actuator air/air ø133

9612374908
101.6 mm 9612374913 9612374918
DN 100 DN 125 DN 150
Pos Qty Denomination Disc □ 12 Disc □ 14 Disc □ 15

1 1l Air cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268501 9612268501 9612268501


2 1l Rotating cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612267801 9612267801 9612267801
3 1l Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612369902 9612369902 9612369902
4  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992367 9611992367 9611992367
5 1l End cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271402 9612271402 9612271402
6 1l Retaining ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612268201 9612268201 9612268201
7  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990035 9611990035 9611990035
10  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991231 9611991231 9611991231
11  2l Needle bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992355 9611992355 9611992355
12  1l Thrust bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992347 9611992347 9611992347
13 2l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992358 9611992358 9611992358
14 1l Thrust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612280401 9612280401 9612280401
15  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990079 9611990079 9611990079
16 2l Connex pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611992357 9611992357 9611992357
17 1l Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612282701 9612282702 9612282703
18 1l Indication pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612271901 9612271901 9612271901
20  1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22340421 22340421 22340421
21 1l Air fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991988 9611991988 9611991988
23 1l Threaded plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991221 9611991221 9611991221
24  1l Guiding band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612369801 9612369801 9612369801
25 1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370001 9612370001 9612370001

Service kits for actuator


Service kits, air/air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611923057

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.


Recommended spare parts: service kit.

190137/1

39
How to contact Alfa Laval
Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to access the information directly.

© Alfa Laval Corporate AB


This document and its contents is owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB and protected by laws governing intellectual property and thereto related rights. It is the responsibility of the user of this
document to comply with all applicable intellectual property laws. Without limiting any rights related to this document, no part of this document may be copied, reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without the expressed permission of Alfa Laval Corporate AB. Alfa Laval Corporate AB
will enforce its rights related to this document to the fullest extent of the law, including the seeking of criminal prosecution.
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.6 Ball valve - Unison

- Technical information - One piece


- Technical information - Three piece

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.7 Check valve - LKC2 - Alfa Laval

- Technical information
- Instruction manual
- Spare parts

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Alfa Laval LKC Non-return Valve
Control/Check valves

Introduction
The Alfa Laval LKC Non-return Valve is a hygienic one-way
check valve for use in various processes across the hygienic
industries to prevent reverse flow. It is easy to install, ensuring
safety and high product quality. It is available in two versions:
the LKC-2 for vertical flow and the LKC-H for horizontal flow.

Application
The LKC Non-return Valve is widely used for single directional
product flow through hygienic process lines across the dairy,
food, beverage, brewery and many other industries.

Benefits
• Highly reliable, self-acting valve
• Easy to install
• Protects process equipment
• Prevents reverse flow

Standard design
The Alfa Laval LKC Non-return Valve consists of a valve body
in two parts, valve plug and spring, assembled by means of a
clamp ring and hygienically sealed with a special seal ring. A
guide disc with four legs ensure alignment of the spring-
loaded valve plug with an o-ring seal. The valve is available
with weld and clamp ends for ISO and DIN tubing
connections.

Working principle
The Alfa Laval LKC Non-return Valve opens and closes
depending on the pressure. The spring acts on the valve plug
and keeps the valve closed until the force from the pressure in
the inlet exceeds the force of the spring. If a reverse flow
should occur, the spring force and the pressure from the
outlet will keep the valve closed. Required differential pressure
for opening the valve when fitted in a vertical pipe is
approximately 6 kPa (0.06 bar).
TECHNICAL DATA
Temperature
Max. temperature: 140°C (EPDM)
Min. temperature: -10°C

Pressure
Max. product pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar)

ATEX
Classification: II 2 G D1
1 This equipment is outside the scope of the directive 2014/34/EU and must not carry a separate CE marking according to the directive as the equipment has no own ignition source

Mechanical
Required differential pressure for opening the valve when fitted in a vertical pipe, as shown in fig. 3, is approx. 6 kPa (0.06 bar).

Options
Product wetted seal rings of Nitrile (NBR) or Fluorinated rubber (FPM).

PHYSICAL DATA
Materials
Product wetted steel parts: 1.4301 (304) / 1.4404 (316L)
External surface finish: Bright (Machined Ra 1.6)
Internal surface finish: Ra < 0.8 µm
Product wetted seals: EPDM rubber

Pressure drop/capacity diagram


P (kPa)
300
2600-0017

A B C D E F
200

100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30

20

10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8910 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300
A = DN25; ISO25 D = DN63; ISO63.5 Q (m³/h)
B = DN32/40; ISO38 E = DN80; ISO76.1
C = DN50; ISO51 F = DN100; ISO101.6

Note! For the diagram the following applies:


Medium: Water (20°C)
Measurement: In accordance with VDI 2173.

2600-0002

Figure 1. Flow direction.


Shows the optimal built-in situation. Other positions possible are e.g. horizontal. The four guide legs of the valve cone ensure
good alignment.

90° rotation.
Dimensions (mm)
H

H
OD
ID
A
2600-0001

t 2600-0000
ID A
OD
Figure 3. Horizontal mounted
Figure 2. Vertical mounted

Table 1. Dimensions - Vertical mounted


ISO DIN
Size 25 38 51 63.5 76.1 101.6 DN DN DN DN DN DN DN
mm mm mm mm mm mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
A 62.5 75.0 87.5 95.0 115 155 62.5 75.0 75.0 87.5 95.0 115 155
OD 25.4 38.4 51.4 63.9 76.4 102 30.0 36.0 42.0 54.0 70.0 85.0 104
ID 22.5 35.5 48.5 60.5 72.0 97.6 26.0 32.0 38.0 50.0 66.0 81.0 100
t 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.7 2.2 2.2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
H 72.0 85.5 99 127 138 164 72.0 85.5 85.5 99 127 138 164
Weight (kg) 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.7 2.4 4.3 0.5 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.7 2.4 4.3

Table 2. Dimensions - Horizontal mounted


ISO
Size 25 38 51 63.5 76.1
mm mm mm mm mm
A 95.5 86.4 104.1 119.4 139.7
OD 25.4 38.4 51.4 63.9 76.4
ID 22.5 35.5 48.5 60.5 72.0
t 1.45 1.45 1.45 1.7 2.2
H 72.0 85.5 99.0 127.0 138.0
Weight (kg) 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.7 2.4

This document and its contents are subject to copyrights and other intellectual property rights owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB. No part of this document may be copied, re-produced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, or for any purpose, without Alfa Laval Corporate AB’s prior express written permission. Information and services provided in this document are made
as a benefit and service to the user, and no representations or warranties are made about the accuracy or suitability of this information and these services for any purpose. All rights are
reserved.

200002788-1-EN-GB © Alfa Laval Corporate AB

How to contact Alfa Laval


Up-to-date Alfa Laval contact details for all countries are always available
on our website at www.alfalaval.com
Instruction Manual
Alfa Laval LKC-2 Non-return Valve/LKC UltraPure Non-return Valve

2600-0003

100002811-EN4 2020-09
Original manual
Table of contents

The information herein is correct at the time of issue but may be subject to change without prior notice

1. Safety .................................................................................................... 4
1.1. Important information ............................................................................. 4
1.2. Warning signs ..................................................................................... 4
1.3. Safety precautions ................................................................................ 5

2. Installation .............................................................................................. 6
2.1. Unpacking/delivery ............................................................................... 6
2.2. General installation ................................................................................ 7
2.3. Welding ............................................................................................ 8
2.4. Recycling information ............................................................................. 8

3. Operation ............................................................................................... 9
3.1. Troubleshooting ................................................................................... 9
3.2. Recommended cleaning ......................................................................... 9

4. Maintenance ........................................................................................... 11
4.1. General maintenance ............................................................................. 11
4.2. Dismantling of valve .............................................................................. 12
4.3. Assembly of valve ................................................................................. 12

5. Technical data ......................................................................................... 13


5.1. Technical data ..................................................................................... 13

6. Parts list and service kits ............................................................................ 14


6.1. LKC-2, ISO and LKC UltraPure ................................................................. 14
6.2. LKC-2, DIN ........................................................................................ 16

3
1 Safety
Unsafe practices and other important information are highlighted in this manual.
Warnings are emphasized by means of special signs.

1.1 Important information

Always read the manual before using the valve!

WARNING
Indicates that special procedures must be followed to avoid serious personal injury.

CAUTION
Indicates that special procedures must be followed to avoid damage to the valve.

NOTE
Indicates important information to simplify or clarify procedures.

1.2 Warning signs

General warning:

Caustic agents:

4
1 Safety
All warnings in the manual are summarised on this page.
Pay special attention to the instructions below so that severe personal injury and/or damage to the valve are avoided.

1.3 Safety precautions

Installation

Always read the technical data thoroughly (See chapter 5 Technical data). !
Always release compressed air after use.
Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

Operation

Always read the technical data thoroughly (See chapter 5 Technical data). !
Never touch the valve or the pipelines when processing hot liquids or when sterilising.

Always handle lye and acid with great care.

Maintenance

Always observe the technical data thoroughly (see chapter 5 Technical data) !
Never service the valve when it is hot.
The valve and the pipelines must never be pressurised when servicing the valve.

Transportation

Always ensure that all connections are disconnected before attempting to remove the valve from the installation.
Always drain liquid out of valves before transportation.

5
2 Installation
The instruction manual is part of the delivery. Read the instructions carefully.
The items refer to parts list and service kits sections.
The valve is assembled before delivery.

2.1 Unpacking/delivery

Step 1
CAUTION
Alfa Laval cannot be held responsible for incorrect unpacking.

Check the delivery:


1. Complete valve (see Step 2).
2. Instruction manual.

Step 2
Standard delivery of valve parts: 5
- Valve body (1)
- Welding liner (2)
- Valve cone (3)
- Guide plate (4) 2
- Clamp ring (5)
- Seal ring(6)
- O-ring (8) 6
- Spring (9)
4

2600-0005

Step 3
1. Clean the valve/valve parts for possible packing materials.

2600-0006

6
2 Installation
Read the instructions carefully. The valve has welding ends as standard but can also be supplied with fittings.

Step 4
Inspection!
1. Inspect the valve/valve parts for visible transport damage.
Caution!
Avoid damaging the valve/valve parts.

2600-0006

2.2 General installation

Step 1

Always read the technical data thoroughly.


See chapter 5 Technical data

Always release compressed air after use.


Never touch the coupling between the valve body and the actuator if compressed air is supplied to the actuator.

CAUTION
Alfa Laval cannot be held responsible for incorrect installation.

Step 2 Risk of damage!


Avoid stressing the valve.
Pay special attention to:
- Vibrations
- Thermal expansion of the tubes
- Excessive welding
- Overloading of the pipelines

!
2600-0007

7
2 Installation
Read the instructions carefully.

Step 3 Remember seal rings!


Fittings:
If the valve is delivered with connections ensure that the
connections are tight.

2600-0008

2.3 Welding
Step 1
1. Disassemble the valve according to steps in chapter 4.2
Dismantling of valve
2. Maintain the minimum clearance so that the actuator can be
removed.
3. Pay special attention to the flow direction marked on the valve
body - see drawing.
4. If welding both valve body halfes, ensure that they can be
moved axially (min. 5 mm), so that the valve parts can be
separated.
5. After welding, assemble the valve according to chapter 4.3
Assembly of valve, steps 1-6 !
2600-0013

2.4 Recycling information

Unpacking
- Packing material consists of wood, plastics, cardboard boxes and in some cases metal straps
- Wood and cardboard boxes can be reused, recycled or used for energy recovery
- Plastics should be recycled or burnt at a licensed waste incineration plant
- Metal straps should be sent for material recycling

Maintenance
- During maintenance, wear parts in the valve are replaced
- All metal parts should be sent for material recycling
- Non-metal wear parts must be disposed of in accordance with local regulations

Scrapping
- At end of use, the equipment must be recycled according to the relevant local regulations. Beside the equipment itself, any
hazardous residues from the process liquid must be considered and dealt with in a proper manner. When in doubt, or in the
absence of local regulations, please contact your local Alfa Laval sales company

8
3 Operation
Pay attention to possible breakdown.
Read the instructions carefully.

3.1 Troubleshooting

Step 1
NOTE!
Read the maintenance instructions carefully before replacing worn parts - see chapter 4.1 General maintenance

Problem Cause/result Repair

- External leakage - Worn seal ring at guide plate Replace the seal ring.
- Internal leakage by closed valve - Worn plug seal ring (LKB-F)
(normal wear)

- External leakage - High pressure - Change rubber grade


- Internal leakage by closed valve (too - High temperature - Change the operating conditions
early) - Aggressive liquids
- Many activations

- Obstructed flow - Check flow direction - Reverse the installation

3.2 Recommended cleaning

Step 1 Caustic danger!

Always handle lye and acid with great care.

Always use Always use


rubber gloves! protective goggles!

Step 2

Never touch the valve or the pipelines when sterilising.

2600-0004

9
3 Operation
The valve is designed for Cleaning In Place (= CIP).
Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
NaOH = Caustic Soda.
HNO3 = Nitric acid.

Step 3
Examples of cleaning agents:
Use clean water, free from chlorides.

1. 1% by weight NaOH at 70o C (158o F) 2. 0.5% by weight HNO3 at 70o C (158o F)

1 kg (2.2 lbs) 100 l (26.4 gal) 0.7 l (0.2 gal) 100 l (26.4 gal)
+ = Cleaning agent. + = Cleaning agent.
NaOH water 53% HNO3 water

2.2 l (0.6 gal) 100 l (26.4 gal)


+ = Cleaning agent.
33% NaOH water

Step 4 Always rinse!


1. Avoid excessive concentration of the cleaning agent.
⇒ Dose gradually
2. Adjust the cleaning flow to the process.
⇒ Sterilisation of milk/viscous liquids
⇒ Increase the cleaning flow
Clean water Cleaning agents
3. Always rinse well with clean water after the cleaning.

NOTE
The cleaning agents must be stored/disposed of in accordance
with current regulations/directives.

10
4 Maintenance
Maintain the valve and the regulator carefully. Read the instructions carefully and pay special attention to the warnings!
Always keep spare seal rings, rubber seals, bushes and actuator bearings in stock. Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.

4.1 General maintenance

Step 1

Always read the technical data thoroughly.


See section 5 Technical data

Always release compressed air after use.

NOTE
All scrap must be stored/disposed of in accordance with current regulations/directives.

Step 2

Never service the valve when it is hot.

Never service the valve with valve and pipelines under pressure. !

2600-0004

Recommended spare parts: Service kits (see chapter 6 Parts list and service kits).
Order service kits from the service kits list (see chapter 6 Parts list and service kits)

Ordering spare parts


Contact the Sales Department.

Valve seal rings

Preventive maintenance Replace after 12 months

Maintenance after leakage (leakage normally starts slowly) Replace by the end of the day

Planned maintenance - Regular inspection for leakage and smooth operation


- Keep a record of the valve
- Use the statistics for inspection planning
Replace after leakage

Lubrication Before fitting


(use USDA-H1 approved)
- Unisilcon L641(*)
- Paraliq(*) GTE 703
- Molycote 111(D)

11
4 Maintenance
Read the instructions carefully.
The items refer to the parts list and service kits section.

4.2 Dismantling of valve


Step 1
1. Loosen and remove one of the clamp screws. Remove clamp. 5
2. Remove welding liner.
3. Remove guide plate with seal ring.
4. Remove seal ring from guide plate.
5. Remove spring and valve cone. 2
6. Remove seal ring from valve cone by cutting the seal ring and
remove.
6

2600-0009

4.3 Assembly of valve

Step 1
1. Insert seal ring in valve cone. Lubricate O-ring prior to assemble.
Press in the gasket at four points spaced 90° (from A to B, from C to D - see drawing).
Press in 4 new points spaced equally to first ones.
Continue with the same procedure until complete seal ring is inserted.
2. Mount seal ring onto guide plate.
3. Insert valve cone and spring in valve body.
4. Mount guide plate with “dent” oriented towards the valve body.
5. Mount welding liner.
6. Mount clamp and tighten screws (torque max. 10Nm).

5
3

8 6
2600-0010

4
A
9

3
C D
1
2600-0011

2600-0012

12
5 Technical data
It is important to observe the technical data during installation, operation and maintenance.
Inform personnel about the technical data.

5.1 Technical data

The LKC Non-return valve is designed for use in stainless steel installations to prevent reverse flow..

The valve opens when the pressure below the valve plug exceeds the pressure ablove the plug and the spring force.
The valve closes when pressure equalization has been achieved. A higher counter pressure will press the valve plug against
the seat.

Valve - data LKC-2 LKC-UP

Max. product pressure 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi) 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi)

Min. product pressure Full vacuum Full vacuum

Temperature range -10° C to +140° C (14°F to 284°F ) -10°C to +140°C (14°F to 284°F )

Valve - materials

Product wetted steel parts AISI 304 or AISI 316L AISI 316L

Rubber grades EPDM, FPM, NBR EPDM, FPM

External surface finish Ra ≤1.6 µm Ra ≤ 0.8 µm

Internal surface finish Ra ≤ 0.8 µm Ra ≤ 0.5 µm / Ra ≤ 0.8 µm

Weight (kg)

25 38 51 63.5 76.1 101.6 DN DN DN DN DN DN DN


Size
mm mm mm mm mm mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100

Weight 0.5 0.7 0.8 1.8 2.4 5.9 0.5 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.8 2.4 5.9

13
6 Parts list and service kits
Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.
The warranty of Alfa Laval products is dependent on the use of Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.

6.1 LKC-2, ISO and LKC UltraPure

14
6 Parts list and service kits
Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.
The warranty of Alfa Laval products is dependent on the use of Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 1 Valve body
2 1 Welding liner
2.1 1 Welding liner
3 1 Valve cone
4 1 Guide plate
5 1 Clamp ring
6  1 Seal ring
8  1 O-ring
9  1 Spring

Service kits

Denomination DN/OD 25 DN/OD 38 DN/OD 51 DN/OD 63.5 DN/OD 76.1 DN/OD 101.6

Service kit for product wetted parts LKC-2


 Service kit EPDM .......... 9611924005 9611924006 9611924007 9611924008 9611924009 9611924010
 Service kit NBR ............ 9611924011 9611924012 9611924013 9611924014 9611924015 9611924016
 Service kit FPM ............ 9611924017 9611924018 9611924019 9611924020 9611924021 9611924022

Service kits

Denomination DN/OD 25 DN/OD 38 DN/OD 51 DN/OD 63.5 DN/OD 76.1 DN/OD 101.6

Service kit for product wetted parts LKC-UP


 Service kit EPDM .......... 9611924202 9611924203 9611924204 9611924205 9611924206 9611924207
 Service kit FPM ............ 9611924280 9611924281 9611924282 9611924283 9611924284 9611924285

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.

NB: Following parts from LKC-2 are interchangeable with LKC-1 for size 25 mm to 76 mm.
Pos. 3 Valve cone
Pos. 4 Guide plate

Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

TD 900-203/2

15
6 Parts list and service kits
Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.
The warranty of Alfa Laval products is dependent on the use of Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.

6.2 LKC-2, DIN

16
6 Parts list and service kits
Always use Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.
The warranty of Alfa Laval products is dependent on the use of Alfa Laval genuine spare parts.

Parts list
Pos. Qty Denomination
1 1 Valve body
2 1 Welding liner
3 1 Valve cone
4 1 Guide plate
5 1 Clamp ring
6  1 Seal ring
8  1 O-ring
9  1 Spring

Service kits

Denomination DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100

Service kit for product wetted parts


 Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . 9611924005 9611924006 9611924006 9611924007 9611924008 9611924009 9611924010
 Service kit NBR ......... 9611924011 9611924012 9611924012 9611924013 9611924014 9611924015 9611924016
 Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . 9611924017 9611924018 9611924018 9611924019 9611924020 9611924021 9611924022

Service kits

Denomination DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

Service kit for product wetted parts LKC-UP


 Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . 9611924202 9611924203 9611924203 9611924204 9611924205 9611924206 9611924207
 Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . 9611924280 9611924281 9611924281 9611924282 9611924283 9611924284 9611924285

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.

NB: Following parts from LKC-2 are interchangeable with LKC-1 for size DN 25 to DN 80.
Pos. 3 Valve cone
Pos. 4 Guide plate

Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

TD 900-203/2

17
How to contact Alfa Laval
Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to access the information directly.

© Alfa Laval Corporate AB


This document and its contents is owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB and protected by laws governing intellectual property and thereto related rights. It is the responsibility of the user of this
document to comply with all applicable intellectual property laws. Without limiting any rights related to this document, no part of this document may be copied, reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without the expressed permission of Alfa Laval Corporate AB. Alfa Laval Corporate AB
will enforce its rights related to this document to the fullest extent of the law, including the seeking of criminal prosecution.
Spare Parts
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve

TD 406-022

ESE00729-EN5 2018-12
Original manual
Table of contents

The information herein is correct at the time of issue but may be subject to change without prior notice

1. LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - ISO ...................................................................... 4

2. LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - DIN ...................................................................... 6

3
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - ISO

4 Intro 1989-01
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - ISO

ISO for welding - AISI 316L

Pos Qty Denomination DN/OD 25 DN/OD 38 DN/OD 51 DN/OD 63.5 DN/OD 76.1 DN/OD 101.6

1 1l Valve body, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220207 9612220208 9612220209 9612220210 9612220211 9612220212


1.1 1l Valve body, horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa N/A
Laval Laval Laval Laval Laval
2 1l Welding liner, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220107 9612220108 9612220109 9612220110 9612220111 9612220112
2.1 1l Welding liner, horizontal . . . . . . . . . . Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa N/A
Laval Laval Laval Laval Laval
3 1l Valve cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220701 9612220702 9612220703 9612220704 9612220705 9612220706
4 1l Guide plate
, vertical (period 1202- ) . . . . . . . . . . 9612370901 9612370902 9612370903 9612370904 9612370905 9612370906
1l Guide plate with pin
, (period - 1202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 1l Guide plate, horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa Contact Alfa N/A
Laval Laval Laval Laval Laval
5 1l Clamp ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611311052 9611311053 9611311054 9611311055 9611311056 9611311057
6  1l Seal ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253150 9611253151 9611253152 9611253153 9611253154 9611253156
1l Seal ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253810 9611253811 9611253812 9611253813 9611253814 9611253816
1l Seal ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253820 9611253821 9611253822 9611253823 9611253824 9611253826
8  1l O-ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990063 9611990015 9611990064 9611990065 9611990066 9611990067
1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991410 9611991411 9611991412 9611991413 9611991414 9611991415
1l O-ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991417 9611991418 9611991419 9611991420 9611991421 9611991422
9  1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991677 9611991678 9611991679 9611991680 9611991681 9611992031

ISO for welding - AISI 304

Pos Qty Denomination DN/OD 25 DN/OD 38 DN/OD 51 DN/OD 63.5 DN/OD 76.1 DN/OD 101.6

1 1l Valve body, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220201 9612220202 9612220203 9612220204 9612220205 9612220206


2 1l Welding liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220101 9612220102 9612220103 9612220104 9612220105 9612220106
3 1l Valve cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220701 9612220702 9612220703 9612220704 9612220705 9612220706
4 1l Guide plate
, (period 1202 - ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370901 9612370902 9612370903 9612370904 9612370905 9612370906
1l Guide plate with pin
, (period - 1202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 1l Clamp ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611311052 9611311053 9611311054 9611311055 9611311056 9611311057
6  1l Seal ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253150 9611253151 9611253152 9611253153 9611253154 9611253156
1l Seal ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253810 9611253811 9611253812 9611253813 9611253814 9611253816
1l Seal ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253820 9611253821 9611253822 9611253823 9611253824 9611253826
8  1l O-ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990063 9611990015 9611990064 9611990065 9611990066 9611990067
1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991410 9611991411 9611991412 9611991413 9611991414 9611991415
1l O-ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991417 9611991418 9611991419 9611991420 9611991421 9611991422
9  1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991677 9611991678 9611991679 9611991680 9611991681 9611992031

DN/OD 25 DN/OD 38 DN/OD 51 DN/OD 63.5 DN/OD 76.1 DN/OD 101.6


DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

Service kit for product wetted parts


a Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611924005 9611924006 9611924007 9611924008 9611924009 9611924010
a Service kit NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611924011 9611924012 9611924013 9611924014 9611924015 9611924016
a Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611924017 9611924018 9611924019 9611924020 9611924021 9611924022

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.

NB: Following parts from LKC-2 are interchangeable with LKC-1 for size 25 mm to 76 mm.
Pos. 3 Valve cone
Pos. 4 Guide plate

Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

TD 900-203/2

5
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - DIN

6 Intro 1990-01
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - DIN

DIN for welding - AISI 316L

Pos Qty Denomination DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65

1 1l Valve body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221408 9612221409 9612221410 9612221411 9612221412


2 1l Welding liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221508 9612221509 9612221510 9612221511 9612221512
3 1l Valve cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220701 9612220702 9612220702 9612220703 9612220704
4 1l Guide plate, (period 1202- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370901 9612370902 9612370902 9612370903 9612370904
1l Guide plate with pin, (period - 1202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 1l Clamp ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611311052 9611311053 9611311053 9611311054 9611311055
6  1l Seal ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253150 9611253151 9611253151 9611253152 9611253153
1l Seal ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253810 9611253811 9611253811 9611253812 9611253813
1l Seal ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253820 9611253821 9611253821 9611253822 9611253823
8  1l O-ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990063 9611990015 9611990015 9611990064 9611990065
1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991410 9611991411 9611991411 9611991412 9611991413
1l O-ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991417 9611991418 9611991418 9611991419 9611991420
9  1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991677 9611991678 9611991678 9611991679 9611991680

Pos Qty Denomination DN 80 DN 100

1 1l Valve body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221413 9612221414


2 1l Welding liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221513 9612221514
3 1l Valve cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220705 9612220706
4 1l Guide plate, (period 1202- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370905 9612370906
1l Guide plate with pin, (period - 1202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 1l Clamp ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611311056 9611311057
6  1l Seal ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253154 9611253156
1l Seal ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253814 9611253816
1l Seal ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253824 9611253826
8  1l O-ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990066 9611990067
1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991414 9611991415
1l O-ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991421 9611991422
9  1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991681 9611992031

DIN for welding - AISI 304

Pos Qty Denomination DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65

1 1l Valve body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221401 9612221402 9612221403 9612221404 9612221405


2 1l Welding liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221501 9612221502 9612221503 9612221504 9612221505
3 1l Valve cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220701 9612220702 9612220702 9612220703 9612220704
4 1l Guide plate, (period 1202- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370901 9612370902 9612370902 9612370903 9612370904
1l Guide plate with pin, (period - 1202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 1l Clamp ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611311052 9611311053 9611311053 9611311054 9611311055
6  1l Seal ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253150 9611253151 9611253151 9611253152 9611253153
1l Seal ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253810 9611253811 9611253811 9611253812 9611253813
1l Seal ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253820 9611253821 9611253821 9611253822 9611253823
8  1l O-ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990063 9611990015 9611990015 9611990064 9611990065
1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991410 9611991411 9611991411 9611991412 9611991413
1l O-ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991417 9611991418 9611991418 9611991419 9611991420
9  1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991677 9611991678 9611991678 9611991679 9611991680

Pos Qty Denomination DN 80 DN 100

1 1l Valve body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221406 9612221407


2 1l Welding liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612221506 9612221507
3 1l Valve cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612220705 9612220706
4 1l Guide plate, (period 1202- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9612370905 9612370906
1l Guide plate with pin, (period - 1202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 1l Clamp ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611311056 9611311057
6  1l Seal ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253154 9611253156
1l Seal ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253814 9611253816
1l Seal ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611253824 9611253826
8  1l O-ring, EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611990066 9611990067
1l O-ring, NBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991414 9611991415
1l O-ring, FPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991421 9611991422
9  1l Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9611991681 9611992031

7
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - DIN

8 Intro 1990-01
LKC-2 Non-Return Valve - DIN

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100

Service kit for product wetted parts


a Service kit EPDM . . . . . . . 9611924005 9611924006 9611924006 9611924007 9611924008 9611924009 9611924010
a Service kit NBR . . . . . . . . . 9611924011 9611924012 9611924012 9611924013 9611924014 9611924015 9611924016
a Service kit FPM . . . . . . . . . 9611924017 9611924018 9611924018 9611924019 9611924020 9611924021 9611924022

Parts marked with  are included in the service kit.

NB: Following parts from LKC-2 are interchangeable with LKC-1 for size DN 25 to DN 80.
Pos. 3 Valve cone
Pos. 4 Guide plate

Recommended spare parts: Service kits.

TD 900-203/2

9
How to contact Alfa Laval
Contact details for all countries are
continually updated on our website.
Please visit www.alfalaval.com to access the information directly.

© Alfa Laval Corporate AB


This document and its contents is owned by Alfa Laval Corporate AB and protected by laws governing intellectual property and thereto related rights. It is the responsibility of the user of this
document to comply with all applicable intellectual property laws. Without limiting any rights related to this document, no part of this document may be copied, reproduced or transmitted in any
form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without the expressed permission of Alfa Laval Corporate AB. Alfa Laval Corporate AB
will enforce its rights related to this document to the fullest extent of the law, including the seeking of criminal prosecution.
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.8 Thermometer - TM55.01 - Wika

- Technical information
- Operating instructions

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Temperature

Bimetal thermometer
For the process industry per EN 13190, premium version
Model 55
WIKA data sheet TM 55.01

for further approvals


see page 7

Applications

■ General process instrumentation in the chemical and


petrochemical industries, oil and gas industries, energy
and water/wastewater industries
■ Temperature measurement in harsh and aggressive
environments

Special features

■ Scale ranges from -70 ... +600 °C


■ For extreme ambient temperatures
■ Maintenance-friendly bayonet case
■ All stainless steel construction
■ Individual stem length from 63 ... 1,000 mm

Description

The model 55 bimetal thermometer has been developed and


Fig. left: Bimetal thermometer, model R5502
is manufactured in accordance with the EN 13190 standard.
Fig. right: Bimetal thermometer, adjustable stem and
The high-quality thermometer has been designed especially
dial, model S5550
for the requirements of the process industry. Especially
in the chemical and petrochemical, oil and gas, and
power engineering industries, the temperature measuring To allow optimum fitting to the process, individual insertion
instrument completely manufactured from stainless steel is lengths and different process connections can be selected.
used successfully.
When it comes to harsh climatic conditions at the place of
The model 55 satisfies the high requirements for resistance use, the model 55 is the right choice, as it can be used at
against aggressive media. As an option, the case can be temperatures ranging from -40 °C to +70 °C (optional also up
made from 316L to fulfil the highest requirements. to -50 °C or -70 °C).

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 1 of 11


Specifications

Bimetal thermometer, model 55


Measuring element Bimetal coil
Nominal size in mm ■ 63
■ 100
■ 160

Connection location ■ A5525 NS 63 Back mount (axial)


■ A5500 NS 100 Back mount (axial)
■ A5501 NS 160 Back mount (axial)
■ R5526 NS 63 Lower mount (radial)
■ R5502 NS 100 Lower mount (radial)
■ R5503 NS 160 Lower mount (radial)
■ S5550 NS 100 Back mount, adjustable stem and dial
■ S5551 NS 160 Back mount, adjustable stem and dial
Connection design ■ S, standard (male threaded connection)
■ 1, plain stem (without thread)
■ 2, male nut
■ 3, union nut
■ 4, compression fitting (sliding on stem)
■ 5, union nut and loose threaded connection

Unit (scale range) °C


Option:
■ °F
■ °C/°F (dual scale)
■ °F/°C (dual scale)

Process connection ■ Plain, without thread


■ G½B
■ ½ NPT
■ G ½ female
■ ½ NPT female
■ M20 x 1.5
■ M24 x 1.5 female
others on request
Accuracy class Class 1 per EN 13190
Working range
Continuous load (1 year) Measuring range (EN 13190)
Short time (max. 24 h) Scale range (EN 13190)
Stem diameter 8 mm
Option:
■ 6 mm
■ 10 mm
■ 12 mm

Insertion length L1 63 ... 1,000 mm


Minimum/maximum length is dependent on the measuring range and
diameter (see tables from page 4)
Window Instrument glass
NS 63: window from polycarbonate
Option:
Laminated safety glass, clear non-splintering plastic
Zero adjustment (option) On case back side, external only for adjustable stem and dial
Damping Without
Option:
With silicone oil case filling, up to max. 250 °C (at the probe)
Wetted materials
Stem, process connection Stainless steel 316SS
Non-wetted materials
Case, bayonet ring Stainless steel 304SS (option: stainless steel 316L)
Dial Aluminium white, black lettering
Pointer Aluminium, black, micro adjustable pointer

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 2 of 11


Bimetal thermometer, model 55
Ingress protection per IEC/EN 60529 IP65
Option:
■ IP66
■ IP67

Permissible temperatures
Ambient (at the case) -40 ... +70 °C (with/without filling liquid)
Option:
■ -50 ... +70 °C
■ -70 ... +60 °C

Storage and transport -50 … +70 °C


Permissible operating pressure at the stem max. 25 bar, static

Scale and measuring ranges 1) (EN 13190)


Scale graduation per WIKA standard

Scale range Measuring range 1) Scale spacing Scale range Measuring range 1) Scale spacing
in °C in °C in °C in °F in °F in °F
-70 ... +70 -50 ... +50 2 -80 ... +120 -40 ... +100 2
-70 ... +30 -60 ... +20 1 -80 ... +240 -50 ... +210 2
-50 ... +50 -40 ... +40 1 -20 ... +120 0 ... 100 2
-50 ... +100 -30 ... +80 2 0 ... 200 20 ... 180 2
-50 ... +300 0 ... 250 5 0 ... 250 30 ... 220 2
-50 ... +500 0 ... 450 5 30 ... 300 60 ... 270 5
-40 ... +60 -30 ... +50 1 30 ... 400 80 ... 350 5
-40 ... +80 -20 ... +60 2 50 ... 300 80 ... 270 5
-40 ... +160 -20 ... +140 2 50 ... 400 100 ... 350 5
-30 ... +50 -20 ... +40 1 100 ... 800 200 ... 700 5
-30 ... +70 -20 ... +60 1 200 ... 700 250 ... 650 5
-20 ... +60 -10 ... +50 1 200 ... 1.000 300 ... 900 5
-20 ... +80 -10 ... +70 1
1) The measuring range is indicated on the dial by two triangular marks.
-20 ... +100 0 ... 80 2 Only within this range is the stated error limit valid per EN 13190.

-20 ... +120 0 ... 100 2


-20 ... +140 0 ... 120 2
-10 ... +50 0 ... 40 1
0 ... 60 10 ... 50 1
0 ... 80 10 ... 70 1
0 ... 100 10 ... 90 1
0 ... 120 10 ... 110 2
0 ... 150 20 ... 130 2
0 ... 160 20 ... 140 2
0 ... 200 20 ... 180 2
0 ... 250 30 ... 220 2
0 ... 300 30 ... 270 5
0 ... 400 50 ... 350 5
0 ... 500 50 ... 450 5
0 ... 600 100 ... 500 5

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 3 of 11


Minimum insertion lengths in mm

■ Model A55 (back mount)

Scale range in °C Scale range in °F

Design 1 and 2 3, 4, 5 and S Design 1 and 2 3, 4, 5 and S


Stem diameter in mm 6 8 ≥ 10 6 8 ≥ 10 Stem diameter in mm 6 8 ≥ 10 6 8 ≥ 10
Scale range in °C Scale range in °F
-70 ... +70 63 63 63 69 63 64 -100 ... +150 68 63 63 87 76 69
-70 ... +30 63 63 63 82 69 73 -80 ... +120 63 63 63 82 69 81
-50 ... +50 63 63 63 80 68 73 -80 ... +240 63 63 63 81 71 67
-50 ... +100 63 63 63 69 63 63 -40 ... +120 75 63 63 94 81 75
-50 ... +200 63 63 63 78 69 67 -20 ... +120 71 63 65 90 75 79
-50 ... +300 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 140 68 63 63 87 74 78
-50 ... +400 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 200 63 63 63 72 63 69
-50 ... +500 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 250 63 63 63 66 63 69
-40 ... +40 79 65 63 98 79 79 30 ... 300 63 63 63 66 63 63
-40 ... +60 65 63 63 79 72 73 30 ... 400 63 63 63 63 63 63
-40 ... +80 63 63 63 80 68 69 50 ... 300 63 63 63 65 63 63
-40 ... +160 63 63 63 67 63 63 50 ... 400 63 63 63 63 63 63
-30 ... +30 90 72 80 109 91 99 100 ... 800 119 119 119 119 119 119
-30 ... +50 69 63 63 88 75 81 150 ... 750 119 119 119 119 119 119
-30 ... +70 65 63 63 79 72 71 200 ... 700 119 119 119 119 119 119
-20 ... +40 88 70 80 107 89 99 200 ... 1.000 119 119 119 119 119 119
-20 ... +60 68 63 63 87 74 78
-20 ... +80 63 63 63 78 66 68
-20 ... +100 63 63 63 71 63 66
-20 ... +120 63 63 63 67 63 63
-20 ... +140 63 63 63 66 63 63
-10 ... +50 88 70 80 107 89 89
0 ... 60 77 70 80 96 89 89
0 ... 80 68 63 63 87 74 78
0 ... 100 63 63 63 72 63 67
0 ... 120 63 63 63 69 63 64
0 ... 150 63 63 63 66 63 63
0 ... 160 63 63 63 63 63 63
0 ... 200 63 63 63 63 63 63
0 ... 250 63 63 63 73 69 68
0 ... 300 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 400 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 500 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 600 119 119 119 119 119 119

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 4 of 11


■ Model R55 (lower mount)

Scale range in °C Scale range in °F

Design 1 and 2 3, 4, 5 and S Design 1 and 2 3, 4, 5 and S


Stem diameter in mm 6 8 ≥ 10 6 8 ≥ 10 Stem diameter in mm 6 8 ≥ 10 6 8 ≥ 10
Scale range in °C Scale range in °F
-70 ... +70 63 63 63 79 68 65 -100 ... +150 75 63 63 94 80 80
-70 ... +30 68 63 63 87 69 75 -80 ... +120 68 63 63 87 75 75
-50 ... +50 63 63 63 82 72 72 -80 ... +240 63 63 63 81 71 71
-50 ... +100 63 63 63 73 64 63 -40 ... +120 71 63 63 90 79 79
-50 ... +200 63 63 63 69 63 63 -20 ... +120 69 63 63 88 76 74
-50 ... +300 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 140 67 63 63 86 74 74
-50 ... +400 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 200 63 63 63 75 66 66
-50 ... +500 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 250 63 63 63 74 65 65
-40 ... +40 72 63 63 91 82 75 30 ... 300 63 63 63 74 66 66
-40 ... +60 63 63 63 81 71 71 30 ... 400 63 63 63 73 63 63
-40 ... +80 63 63 63 78 69 69 50 ... 300 63 63 63 74 64 64
-40 ... +160 63 63 63 75 64 64 50 ... 400 63 63 63 75 63 63
-30 ... +30 87 72 72 106 91 91 100 ... 800 119 119 119 119 119 119
-30 ... +50 68 63 63 87 75 75 150 ... 750 119 119 119 119 119 119
-30 ... +70 63 63 63 81 71 71 200 ... 700 119 119 119 119 119 119
-20 ... +40 85 68 68 104 87 87 200 ... 1.000 119 119 119 119 119 119
-20 ... +60 67 63 63 87 74 74
-20 ... +80 63 63 63 78 67 67
-20 ... +100 63 63 63 74 65 65
-20 ... +120 63 63 63 73 64 64
-20 ... +140 63 63 63 74 64 67
-10 ... +50 85 68 68 104 87 87
0 ... 60 77 67 67 96 86 86
0 ... 80 67 63 63 86 74 74
0 ... 100 63 63 63 78 67 67
0 ... 120 63 63 63 73 65 65
0 ... 150 63 63 63 73 64 64
0 ... 160 63 63 63 74 67 67
0 ... 200 63 63 63 73 63 63
0 ... 250 63 63 63 82 72 72
0 ... 300 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 400 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 500 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 600 119 119 119 119 119 119

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 5 of 11


■ Model S55 (back mount, adjustable stem and dial)

Scale range in °C Scale range in °F

Design 1 and 2 3, 4, 5 and S Design 1 and 2 3, 4, 5 and S


Stem diameter in mm 6 8 ≥ 10 6 8 ≥ 10 Stem diameter in mm 6 8 ≥ 10 6 8 ≥ 10
Scale range in °C Scale range in °F
-70 ... +70 63 63 63 78 67 63 -100 ... +150 71 63 63 90 80 74
-70 ... +30 75 63 63 94 80 80 -80 ... +120 81 66 66 100 85 85
-50 ... +50 67 63 63 86 78 78 -80 ... +240 63 63 63 81 71 71
-50 ... +100 66 63 63 85 76 68 -40 ... +120 85 72 66 104 91 85
-50 ... +200 67 63 63 86 78 67 -20 ... +120 74 63 65 93 75 79
-50 ... +300 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 140 77 65 65 96 79 79
-50 ... +400 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 200 63 63 63 73 65 69
-50 ... +500 119 119 119 119 119 119 0 ... 250 63 63 63 72 64 64
-40 ... +40 90 74 63 109 93 74 30 ... 300 63 63 63 73 65 65
-40 ... +60 67 63 63 86 78 78 30 ... 400 63 63 63 64 63 63
-40 ... +80 63 63 63 80 70 70 50 ... 300 63 63 63 74 66 66
-40 ... +160 63 63 63 67 63 63 50 ... 400 63 63 63 65 63 63
-30 ... +30 101 77 77 120 96 96 100 ... 800 119 119 119 119 119 119
-30 ... +50 78 66 66 96 85 85 150 ... 750 119 119 119 119 119 119
-30 ... +70 72 63 63 91 80 80 200 ... 700 119 119 119 119 119 119
-20 ... +40 99 80 80 118 99 99 200 ... 1.000 119 119 119 119 119 119
-20 ... +60 77 65 65 96 79 79
-20 ... +80 66 63 63 85 74 74
-20 ... +100 63 63 63 76 68 68
-20 ... +120 63 63 63 73 66 66
-20 ... +140 63 63 63 71 64 64
-10 ... +50 99 80 80 118 99 99
0 ... 60 94 75 74 113 94 94
0 ... 80 77 65 65 96 79 79
0 ... 100 63 63 63 82 73 73
0 ... 120 63 63 63 75 67 67
0 ... 150 63 63 63 71 64 64
0 ... 160 63 63 63 66 63 63
0 ... 200 63 63 63 63 63 63
0 ... 250 66 63 63 85 73 73
0 ... 300 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 400 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 500 119 119 119 119 119 119
0 ... 600 119 119 119 119 119 119

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 6 of 11


Approvals

Logo Description Country


EU declaration of conformity European Union
ATEX directive (option)
Hazardous areas
EAC (option) Eurasian Economic Community
■ Electromagnetic compatibility
■ Low voltage directive
■ Hazardous areas

GOST (option) Russia


Metrology, measurement technology
KazInMetr (option) Kazakhstan
Metrology, measurement technology
- MTSCHS (option) Kazakhstan
Permission for commissioning
BelGIM (option) Belarus
Metrology, measurement technology
UkrSEPRO (Option) Ukraine
Metrology, measurement technology
Uzstandard (option) Uzbekistan
Metrology, measurement technology
- CRN (option) Canada
Safety (e.g. electr. safety, overpressure, ...)

Certificates (options)
■ 2.2 test report
■ 3.1 inspection certificate
■ DKD/DAkkS calibration certificate

Approvals and certificates, see website

Connection designs

Standard design (male threaded connection) Design 1, plain stem (without thread)

3073050.05

Connection, male: G ½ B, G ¾ B, ½ NPT, ¾ NPT Standard insertion length I1 = 140, 200, 240, 290 mm
Standard insertion length l1 = 63, 100, 160, 200, 250 mm Basis for design 4, compression fitting
Nominal size Process Dimensions Nominal size Dimensions in mm
connection in mm NS d1 Ød a for a for
NS G i SW d4 Ød axial adjustable stem and dial
63, 100, 160 G½B 14 27 26 8 63 14 8 15 25

G¾B 16 32 32 8 100, 160 18 8 15 25

½ NPT 19 22 - 8
¾ NPT 20 30 - 8

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 7 of 11


Design 2, male nut Design 3, union nut

Standard insertion length l1 = 80, 140, 180, 230 mm Standard insertion length l1 = 89, 126, 186, 226, 276 mm
Non-sealed process connection, thus use with thermowell.
Nominal size Process Dimensions
Nominal size Process Dimensions connection in mm
connection in mm NS G i SW Ød
NS G i SW Ød 63, 100, 160 G½B 8.5 27 8
63, 100, 160 G½B 20 27 8 G¾B 10.5 32 8
M24 x 1.5 13.5 32 8

Design 4, compression fitting (sliding on stem) Design 5, union nut and loose threaded connection

Sealing ring

Standard insertion length l1 = 63, 100, 160, 200, 250 mm G ½ B, G ¾ B, M18 x 1.5 and ½ NPT, ¾ NPT
Length L = l1 + 40 mm Minimum immersion depth lmin approx. 60 mm
Insertion length l1 = variable
Nominal size Process Dimensions in mm
Length L = l1 + 40 mm
connection
Stainless steel 1.4571
NS G i SW d4 Ød
63, 100, 160 G½B 14 27 26 8 Nominal Process Dimensions in mm
size connection
G¾B 16 32 32 8
NS G i SW d4 Ød
M18 x 1.5 12 24 23 8
63, 100, 160 G½B 14 27 26 8
½ NPT 19 22 - 8
G¾B 16 32 32 8
¾ NPT 20 30 - 8 M18 x 1.5 12 24 23 8
½ NPT 19 22 - 8
¾ NPT 20 30 - 8

Legend:
G Male thread
G1 Female thread
i Thread length (incl. collar)
a Distance to the case/articulated joint
Ø d4 Diameter of the sealing collar
SW Spanner width
Ød Stem diameter
l1 Insertion length
l2 Active length

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 8 of 11


Dimensions in mm

Back mount (BM) Lower mount (LM)

3073076.01
3073068.01

NS Dimensions in mm Weight in kg
b b1 1) d 2) d4 Ø D1 Ø D2 F 1) G SW Model A55xx Model R55xx
63 35 60 8 26 64 62 57 G½B 27 0.25 0.25
100 50 83 8 26 101 99 83 G½B 27 0.8 0.8
160 50 83 8 26 161 159 113 G½B 27 1.1 1.1

1) With scale ranges ≥ 0 ... 300 °C the dimensions increase by 40 mm


2) Option: stem Ø 6, 10, 12 mm

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 9 of 11


Adjustable stem and dial version

3073084.01

NS Dimensions in mm Weight in kg
b b1 d 1) Ø D1 Ø D2 F Model S55xx
100 25 68 8 101 99 68 0.5
160 25 68 8 161 159 68 0.7

1) Option: stem Ø 6, 10, 12 mm

Thermowell

In principle, the operation of a mechanical thermometer


without a thermowell with low process-side loading (low
pressure, low viscosity and low flow velocities) is possible.

However, in order to enable exchanging the thermometer


during operation (e.g. instrument replacement or calibrati-
on) and to ensure a better protection of the instrument and
also the plant and the environment, it is advisable to use a
thermowell from the extensive WIKA thermowell portfolio.

For further information on the calculation of the thermowell,


see Technical information IN 00.15.

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 10 of 11


Ordering information
Model / Nominal size / Scale range / Connection size / Connection location / Options

© 04/2008 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG, all rights reserved.
The specifications given in this document represent the state of engineering at the time of publishing.
We reserve the right to make modifications to the specifications and materials.

WIKA data sheet TM 55.01 ∙ 01/2020 Page 11 of 11


01/2020 EN

WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG


Alexander-Wiegand-Straße 30
63911 Klingenberg/Germany
Tel. +49 9372 132-0
Fax +49 9372 132-406
[email protected]
www.wika.de
Operating instructions
Betriebsanleitung
Mode d'emploi
Manual de instrucciones

Bimetal thermometer, models 53, 54, 55 EN

Bimetallthermometer, Typen 53, 54, 55 DE

Thermomètre bimétallique, types 53, 54, 55 FR

Termómetro bimetálico, modelos 53, 54, 55 ES

Model A5301 Model S5412 Model R5502


EN Operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 Page 3 - 14

DE Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 Seite 15 - 26

FR Mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 Page 27 - 38

ES Manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 Página 39 - 50

© 09/2010 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG


All rights reserved. / Alle Rechte vorbehalten.
WIKA® is a registered trademark in various countries.
WIKA® ist eine geschützte Marke in verschiedenen Ländern.

Prior to starting any work, read the operating instructions!


Keep for later use!
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Vor Beginn aller Arbeiten Betriebsanleitung lesen!


Zum späteren Gebrauch aufbewahren!

Lire le mode d‘emploi avant de commencer toute opération !


A conserver pour une utilisation ultérieure !

¡Leer el manual de instrucciones antes de comenzar cualquier trabajo!


¡Guardar el manual para una eventual consulta!

2 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


Contents

Contents EN

1. General information 4

2. Safety 6

3. Specifications 8

4. Design and function 9

5. Transport, packaging and storage 10

6. Commissioning, operation 11

7. Maintenance and cleaning 13

8. Dismounting, return and disposal 13


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 3


1. General information
1. General information
■■ The bimetal thermometers described in the operating instructions
EN have been designed and manufactured using state-of-the-art
technology. All components are subject to stringent quality and
environmental criteria during production. Our management
systems are certified to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
■■ These operating instructions contain important information on
handling the bimetal thermometer. Working safely requires that all
safety instructions and work instructions are observed.
■■ Observe the local accident prevention regulations and general
safety regulations, in effect for the bimetal thermometer‘s range of
use.
■■ The operating instructions are part of the instrument and must
be kept in the immediate vicinity of the bimetal thermometer and
readily accessible to skilled personnel at any time.
■■ Skilled personnel must have carefully read and understood the
operating instructions, prior to beginning any work.
■■ The manufacturers liability is void in the case of any damage
caused by using the product contrary to its intended use,
non-compliance with these operating instructions, assignment
of insufficiently qualified skilled personnel or unauthorised
modifications to the bimetal thermometer.
■■ The general terms and conditions, contained in the sales
documentation, shall apply.
■■ Subject to technical modifications.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

■■ Further information:
- Internet address: www.wika.de / www.wika.com
- Relevant data sheet: TM 53.01, TM 54.01, TM 55.01

4 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


1. General information
Explanation of symbols

WARNING!
... indicates a potentially dangerous situation that can EN
result in serious injury or death, if not avoided.

CAUTION!
... indicates a potentially dangerous situation, which can
result in light injuries or damage to equipment or the
environment, if not avoided.

Information
… points out useful tips, recommendations and
information for efficient and trouble-free operation.

WARNING!
... indicates a potentially dangerous situation that can
result in burns, caused by hot surfaces or liquids, if not
avoided.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 5


2. Safety
2. Safety
WARNING!
EN Before installation, commissioning and operation, ensure
that the appropriate bimetal thermometer has been
selected in terms of measuring range, design and specific
measuring conditions. The compatibility of the wetted
parts of the process connection (thermowell, thermowell
stem) with the medium must be tested.
Non-observance can result in serious injury and/or
damage to equipment.

Further important safety instructions can be found in the


individual chapters of these operating instructions.

2.1 Intended use


These bimetal thermometers are mainly used in the process industry
for monitoring the process temperature.

The bimetal thermometer has been designed and built solely for the
intended use described here, and may only be used accordingly.

The technical specifications contained in these operating instructions


must be observed. Improper handling or operation of the bimetal
thermometer outside of its technical specifications requires the
instrument to be taken out of service immediately and inspected by
an authorised WIKA service engineer.

The manufacturer shall not be liable for claims of any type based on
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

operation contrary to the intended use.

6 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


2. Safety
2.2 Personnel qualification
WARNING!
Risk of injury should qualification be insufficient!
EN
Improper handling can result in considerable injury and
damage to equipment.
■■ The activities described in these operating instructions
may only be carried out by skilled personnel who have
the qualifications described below.
■■ Keep unqualified personnel away from hazardous
areas.

Skilled personnel
Skilled personnel are understood to be personnel who, based on
their technical training, knowledge of measurement and control
technology and on their experience and knowledge of country-
specific regulations, current standards and directives, are capable
of carrying out the work described and independently recognising
potential hazards.

2.3 Special hazards


WARNING!
Residual media in dismounted instruments can result in
a risk to persons, the environment and equipment. Take
sufficient precautionary measures.

WARNING!
For filled instruments, make sure that the medium
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

temperature is lower than 250 °C.


Reason: The sheath also contains a filling liquid; at a
temperature > 250 °C, this liquid may become cloudy or
change colour or, in some cases, may ignite.

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 7


2. Safety / 3. Specifications
2.4 Labelling, safety marks

Product label (example)


EN

Thermometer
Model 
TG53 + option ATEX year 2016
WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG 
63911 Klingenberg / Germany 14001455

 Model
 Year of manufacture
 Serial number

Before mounting and commissioning the instrument,


ensure you read the operating instructions!

Do not fill the instruments with filling liquid subsequently.

3. Specifications
Specifications Model 53 Model 54 Model 55
Measuring element Bimetal coil
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Nominal size 3", 5" 63, 80, 100, 160 63, 100, 160
Instrument version
■■ Model A5x Back mount (axial)
■■ Model R5x Lower mount (radial)
■■ Model S5x Back mount, housing can rotate and swivel
Permitted operating -20 ... +60 °C max. -50 ... +60 °C
temperature

8 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


3. Specifications / 4. Design and function

Specifications Model 53 Model 54 Model 55


Working pressure
■■ Continuous load (1 year) Measuring range (DIN EN 13190)
■■ Short term (max. 24 h) Scale range (DIN EN 13190) EN
Case, ring Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
Stem, process connection Stainless steel 1.4571 (316Ti)
Ingress protection IP65 per IEC/EN 60529
IP66, liquid-filled

For further specifications see WIKA data sheet TM 53.01, TM 54.01


or TM 55.01 and order documentation.

4. Design and function


4.1 Description
The bimetal thermometers of this series are intended for installation in
pipelines, vessels, plant and machinery.

Sheath and case are made of stainless steel.


To allow fitting to the process, different installation lengths and
process connections are available.

Through the high protection class of the thermometer (IP65) and its
liquid damping, operation under vibration conditions is possible.

4.2 Scope of delivery


Cross-check scope of delivery with delivery note.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 9


5. Transport, packaging and storage
5. Transport, packaging and storage
5.1 Transport
EN Check instrument for any damage that may have been caused by
transport. Obvious damage must be reported immediately.

5.2 Packaging
Do not remove packaging until just before mounting.
Keep the packaging as it will provide optimum protection during
transport (e.g. change in installation site, sending for repair).

5.3 Storage
Permissible conditions at the place of storage:
Storage temperature: -20 ... +60 °C

Avoid exposure to the following factors:


■■Direct sunlight or proximity to hot objects
■■Mechanical vibration, mechanical shock (putting it down hard)
■■Soot, vapour, dust and corrosive gases
■■Potentially explosive environments, flammable atmospheres

Store the instrument in its original packaging in a location that fulfils


the conditions listed above. If the original packaging is not available,
pack and store the thermometer as described below:
1. Wrap the thermometer in an antistatic plastic film.
2. Place the thermometer, along with shock-absorbent material, in the
packaging.
3. If stored for a prolonged period of time (more than 30 days), place a
bag, containing a desiccant, inside the packaging.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WARNING!
Before storing the instrument (following operation),
remove any residual media. This is of particular
importance if the medium is hazardous to health, e.g.
caustic, toxic, carcinogenic, radioactive, etc.

10 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


5. Transport ... / 6. Commissioning, operation

The use of liquid damping is always recommended for


temperatures near the dew point (±1 °C around 0 °C).
EN

6. Commissioning, operation
When screwing the gauges in, the force required for this must not be
applied through the case or terminal box, rather only through the
spanner flats provided for this purpose (using a suitable tool).

Installation with
spanner

When mounting a bimetal thermometer that can be rotated and


swivelled, the specific instructions must be followed. In order to set
the indicator to the desired position, the following steps must be
taken:
1. The lock nut or union nut must be loosened at the process
connection.
2. The hexagon bolts and slotted screws at the swivel joint must be
loosened.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 11


6. Commissioning, operation

loosening

Make sure to loosen the screws


EN
on the opposite side as well!

3. Position the indicator as required, tighten the hexagon bolts and


slotted screws, and finally tighten the lock nut or union nut firmly.

When using thermowells, they must be filled with a thermal contact


medium in order to reduce the heat transfer resistance between the
outer wall of the sensor and the inner wall of the thermowell. The
working temperature of the thermal compound is -40 ... +200 °C.

WARNING!
Do not fill hot thermowells. There is a risk of the oil
spraying out!

CAUTION!
When using thermowells, please
ensure that the stem does not
touch the bottom of the thermowell
since, due to the different
expansion coefficients of the
materials, the stem may become
buckled at the bottom of the
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Thermowell thermowell.
(Formula for the calculation of
Stem the insertion length l1 see the
respective thermowell's data sheet)

required safety
clearance

12 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


7. Maintenance ... / 8. Dismounting, return ...
7. Maintenance and cleaning
7.1 Maintenance
These bimetal thermometers are maintenance-free! EN
The indicator should be checked once or twice every year. To do this
the instrument must be disconnected from the process and checked
using a temperature calibrator.

Repairs must only be carried out by the manufacturer.

7.2 Cleaning

CAUTION!
■■ Clean the thermometer with a moist cloth.
■■ Wash or clean the thermometer before returning it, in
order to protect personnel and the environment from
exposure to residual media.
■■ Residual media in dismounted instruments can result
in a risk to persons, the environment and equipment.
Take sufficient precautionary measures.

For information on returning the instrument see chapter


8.2 “Returns”.

8. Dismounting, return and disposal


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WARNING!
Residual media in dismounted instruments can result in
a risk to persons, the environment and equipment. Take
sufficient precautionary measures.

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 13


8. Dismounting, return and disposal
8.1 Dismounting
WARNING!
Risk of burns!
EN Let the instrument cool down sufficiently before
dismounting it! When dismounting it, there is a risk that
dangerously hot pressure media may escape.

8.2 Return
WARNING!
Absolutely observe when shipping the instrument:
All instruments delivered to WIKA must be free from any
kind of hazardous substances (acids, bases, solutions,
etc.).

When returning the instrument, use the original packaging or a


suitable transport package.

To avoid damage:
1. Wrap the instrument in an antistatic plastic film.
2. Place the instrument, along with the shock-absorbing material, in
the packaging. Place shock-absorbent material evenly on all sides
of the shipping box.
3. If possible, place a bag, containing a desiccant, inside the
packaging.
4. Label the shipment as transport of a highly sensitive measuring
instrument.
Information on returns can be found under the heading
“Service” on our local website.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

8.3 Disposal
Incorrect disposal may endanger the environment.
Dispose of instrument components and packaging materials in an
environmentally compatible way and in accordance with the country-
specific waste disposal regulations.

14 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


Inhalt

Inhalt
DE

1. Allgemeines 16

2. Sicherheit 18

3. Technische Daten 20

4. Aufbau und Funktion 21

5. Transport, Verpackung und Lagerung 22

6. Inbetriebnahme, Betrieb 23

7. Wartung und Reinigung 25

8. Demontage, Rücksendung und Entsorgung 25


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 15


1. Allgemeines
1. Allgemeines
■■ Die in der Betriebsanleitung beschriebenen Bimetallthermometer
werden nach dem aktuellen Stand der Technik konstruiert und
gefertigt. Alle Komponenten unterliegen während der Fertigung
DE strengen Qualitäts- und Umweltkriterien. Unsere Manage-
mentsysteme sind nach ISO 9001 und ISO 14001 zertifiziert.
■■ Diese Betriebsanleitung gibt wichtige Hinweise zum Umgang mit
dem Gerät. Voraussetzung für sicheres Arbeiten ist die Einhaltung
aller angegebenen Sicherheitshinweise und Handlungsanweisun-
gen.
■■ Die für den Einsatzbereich des Gerätes geltenden örtlichen Unfall-
verhütungsvorschriften und allgemeinen Sicherheitsbestimmungen
einhalten.
■■ Die Betriebsanleitung ist Produktbestandteil und muss in unmittel-
barer Nähe des Gerätes für das Fachpersonal jederzeit zugänglich
aufbewahrt werden.
■■ Das Fachpersonal muss die Betriebsanleitung vor Beginn aller
Arbeiten sorgfältig durchgelesen und verstanden haben.
■■ Die Haftung des Herstellers erlischt bei Schäden durch bestim-
mungswidrige Verwendung, Nichtbeachten dieser Betriebsan-
leitung, Einsatz ungenügend qualifizierten Fachpersonals sowie
eigenmächtiger Veränderung am Gerät.
■■ Es gelten die allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in den Verkaufs-
unterlagen.
■■ Technische Änderungen vorbehalten.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

■■ Weitere Informationen:
- Internet-Adresse: www.wika.de / www.wika.com
- zugehöriges Datenblatt: TM 53.01, TM 54.01, TM 55.01

16 WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55


1. Allgemeines
Symbolerklärung

WARNUNG!
… weist auf eine möglicherweise gefährliche Situation hin,
die zum Tod oder zu schweren Verletzungen führen kann,
wenn sie nicht gemieden wird. DE

VORSICHT!
… weist auf eine möglicherweise gefährliche Situation
hin, die zu geringfügigen oder leichten Verletzungen bzw.
Sach- und Umweltschäden führen kann, wenn sie nicht
gemieden wird.

Information
… hebt nützliche Tipps und Empfehlungen sowie Infor-
mationen für einen effizienten und störungsfreien Betrieb
hervor.

WARNUNG!
… weist auf eine möglicherweise gefährliche Situation
hin, die durch heiße Oberflächen oder Flüssigkeiten zu
Verbrennungen führen kann, wenn sie nicht gemieden
wird.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 17


2. Sicherheit
2. Sicherheit
WARNUNG!
Vor Montage, Inbetriebnahme und Betrieb sicherstel-
len, dass das richtige Bimetallthermometer hinsichtlich
DE Messbereich, Ausführung und spezifischen Messbe-
dingungen ausgewählt wurde. Die Verträglichkeit der
messstoffberührten Bauteile des Prozessanschlusses
(Schutzrohr, Tauchrohr etc.) muss mit dem Messstoff
geprüft werden.
Bei Nichtbeachten können schwere Körperverletzungen
und/oder Sachschäden auftreten.

Weitere wichtige Sicherheitshinweise befinden sich in den


einzelnen Kapiteln dieser Betriebsanleitung.

2.1 Bestimmungsgemäße Verwendung


Die Bimetallthermometer werden hauptsächlich in der
Prozessindustrie eingesetzt, um die Temperatur des Prozesses zu
überwachen.

Das Gerät ist ausschließlich für den hier beschriebenen bestim-


mungsgemäßen Verwendungszweck konzipiert und konstruiert und
darf nur dementsprechend verwendet werden.

Die technischen Spezifikationen in dieser Betriebsanleitung sind


einzuhalten. Eine unsachgemäße Handhabung oder ein Betreiben
des Gerätes außerhalb der technischen Spezifikationen macht die
sofortige Stilllegung und Überprüfung durch einen autorisierten
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA-Servicemitarbeiter erforderlich.

Ansprüche jeglicher Art aufgrund von nicht bestimmungsgemäßer


Verwendung sind ausgeschlossen.

18 WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55


2. Sicherheit
2.2 Personalqualifikation
WARNUNG!
Verletzungsgefahr bei unzureichender Qualifikation!
Unsachgemäßer Umgang kann zu erheblichen Personen-
und Sachschäden führen.
■■ Die in dieser Betriebsanleitung beschriebenen Tätig-
DE
keiten nur durch Fachpersonal nachfolgend beschrie-
bener Qualifikation durchführen lassen.
■■ Unqualifiziertes Personal von den Gefahrenbereichen
fernhalten.

Fachpersonal
Das Fachpersonal ist aufgrund seiner fachlichen Ausbildung, seiner
Kenntnisse der Mess- und Regelungstechnik und seiner Erfahrun-
gen sowie Kenntnis der landesspezifischen Vorschriften, geltenden
Normen und Richtlinien in der Lage, die beschriebenen Arbeiten
auszuführen und mögliche Gefahren selbstständig zu erkennen.

2.3 Besondere Gefahren

WARNUNG!
Messstoffreste in ausgebauten Geräten können zur
Gefährdung von Personen, Umwelt und Einrichtung
führen. Ausreichende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen ergreifen.

WARNUNG!
Bei gefüllten Geräten darauf achten, dass die Mediums-
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

temperatur unter 250 °C liegt.


Grund: Im Tauchschaft befindet sich auch die Füllflüs-
sigkeit, diese kann sich bei einer Temperatur > 250 °C
vertrüben bzw. verfärben und gegebenenfalls zum Brand
führen.

WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 19


2. Sicherheit / 3. Technische Daten
2.4 Beschilderung, Sicherheitskennzeichnungen

Typenschild (Beispiel)

DE Thermometer
Model 
TG53 + option ATEX year 2016
WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG 
63911 Klingenberg / Germany 14001455

 Typ
 Herstellungsjahr
 Seriennummer

Vor Montage und Inbetriebnahme des Gerätes


unbedingt die Betriebsanleitung lesen!

Geräte nicht nachträglich mit Füllflüssigkeit befüllen.

3. Technische Daten
Technische Daten Typ 53 Typ 54 Typ 55
Messelement Bimetallwendel
Nenngröße 3", 5" 63, 80, 100, 63, 100, 160
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

160
Geräteausführung
■■ Typ A5x Anschlusslage rückseitig (axial)
■■ Typ R5x Anschlusslage unten (radial)
■■ Typ S5x Anschlusslage rückseitig, Gehäuse
dreh- und schwenkbar
Zulässige Umgebungstemperatur -20 ... +60 °C max. -50 ... +60 °C

20 WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55


3. Technische Daten / 4. Aufbau und Funktion

Technische Daten Typ 53 Typ 54 Typ 55


Verwendungsbereich
■■ Dauerbelastung (1 Jahr) Messbereich (EN 13190)
■■ Kurzzeitig (max. 24 h) Anzeigebereich (EN 13190)
Gehäuse, Ring CrNi-Stahl 1.4301 (304)
Tauchschaft, Prozessanschluss CrNi-Stahl 1.4571 (316Ti)
DE
Schutzart IP65 nach IEC/EN 60529
IP66, flüssigkeitsgefüllt

Weitere technische Daten siehe WIKA-Datenblatt TM 53.01,


TM 54.01 oder TM 55.01 und Bestellunterlagen.

4. Aufbau und Funktion


4.1 Beschreibung
Das Bimetallthermometer dieser Typenreihen ist vorgesehen zum
Einbau in Rohrleitungen, Behälter, Anlagen und Maschinen.

Tauchschaft und Gehäuse sind aus CrNi-Stahl gefertigt.


Zur optimalen Anpassung an den Prozess sind verschiedene Einbau-
längen und Prozessanschlüsse erhältlich.

Durch die hohe Schutzart der Thermometer (IP65) und Flüssigkeits-


dämpfung ist der Einsatz bei Vibrationen möglich.

4.2 Lieferumfang
Lieferumfang mit dem Lieferschein abgleichen.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 21


5. Transport, Verpackung und Lagerung
5. Transport, Verpackung und Lagerung
5.1 Transport
Gerät auf eventuell vorhandene Transportschäden untersuchen.
Offensichtliche Schäden unverzüglich mitteilen.
DE
5.2 Verpackung
Verpackung erst unmittelbar vor der Montage entfernen.
Die Verpackung aufbewahren, denn diese bietet bei einem Trans-
port einen optimalen Schutz (z. B. wechselnder Einbauort, Repara-
tursendung).

5.3 Lagerung
Zulässige Bedingungen am Lagerort:
Lagertemperatur: -20 ... +60 °C

Folgende Einflüsse vermeiden:


■■Direktes Sonnenlicht oder Nähe zu heißen Gegenständen
■■Mechanische Vibration, mechanischer Schock (hartes Aufstellen)
■■Ruß, Dampf, Staub und korrosive Gase
■■Explosionsgefährdete Umgebung, entzündliche Atmosphären

Das Gerät in der Originalverpackung an einem Ort lagern, der die


oben gelisteten Bedingungen erfüllt. Wenn die Originalverpackung
nicht vorhanden ist, dann das Gerät wie folgt verpacken und lagern:
1. Das Gerät in eine antistatische Plastikfolie einhüllen.
2. Das Gerät mit dem Dämmmaterial in der Verpackung platzieren.
3. Bei längerer Einlagerung (mehr als 30 Tage) einen Beutel mit Trock-
nungsmittel der Verpackung beilegen.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WARNUNG!
Vor der Einlagerung des Gerätes (nach Betrieb) alle
anhaftenden Messstoffreste entfernen. Dies ist besonders
wichtig, wenn der Messstoff gesundheitsgefährdend ist,
wie z. B. ätzend, giftig, krebserregend, radioaktiv, usw.

22 WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55


5. Transport, ... / 6. Inbetriebnahme, Betrieb

Empfohlen wird bei Temperaturen um den Taupunkt (±1 °C


um 0 °C) immer die Verwendung einer Flüssigkeitsdämp-
fung.

DE
6. Inbetriebnahme, Betrieb
Beim Einschrauben der Geräte darf die dazu erforderliche Kraft nicht
über das Gehäuse aufgebracht werden, sondern mit geeignetem
Werkzeug nur über die dafür vorgesehenen Schlüsselflächen.

Montage mit
Gabelschlüssel

Bei der Montage eines dreh- und schwenkbaren Bimetallthermome-


ters sind besondere Vorschriften zu beachten. Um die Anzeige in die
gewünschte Position zu bringen, müssen folgende Schritte eingehal-
ten werden:
1. Die Konter- oder Überwurfmutter muss am Prozessanschluss
gelöst sein.
2. Sechskant- und Schlitzschrauben müssen am Schwenkgelenk
gelöst sein.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 23


6. Inbetriebnahme, Betrieb

lösen

Unbedingt auch die auf der


gegenüberliegenden Seite
liegenden Schrauben lösen!
DE

3. Anzeige positionieren, Sechskant- und Schlitzschrauben anziehen


und schließlich die Konter- oder Überwurfmutter fest anziehen.

Bei Verwendung von Schutzrohren ist möglichst durch Einfüllen eines


Wärmekontaktmittels der Wärmeübertragungswiderstand zwischen
Fühleraußenwand und Schutzrohrinnenwand zu reduzieren. Die
Arbeitstemperatur der Wärmeleitpaste beträgt -40 ... +200 °C.

WARNUNG!
Nicht in heiße Schutzrohre einfüllen. Gefahr durch heraus-
spritzendes Öl!

VORSICHT!
Bei der Verwendung von Schutz-
rohren beachten, dass der
Tauchschaft nicht den Boden des
Schutzrohres berührt, da durch die
unterschiedlichen Ausdehnungs-
koeffizienten der Materialen sich
der Tauchschaft am Boden des
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Schutzrohr
Schutzrohres verbiegen könnte.
(Formeln zur Berechnung der
Tauchschaft
Einbaulänge l1 siehe entsprechen-
des Schutzrohr-Datenblatt)

benötigter
Sicherheitsabstand

24 WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55


7. Wartung und Reinigung
7. Wartung und Reinigung
7.1 Wartung
Diese Bimetallthermometer sind wartungsfrei!
Eine Überprüfung der Anzeige sollte etwa 1 bis 2 mal pro Jahr
erfolgen. Dazu ist das Gerät vom Prozess zu trennen und mit einem DE
Temperaturkalibrator zu kontrollieren.

Reparaturen sind ausschließlich vom Hersteller durchzuführen.

7.2 Reinigung

VORSICHT!
■■ Das Thermometer mit einem feuchten Tuch reinigen.
■■ Ausgebautes Thermometer vor der Rücksendung
spülen bzw. säubern, um Personen und Umwelt vor
Gefährdung durch anhaftende Messstoffreste zu
schützen.
■■ Messstoffreste in ausgebauten Geräten können zur
Gefährdung von Personen, Umwelt und Einrichtung
führen. Ausreichende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen ergreifen.

Hinweise zur Rücksendung des Gerätes siehe Kapitel


8.2 „Rücksendung“.

8. Demontage, Rücksendung und Entsorgung


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WARNUNG!
Messstoffreste in ausgebauten Geräten können zur
Gefährdung von Personen, Umwelt und Einrichtung
führen. Ausreichende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen ergreifen.

WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55 25


8. Demontage, Rücksendung und Entsorgung
8.1 Demontage

WARNUNG!
Verbrennungsgefahr!
Vor dem Ausbau das Gerät ausreichend abkühlen lassen!
DE Beim Ausbau besteht Gefahr durch austretende, gefähr-
lich heiße Messstoffe.

8.2 Rücksendung

WARNUNG!
Beim Versand des Gerätes unbedingt beachten:
Alle an WIKA gelieferten Geräte müssen frei von Gefahr-
stoffen (Säuren, Laugen, Lösungen, etc.) sein.

Zur Rücksendung des Gerätes die Originalverpackung oder eine


geeignete Transportverpackung verwenden.

Um Schäden zu vermeiden:
1. Das Gerät in eine antistatische Plastikfolie einhüllen.
2. Das Gerät mit dem Dämmmaterial in der Verpackung platzieren.
Zu allen Seiten der Transportverpackung gleichmäßig dämmen.
3. Wenn möglich einen Beutel mit Trocknungsmittel der Verpackung
beifügen.
4. Sendung als Transport eines hochempfindlichen Messgerätes
kennzeichnen.

Hinweise zur Rücksendung befinden sich in der Rubrik


„Service“ auf unserer lokalen Internetseite.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

8.3 Entsorgung
Durch falsche Entsorgung können Gefahren für die Umwelt entstehen.
Gerätekomponenten und Verpackungsmaterialien entsprechend den
landesspezifischen Abfallbehandlungs- und Entsorgungsvorschriften
umweltgerecht entsorgen.

26 WIKA Betriebsanleitung Typen 53, 54, 55


Sommaire

Sommaire
1. Généralités 28 FR

2. Sécurité 30

3. Caractéristiques techniques 32

4. Conception et fonction 33

5. Transport, emballage et stockage 34

6. Mise en service, exploitation 35

7. Entretien et nettoyage 37

8. Démontage, retour et mise au rebut 37


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 27


1. Généralités
1. Généralités
■■ Le thermomètre bimétallique décrit dans le mode d'emploi est
conçu et fabriqué selon les dernières technologies en vigueur.
Tous les composants sont soumis à des critères de qualité et
d'environnement stricts durant la fabrication. Nos systèmes de
gestion sont certifiés selon ISO 9001 et ISO 14001.
FR ■■ Ce mode d'emploi donne des indications importantes concernant
l'utilisation de l'instrument. Il est possible de travailler en toute
sécurité avec ce produit en respectant toutes les consignes de
sécurité et d'utilisation.
■■ Respecter les prescriptions locales de prévention contre les
accidents et les prescriptions générales de sécurité en vigueur
pour le domaine d'application de l'instrument
■■ Le mode d'emploi fait partie de l'instrument et doit être conservé à
proximité immédiate de l'instrument et accessible à tout moment
pour le personnel qualifié.
■■ Le personnel qualifié doit, avant de commencer toute opération,
avoir lu soigneusement et compris le mode d'emploi.
■■ La responsabilité du fabricant n'est pas engagée en cas de
dommages provoqués par une utilisation non conforme à l'usage
prévu, de non respect de ce mode d'emploi, d'utilisation de
personnel peu qualifié de même qu'en cas de modifications de
l’instrument effectuées par l'utilisateur.
■■ Les conditions générales de vente mentionnées dans les
documents de vente s'appliquent.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

■■ Sous réserve de modifications techniques.

■■ Pour obtenir d'autres informations:


- Consulter notre site internet : www.wika.fr
- Fiche technique correspondante : TM 53.01, TM 54.01, TM 55.01

28 WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55


1. Généralités
Explication des symboles

AVERTISSEMENT !
… indique une situation présentant des risques
susceptibles de provoquer la mort ou des blessures
graves si elle n'est pas évitée.

ATTENTION ! FR
… indique une situation potentiellement dangereuse et
susceptible de provoquer de légères blessures ou des
dommages matériels et pour l'environnement si elle n'est
pas évitée.

Information
… met en exergue les conseils et recommandations utiles
de même que les informations permettant d'assurer un
fonctionnement efficace et normal.

AVERTISSEMENT !
… indique une situation présentant des risques
susceptibles de provoquer des brûlures dues à des
surfaces ou liquides chauds si elle n'est pas évitée.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 29


2. Sécurité
2. Sécurité
AVERTISSEMENT !
Avant le montage, la mise en service et le fonctionnement,
s'assurer que le thermomètre bimétallique a été choisi de
façon adéquate, en ce qui concerne la plage de mesure,
la version et les conditions de mesure spécifiques. Vérifier
si les composants du raccord process en contact avec
FR
le fluide (doigt de gant, tube plongeur) sont compatibles
avec le fluide de mesure.
Un non respect de cette consigne peut entraîner des
blessures corporelles graves et/ou des dégâts matériels.

Vous trouverez d'autres consignes de sécurité dans les


sections individuelles du présent mode d'emploi.

2.1 Utilisation conforme à l'usage prévu


Les thermomètres bimétalliques sont principalement utilisés dans
l'industrie du process pour surveiller la température.

Le thermomètre bimétallique est conçu et construit exclusivement


pour une utilisation conforme à l'usage prévu décrit ici et ne doit être
utilisé qu'en conséquence.

Les spécifications techniques mentionnées dans ce mode


d'emploi doivent être respectées. En cas d'utilisation inadéquate
ou de fonctionnement du thermomètre bimétallique en dehors
des spécifications techniques, un arrêt et contrôle doivent être
immédiatement effectués par un collaborateur autorisé du service de
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA.

Aucune réclamation ne peut être recevable en cas d'utilisation non


conforme à l'usage prévu.

30 WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55


2. Sécurité
2.2 Qualification du personnel
AVERTISSEMENT !
Danger de blessure en cas de qualification
insuffisante !
Une utilisation non conforme peut entraîner d'importants
dommages corporels et matériels.
■■ Les opérations décrites dans ce mode d'emploi ne
doivent être effectuées que par un personnel ayant la FR
qualification décrite ci-après.
■■ Tenir le personnel non qualifié à l'écart des zones
dangereuses.

Personnel qualifié
Le personnel qualifié est, en raison de sa formation spécialisée, de
ses connaissances dans le domaine de la technique de mesure et de
régulation et de ses expériences de même que de sa connaissance
des prescriptions nationales des normes et directives en vigueur,
en mesure d'effectuer les travaux décrits et de reconnaître
automatiquement les dangers potentiels.

2.3 Dangers particuliers

AVERTISSEMENT !
Les restes de fluides se trouvant dans des appareils
démontés peuvent mettre en danger les personnes,
l'environnement ainsi que l'installation. Prendre des
mesures de sécurité suffisantes.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

AVERTISSEMENT !
Pour les appareils remplis de liquide, veiller à ce que la
température du fluide de mesure ne dépasse pas 250 °C.
Raison: Le liquide se trouvant dans le tube plongeur peut
se troubler ou changer de couleur ou même s'enflammer
si la température dépasse 250 °C.

WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 31


2. Sécurité / 3. Caractéristiques techniques
2.4 Etiquetage, marquages de sécurité

Plaque signalétique (exemple)


Thermometer
FR Model 
TG53 + option ATEX year 2016
WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG 
63911 Klingenberg / Germany 14001455

 Type
 Année de fabrication
 Numéro de série

Avant de monter et mettre l‘instrument en service,


lire impérativement le mode d‘emploi !

Ne pas remplir ultérieurement les appareils de liquide de


remplissage.

3. Caractéristiques techniques
Caractéristiques techniques Type 53 Type 54 Type 55
Elément de mesure Hélice bimétallique
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Diamètre 3", 5" 63, 80, 100, 63, 100, 160


160
Version de l‘instrument
■■ Type A5x Situation de branchement en arrière (axial)
■■ Type R5x Situation de branchement
■■ Type S5x en bas (radial)
Situation de branchement en arrière
(axial), boîtier pivotant et orientable

32 WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55


3. Caractéristiques ... / 4. Conception et fonction

Caractéristiques techniques Type 53 Type 54 Type 55


Température ambiante admissible -20 ... +60 °C max. -50 ... +60 °C
Champ d‘application
■■ Fonctionnement continu (1 an) Etendue de mesure (DIN EN 13190)
■■ Temporaire (max. 24 h) Etendue d‘affichage (DIN EN 13190)
Boîtier, anneau Acier inox 1.4301 (304)
Plongeur, raccord process Acier inox 1.4571 (316Ti)
FR
Type de protection IP65 selon IEC/EN 60529
IP66, rempli de liquide

Pour les autres caractéristiques techniques, voir fiche technique WIKA


TM 53.01, TM 54.01 ou TM 55.01 et les documents de commande.

4. Conception et fonction
4.1 Description
Les thermomètres bimétalliques de cette série de type sont conçus pour
l'installation dans des conduites, réservoirs, systèmes ou machines.
Le tube plongeur et le boîtier sont en acier inoxydable CrNi.
Pour l'adaptation optimale au processus, des tubes de différentes
longueurs de montage et raccords process sont disponibles.
Grâce à l'indice de protection élevée des thermomètres (IP65) et à
l'amortissement par liquide, ils peuvent être utilisés dans des zones
de vibrations.

4.2 Détail de la livraison


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Comparer le détail de la livraison avec le bordereau de livraison.

WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 33


5. Transport, emballage et stockage
5. Transport, emballage et stockage
5.1 Transport
Vérifier s’il existe des dégâts sur l’instrument liés au transport.
Communiquer immédiatement les dégâts constatés.

5.2 Emballage
FR N’enlever l’emballage qu’avant le montage.
Conserver l’emballage, celui-ci offre, lors d’un transport, une
protection optimale (par ex. changement de lieu d’utilisation, renvoi
pour réparation).

5.3 Stockage
Conditions admissibles sur le lieu de stockage:
Température de stockage : -20 ... +60 °C

Eviter les influences suivantes :


■■ Lumière solaire directe ou proximité d'objets chauds
■■ Vibrations mécaniques, chocs mécaniques (mouvements
brusques en le posant)
■■ Suie, vapeur, poussière et gaz corrosifs
■■ Environnement présentant des risques d'explosion, atmosphères
inflammables

Conserver l'instrument dans l'emballage original dans un endroit qui


satisfait aux conditions susmentionnées. Si l'emballage original n'est
pas disponible, emballer et stocker l'instrument comme suit:
1. Emballer l'instrument dans une feuille de plastique antistatique.
2. Placer l'instrument avec le matériau isolant dans l'emballage.
3. En cas de stockage long (plus de 30 jours), mettre également un
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

sachet absorbeur d'humidité dans l'emballage.

AVERTISSEMENT!
Enlever tous les restes de fluides adhérents avant
l'entreposage de l'appareil (après le fonctionnement). Ceci
est particulièrement important lorsque le fluide représente
un danger pour la santé, comme p. ex. des substances
corrosives, toxiques, carcinogènes, radioactives etc.

34 WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55


5. Transport ... / 6. Mise en service, exploitation
Lorsque le thermomètre est utilisé dans une plage de
températures près du point de rosée (±1 °C, près de
0 °C), l'utilisation d‘une amortissement par liquide est
recommandée.

6. Mise en service, exploitation FR

Lors du vissage des instruments, le couple de serrage ne doit pas


être appliquée sur le boîtier et prise câblée mais seulement sur les
surfaces prévues et ce avec un outil approprié.

Montage avec
clé plate

Lors du montage d'un thermomètre bimétallique à cadran pivotant


et orientable, des prescriptions particulières doivent être observées.
Pour placer l'affichage dans la position requise, il convient de
respecter les points suivants :
1. Le contre-écrou ou l‘écrou-raccord doit être desserré sur le raccord
process.
2. Les vis à vis pans et les vis à fente doivent être desserrées sur
l'articulation pivotante.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 35


6. Mise en service, exploitation

desserrer

Impérativement desserrer
également les vis situées sur le
côté opposé !

FR
3. Positionner l'affichage, serrer les vis à six pans et les vis à fente et
pour finir, serrer le contre-écrou ou l'écrou-raccord à fond.

En cas d'utilisation de doigts de gants, il convient de réduire au


maximum la résistance de transmission de la chaleur entre la paroi
extérieure du capteur et la paroi intérieure du doigt de gant en
ajoutant un agent de contact thermique. La température de service de
la pâte thermique est de -40 ... +200 °C.

AVERTISSEMENT !
Ne pas verser dans des doigts de gant chauds ! Risque
de projection d'huile !

ATTENTION !
Lors de l'utilisation des doigts
de gants, veiller à ce que le tube
plongeur ne touche pas le fond
du doigt de gant parce que, en
raison des différentes coefficients
d'extension des matériaux, il y
a risque de déformation du tube
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Doigt de plongeur sur le fond du doigt de


gant gant.(Formules pour le calcul
Tube plongeur
de la longueur utile l1 voir la
fiche technique du doigt de gant
correspondant)
Ecart de sécurité
requis

36 WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55


7. Entretien et nettoyage / 8. Démontage ...
7. Entretien et nettoyage
7.1 Entretien
Ces thermomètres bimétalliques ne nécessitent pas d'entretien !
Un contrôle de l'affichage et des fonctions de commande est
recommandé 1 à 2 fois/an. Pour le contrôle de l'affichage et des
fonctions de commande, il faut isoler l'instrument du process et le
contrôler avec un calibrateur de température. FR

Les réparations ne doivent être effectuées que par le fabricant.

7.2 Nettoyage

ATTENTION !
■■ Nettoyer le thermomètre avec un chiffon humide.
■■ Laver ou nettoyer le thermomètre démonté avant de
le retourner afin de protéger les collaborateurs et
l'environnement contre le danger lié aux restes de
fluides adhérents.
■■ Les restes de fluides se trouvant dans des appareils
démontés peuvent mettre en danger les personnes,
l'environnement ainsi que l'installation. Prendre des
mesures de sécurité suffisantes.

Indications concernant le retour de l'instrument, voir


chapitre 8.2 “Retour”.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

8. Démontage, retour et mise au rebut

AVERTISSEMENT !
Les restes de fluides se trouvant dans des appareils
démontés peuvent mettre en danger les personnes,
l'environnement ainsi que l'installation. Prendre des
mesures de sécurité suffisantes.

WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55 37


8. Démontage, retour et mise au rebut
8.1 Demontage

AVERTISSEMENT !
Danger de brûlure !
Avant le démontage du thermomètre, laisser refroidir
suffisamment l'appareil ! Danger de brûlure lié à la sortie
de fluides dangereux chauds.
FR 8.2 Retour
AVERTISSEMENT !
En cas d'envoi de l'instrument, il faut respecter
impérativement ceci :
Tous les appareils livrés à WIKA doivent être exempts
de toutes substances dangereuses (acides, solutions
alcalines, solutions, etc.).

Pour retourner l'instrument, utiliser l'emballage original ou un


emballage adapté pour le transport.

Pour éviter des dommages :


1. Emballer l'instrument dans une feuille de plastique antistatique.
2. Placer l'instrument avec le matériau isolant dans l'emballage.
Isoler de manière uniforme tous les côtés de la caisse de transport.
3. Mettre si possible un sachet absorbeur d'humidité dans
l'emballage.
4. Indiquer lors de l'envoi qu'il s'agit d'un instrument de mesure très
sensible à transporter.

Des informations relatives à la procédure de retour de


produit(s) défectueux sont disponibles sur notre site
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

internet au chapitre “Services”.

8.3 Mise au rebut


Une mise au rebut inadéquate peut entraîner des dangers pour
l'environnement. Éliminer les composants des instruments et les
matériaux d'emballage conformément aux prescriptions nationales
pour le traitement et l'élimination des déchets et aux lois de protection
de l'environnement en vigueur.

38 WIKA mode d'emploi types 53, 54, 55


Contenido

Contenido
1. Información general 40

2. Seguridad 42 ES

3. Datos técnicos 44

4. Diseño y función 45

5. Transporte, embalaje y almacenamiento 46

6. Puesta en servicio, funcionamiento 47

7. Mantenimiento y limpieza 49

8. Desmontaje, devolución y eliminación de


residuos 49
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 39


1. Información general
1. Información general
■■ Los termómetros bimetálicos descritos en el manual de
instrucciones están construidos y fabricados según el estado
actual de la técnica. Todos los componentes están sujetos
a criterios rígidos de calidad y medio ambiente durante la
producción. Nuestros sistemas de gestión están certificados
según ISO 9001 y ISO 14001.
■■ Este manual de instrucciones proporciona indicaciones
ES importantes acerca del manejo del instrumento. Para un trabajo
seguro, es imprescindible cumplir con todas las instrucciones de
seguridad y manejo indicadas.
■■ Cumplir siempre las normativas sobre la prevención de accidentes
y las normas de seguridad en vigor en el lugar de utilización del
instrumento.
■■ El manual de instrucciones es una parte integrante del instrumento
y debe guardarse en la proximidad del mismo para que el personal
especializado pueda consultarlo en cualquier momento.
■■ El personal especializado debe haber leído y entendido el manual
de instrucciones antes de comenzar cualquier trabajo.
■■ El fabricante queda exento de cualquier responsabilidad en caso
de daños causados por un uso no conforme a la finalidad prevista,
la inobservancia del presente manual de instrucciones, un
manejo por personal insuficientemente cualificado así como una
modificación no autorizada del instrumento.
■■ Se aplican las condiciones generales de venta incluidas en la
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

documentación de venta.
■■ Modificaciones técnicas reservadas.

■■ Para obtener más informaciones consultar:


- Página web: www.wika.es
- Hoja técnica correspondiente: TM 53.01, TM 54.01, TM 55.01

40 WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55


1. Información general
Explicación de símbolos

¡ADVERTENCIA!
... indica una situación probablemente peligrosa que
pueda causar la muerte o lesiones graves si no se evita.

¡CUIDADO!
... indica una situación probablemente peligrosa que
pueda causar lesiones leves o medianas o daños
materiales y medioambientales si no se evita. ES

Información
... marca consejos y recomendaciones útiles así como
informaciones para una utilización eficaz y libre de fallos.

¡ADVERTENCIA!
... indica una situación probablemente peligrosa que
pueda causar quemaduras debido a superficies o líquidos
calientes si no se evita.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 41


2. Seguridad
2. Seguridad
¡ADVERTENCIA!
Antes de proceder con el montaje, la puesta en
servicio y el funcionamiento asegurarse de que se haya
seleccionado el termómetro bimetálico adecuado en
relación con rango de medida, versión y condiciones
de medición específicas. Hay que controlar si los
componentes en contacto con el fluido de la conexión a
proceso (vaina, bulbo, etc.) son compatibles con el fluido.
ES Riesgo de lesiones graves y/o daños materiales en caso
de inobservancia.

Los distintos capítulos de este manual de instrucciones


contienen otras importantes indicaciones de seguridad.

2.1 Uso conforme a lo previsto


Los termómetros bimetálicos se utilizan principalmente en la industria
de procesos para supervisar la temperatura del proceso.

El termómetro bimetálico ha sido diseñado y construido únicamente


para la finalidad aquí descrita y debe utilizarse en conformidad a la
misma.

Cumplir las especificaciones técnicas de este manual de


instrucciones. Un manejo no apropiado o una utilización del
termómetro bimetálico no conforme a las especificaciones técnicas
requiere la inmediata puesta fuera de servicio y la comprobación por
parte de un técnico autorizado por WIKA.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

No se admite ninguna reclamación debido a un manejo no adecuado.

42 WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55


2. Seguridad
2.2 Cualificación del personal
¡ADVERTENCIA!
¡Riesgo de lesiones debido a una insuficiente
cualificación!
Un manejo no adecuado puede causar considerables
daños personales y materiales.
■■ Las actividades descritas en este manual de
instrucciones deben realizarse únicamente por
personal especializado con la consiguiente
cualificación. ES
■■ Mantener alejado a personal no cualificado de las
zonas peligrosas.

Personal especializado
Debido a su formación profesional, a sus conocimientos de la
técnica de regulación y medición así como a su experiencia y su
conocimiento de las normativas, normas y directivas vigentes en el
país de utilización el personal especializado es capaz de ejecutar los
trabajos descritos y reconocer posibles peligros por sí solo.

2.3 Riesgos específicos

¡ADVERTENCIA!
Restos de medios en instrumentos desmontados
pueden crear riesgos para personas, medio ambiente e
instalación. Tomar adecuadas medidas de precaución.

¡ADVERTENCIA!
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Hay que asegurarse que los instrumentos llenados


no deben ser expuestos a una temperatura del medio
superior a 250 °C.
Causa: En el bulbo se encuentra el líquido de relleno
que puede enturbiarse o cambiar de color y con una
temperatura > de 250 °C puede provocar eventualmente
un incendio.

WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 43


2. Seguridad / 3. Datos técnicos
2.4 Rótulos, marcados de seguridad

Placa indicadora de modelo (example)


Thermometer
Model 
TG53 + option ATEX year 2016
ES WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG 
63911 Klingenberg / Germany 14001455

 Modelo
 Año de fabricación
 Número de serie

¡Es absolutamente necesario leer el manual de


instrucciones antes del montaje y la puesta en
servicio del instrumento!

No llenar posteriormente los instrumentos de líquido de


relleno.

3. Datos técnicos
Datos técnicos Modelo 53 Modelo 54 Modelo 55
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

Elemento de medición Espiral bimetálico


Diámetro nominal 3", 5" 63, 80, 100, 160 63, 100, 160
Construcción del aparato
■■ Modelo A5x Conexión dorsal (axial)
■■ Modelo R5x Conexión inferior (radial)
■■ Modelo S5x Conexión dorsal, caja giratoria y orientable

44 WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55


3. Datos técnicos / 4. Diseño y función

Datos técnicos Modelo 53 Modelo 54 Modelo 55


Temperatura ambiente -20 ... +60 °C max. -50 ... +60 °C
admisible
Rango de servicio
■■ Carga a largo plazo (1 año) Rango de medida (EN 13190)
■■ A corto plazo (máx. 24 h) Rango de indicación (EN 13190)
Caja, anillo Acero inoxidable 1.4301 (304)
Bulbo, conexión a proceso Acero inoxidable 1.4571 (316Ti)
Tipo de protección IP65 según IEC/EN 60529
IP66, lleno de líquido
ES

Para más datos técnicos véase las hojas técnicas TM 53.01,


TM 54.01 o TM 55.01 y la documentación de pedido.

4. Diseño y función
4.1 Descripción
El termómetro bimetálico de esta serie es adecuado para el uso en
tubería, depósitos, instalaciones y máquinas.

El bulbo y la caja son de acero inoxidable.


Para optimizar la adaptación al proceso disponemos de varias
longitudes y conexiones a proceso.

La protección IP65 y el líquido de relleno permiten el uso también en


aplicaciones con vibraciones.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

4.2 Volumen de suministro


Comprobar mediante el albarán si se han entregado la totalidad de
las piezas.

WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 45


5. Transporte, embalaje y almacenamiento
5. Transporte, embalaje y almacenamiento
5.1 Transporte
Comprobar si el instrumento presenta eventuales daños causados en
el transporte. Notificar daños obvios de forma inmediata.

5.2 Embalaje
No quitar el embalaje hasta justo antes del montaje.
Guardar el embalaje ya que es la protección ideal para el transporte
ES (por ejemplo un cambio del lugar de instalación o un envío del
instrumento para posibles reparaciones).

5.3 Almacenamiento
Condiciones admisibles en el lugar de almacenamiento:
Temperatura de almacenamiento: -20 ... +60 °C

Evitar lo siguiente:
■■Luz solar directa o proximidad a objetos calientes
■■Vibración mecánica, impacto mecánico (apoyarlo de golpe)
■■Hollín, vapor, polvo y gases corrosivos
■■Entorno potencialmente explosivo, atmósferas inflamables

Almacenar el instrumento en su embalaje original en un lugar que


cumple las condiciones arriba mencionadas. Si no se dispone del
embalaje original, empaquetar y almacenar el instrumento como
sigue:
1. Envolver el instrumento en una lámina de plástico antiestática.
2. Colocar el instrumento junto con el material aislante en el embalaje.
3. Para un almacenamiento prolongado (más de 30 días) meter una
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

bolsa con un secante en el embalaje.

¡ADVERTENCIA!
Antes de almacenar el instrumento (después del
funcionamiento), eliminar todos los restos de medios
adherentes. Esto es especialmente importante cuando el
medio es nocivo para la salud, como p. ej. cáustico, tóxico,
cancerígeno, radioactivo, etc.
46 WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55
5. Transporte ... / 6. Puesta en servicio ...
Con temperaturas alrededor del punto de condensación
(±1 °C alrededor de 0 °C) se recomienda siempre el
relleno de líquido.

6. Puesta en servicio, funcionamiento


Para atornillar el aparato, se debe utilizar la fuerza mediante el uso de
herramientas adecuadas sobre las superficies planas de ajuste ES
-previstas para este fin.

Montaje mediante
llave de boca

Para la instalación de un termómetro bimetálico, de caja giratoria y


orientable, hay que seguir instrucciones específicas. Para posicionar
el indicador de forma deseada es imprescindible observar los
siguientes pasos:
1. Soltar la contratuerca o la tuerca de unión en el racor de proceso.
2. Soltar tornillos hexagonales y de ranura en la articulación virable.
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 47


6. Puesta en servicio, funcionamiento

soltar

¡Asegurarse de soltar también


los tornillos del lado opuesto!

3. Posicionar el indicador, apretar los tornillos hexagonales y de


ES ranura y finalmente apretar firmemente la contratuerca o la tuerca
de unión.

Si se utilizan vainas, reducir la resistencia de transferencia de calor


entre la pared exterior del sensor y la pared interior de la vaina
llenando la vaina con un agente de contacto. La temperatura de
trabajo de la pasta térmica está entre -40 ... +200 °C.

¡ADVERTENCIA!
No llenar en vainas calientes. ¡Peligro debido a aceite que
sale!

¡CUIDADO!
Si se utilizan vainas, hay que
asegurarse de que el bulbo no
tenga contacto con el fondo de
la vaina porque los diferentes
coeficientes de dilatación de
los materiales pueden causar la
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

deformación del bulbo en el fondo


Vaina
de la vaina.
(Para las fórmulas para calcular
Bulbo la longitud de montaje l1, véase
la ficha técnica de la vaina
correspondiente)
Distancia de
seguridad necesaria

48 WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55


7. Mantenimiento y limpieza / 8. Desmontaje ...
7. Mantenimiento y limpieza
7.1 Mantenimiento
¡Los termómetros bimetálicos no necesitan mantenimiento!
Controlar el instrumento y la función de conmutación una o dos veces
al año. Para eso, separar el instrumento del proceso y controlarlo con
un dispositivo de calibración de temperatura.

Todas las reparaciones las debe efectuar únicamente el fabricante.


ES
7.2 Limpieza

¡CUIDADO!
■■ Limpiar el termómetro con un trapo húmedo.
■■ Lavar o limpiar el termómetro desmontado antes de
devolverlo para proteger a los empleados y el medio
ambiente de los peligros causados por restos de
medios.
■■ Restos de medios en instrumentos desmontados
pueden crear riesgos para personas, medio ambiente
e instalación. Tomar adecuadas medidas de
precaución.

Véase el capítulo 8.2 “Devolución” para obtener más


información acerca de la devolución del instrumento.

8. Desmontaje, devolución y eliminación de


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

residuos

¡ADVERTENCIA!
Restos de medios en instrumentos desmontados
pueden crear riesgos para personas, medio ambiente e
instalación. Tomar adecuadas medidas de precaución.

WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55 49


8. Desmontaje, devolución y eliminación de ...
8.1 Desmontaje

¡ADVERTENCIA!
¡Riesgo de quemaduras!
¡Dejar enfriar el instrumento lo suficiente antes de
desmontarlo! Peligro debido a medios muy calientes que
se escapan durante el desmontaje.

8.2 Devolución

ES ¡ADVERTENCIA!
Es imprescindible observar lo siguiente para el envío
del instrumento:
Todos los instrumentos enviados a WIKA deben estar
libres de sustancias peligrosas (ácidos, lejías, soluciones,
etc.).

Utilizar el embalaje original o un embalaje adecuado para la


devolución del instrumento.

Para evitar daños:


1. Envolver el instrumento en una lámina de plástico antiestática.
2. Colocar el instrumento junto con el material aislante en el embalaje.
Aislar uniformemente todos los lados del embalaje de transporte.
3. Si es posible, adjuntar una bolsa con secante.
4. Aplicar un marcado de que se trata del envío de un instrumento de
medición altamente sensible.

Comentarios sobre el procedimiento de las devoluciones


encuentra en el apartado “Servicio” en nuestra página
12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

web local.

8.3 Eliminación de residuos


Una eliminación incorrecta puede provocar peligros para el medio
ambiente. Eliminar los componentes de los instrumentos y los
materiales de embalaje conforme a los reglamentos relativos
al tratamiento de residuos y eliminación vigentes en el país de
utilización.

50 WIKA manual de instrucciones modelos 53, 54, 55


12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55 51


WIKA subsidiaries worldwide can be found online at www.wika.com.
WIKA-Niederlassungen weltweit finden Sie online unter www.wika.de.
La liste des filiales WIKA dans le monde se trouve sur www.wika.fr.
Sucursales WIKA en todo el mundo puede encontrar en www.wika.es.

12968065.05 10/2017 EN/DE/FR/ES

WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG


Alexander-Wiegand-Straße 30
63911 Klingenberg • Germany
Tel. +49 9372 132-0
Fax +49 9372 132-406
[email protected]
www.wika.de

52 WIKA operating instructions models 53, 54, 55


8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.9 Pressure indicator - GFS - Aschroft/Mass

- Technical information

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Stainless steel liquid filled gauges
Model GFS
Nominal size 63mm, 100 mm,
Accuracy: Class 1.6 (1.6%) for 63 mm, Class 1 (1%) for 100 mm

Features
 Rugged stainless steel construction
 Socket and case welded
 Protection IP65
 Usable to full scale
 Overload protection 130 %
 Dry or liquid filled
 Measuring system stainless steel

Ranges
-1 ... 0 kg/cm2 up to 0 ... 2500 kg/cm2
-30 in. Hg ... 0 psi up to 0 ... 36,000 psi

Applications
Power packs
Hydraulic machinery
Pumps
Power plants
Pipelines
Transmission stations

Technical specification GFS


Dial size in mm 63 100
Construction Open front cylindrical case with crimp type bayonet ring
Measuring principle Bourdon tube
Range in kg/cm2 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 60 100 160 250 400 600 1000 1600 2500
-1/0 -1/0.6 -1/1.5 -1/3 -1/5 -1/9 -1/15 -1/24
Overpressure limit 130 % F.S., short time.
Pressure type Gauge, vacuum and compound
Process connection 1/8” 1/4” BSP / NPT (M) 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” BSP / NPT (M), M20x1.5(M)
Connection location Lower, back
Material
Pressure connection Stainless steel 304, 316, 316L
Tube Stainless steel 316, optional 316L
Case/bayonet ring Stainless steel 304 , optional 316L
Window Acrylic glass, optional laminated safety glass
Dial Aluminum, black markings on white background
Pointer Plastic, Black |Aluminum, black
Movement Stainless steel 304
Accuracy Class 1.6 (1.6% F.S) Class 1 (1 % F.S.)
Permissible
Ambient temperature -25 ... 60 °C
Medium temperature Max. 100 °C
Storage temperature -40 ... 60 °C
Effect Max. 0,3 % / 10 K
Protection according IP65
Filling liquids Glycerin, silicone, halocarbon, others on request
Mounting Standard stem, optional panel, bracket, surface or others on request
Weight dry/filled in kg
Accessories, options Diaphragm seals, valves, dampener, gauge saver, etc

All specifications are subject to change without notice.


IN.GFS Rev. I 01/09/2015
General dimensions in mm

Order information
Size Type System Executio Process Connection Range Engineerin Filling/case Options
material n connection orientation g units material
(63) GFS (A) Socket (L) IP 65 (04) 1/2” NPT (M)1) (L) Lower -1/ 0 (kg/cm2) (=) No filling (NH) Tagging wired
63 mm 304, -1/ 0.6
1)
Tube (03) 3/8” NPT (M) (B) Back -1/ 1.5 (GV) Silicone (DA) Dial Marking
(100) 3161) -1/ 3
100 mm (02) 1/4” NPT (M) (C) Center -1/ 5 (GR) Glycerin (CS) Dual Scale
(S) Socket back2) -1/ 9
316, (01) 1/8” NPT (M) -1/ 15 (GX) Halocarbon (OF) Oil free
Tube -1/ 24
316 (15) 1/2” BSP(M)1) (YW) Case (SG) Safety glass2)
0/ 1
material
(14) 3/8”BSP(M)1) 0/ 1.6 (FX) Front panel
(L) Socket 316L
0/ 2.5
and (1.4404)
(13) 1/4” BSP(M) 0/ 4 (FW) Surface plate
Tube 0/ 6
316L (12) 1/8” BSP(M) 0/ 10 (UF) U-clamp
0/ 16
1)
(16) M20x1.5(M) 0/ 25
0/ 40
0/ 60
0/ 100
0/ 160
0/ 250
0/ 400
0/ 600
0/ 1000 psi and
0/ 16001) others on
0/ 25001) request
1) Not for 63mm 2) For 63 mm only

How to order
Size Type System Execution Process Connection Range Engineering Filling/case Option
material connection orientation unit material
100 GFS S L 04 L 0/16 KG/CM2 = NH

Precision Mass Products Pvt. Ltd.


Plot No.: 2306, G.I.D.C. Chhatral, Ta: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar, • North Zone : [email protected]
CHHATRAL 382 729 , Gujarat, INDIA. • East zone : [email protected]
Telephone: +91 (0) 2764 233681/82/83 Fax: +91-2764-233440 • West zone : [email protected]
Email: [email protected] www.precisionmass.com • South zone : [email protected]
8. Component Details, including data sheets
8.10 Universal spanner - Alfa Laval

- Technical information

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


.

ky Alfa Laval Spanner


Universal Spanner for ISO/DIN

Safety Guidelines:
Avoid direct fall of spanner on the body part it may
heat and cause injury.
If it is heated on the pipeline, it may damage the
pipeline.

Introduction:
Please note that these spanners are universal spannes
basically used for DIN unions according to standard
DIN11851.
Size which are covered are DN25 to DN65. This spanner
has two ends. Small end can be used from the range
DN25 to DN 40.
Larger end can be used from DN40 to DN65.

Application:
These spanners has to be hooked on the union where
notches are given. While opening the union check the
installation of the union and rotate it in Anticlockwise
direction.

Benefits:
By applying a minimum torque one can open the union.
This spanner is supplied with the module as a start-up
spare.
9. Spares and Optionals

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


Document No.9660004396
Rev.00
Spares & Optionals Prepared By - INPANDE
CIP 800L/ 1800L/ 2800L Checked By - INPASJIA
Approved By - INPASJIA

IMPORTANT TO NOTE :
Please quote applicable CIP Unit Specification No (96995XXX) in order to supply correct spares & optional items.
Refer CIP Unit Datasheet to know CIP Unit Specification No.

Manufacturing No. Description Technical Info

Pipe piece having SMS (M) end connection to one


96995XXX-16-01 Adapter SMS 63.5 (M) /BSP 2 ½" (F)
side & BSP (F) end connection to another side

Pipe piece having SMS (F) end connection to one


96995XXX-16-02 Adapter SMS 63.5 (F) /BSP 2 ½" (M)
side & BSP (M) end connection to another side

Electric resistant Type immersion heater


96995XXX-12-01 Electrical heater, 12 kW
Immersion Length - 800 MM

CIP 800L,1800L, 2800L units are delivered with


96995XXX-13 -01 Power & Control Cabinet
Power & Control Cabinet

96995XXX-13-01-b Electrical plug (F) 3p+PE 64 Amp

96995XXX-14 Spanner DN65 Mechanical key

For safety reason when disconnecting the hoses:


96995XXX-17 Butterfly valves DN65
Place a valve on the ends of S01 and S04

Measuring Range - (0 - 10) bar


96995XXX-18 Pressure Gauge Dial size - 100 MM
End Connection - Bottom Entry, BSP (M)
Measuring Range - (0 - 100) Deg C
96995XXX-19 Temperature Gauge Dial size - 100 MM
End Connection - Bottom Entry, BSP (M)

Welding piece to simplify the CIP connection to 100 MM pipe with DN 65 (M) connection &
96995XXX-05
the PHE. having blind nut with chain

Size - DN 65
96995XXX-11-00 Flexible Hose End Connection - SMS
Specify required Length (4 or 6 or 8 or 12 M)
Type - Centrifugal Pump
96995XXX-20 Chemical Pump Drive - Electric Motor
Wetted Parts - SS316
10. Decommissioning

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L


DECOMMISSIONING

DECOMMISSIONING
Requirements on personnel
Electrician
Certified according to local regulations and experience of similar
decommissioning. Knowledge of local safety regulations for power
and automation.
De-erector
Experience from similar work. Proven knowledge in local and interna-
tional safety regulations concerning decommissioning, dismantling,
and disposal.

To ensure maximum safety, read the Safety Instructions before


carrying out any work on the unit.
Dismantling
For efficient dismantling use:
 installation drawing(s)
 component descriptions
 flow diagram
CAUTION! Pipes may contain corrosive/caustic media and/or equipment
may fall down.
Doc. No. DC 2010-03-EN1

www.alfalaval.com 1(1)
11. Contact Alfa Laval Service

Contact Alfa Laval:

Please refer to your local Alfa Laval Sales


or Service department.

Contact details are continuously


updated on our website.

Please visit www.alfalaval.com


to access the information

© Copyrights Alfa Laval CIP 800L

You might also like